Westpac Banking Corporation logo

US Form 6-K Filing – 2020 Interim Financial Results

Earnings Results5 May 2020WBCFinancials

06 05 2020
Market Announcements Office

ASX Limited

20 Bridge Street

SYDNEY NSW 2000


Westpac Place

Level 18, 275 Kent Street

Sydney NSW 2000


Dear Sir / Madam

US FORM 6-K (INTERIM FINANCIAL RESULTS ANNOUNEMENT FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED 31

MARCH 2020, PREPARED FOR DISTRIBUTION IN THE UNITED STATES)

Westpac Banking Corporation (Westpac) has filed with the US Securities and Exchange Commission a

Form 6-K, which attaches Westpac’s Interim Financial Results Announcement for the six months ended 31

March 2020, prepared specifically for distribution in the United States (US Interim Financial Results

Announcement). This filing has been prepared to meet US securities law requirements and is necessary

to update Westpac’s US debt issuance programs.

As the US Interim Financial Results Announcement has been prepared to meet US requirements, its

presentation differs in some respects from Westpac’s 2020 Interim Financial Results, incorporating the

requirements of Appendix 4D (lodged with the ASX on 4 May 2020). In particular, the 2020 Interim

Financial Results, incorporating the requirements of Appendix 4D predominately focuses on cash earnings

while the US Interim Financial Results Announcement is focused on Westpac’s consolidated statutory

results.

A copy of the Form 6-K is attached for release to the market.

Yours sincerely,


Tim Hartin

Group Company Secretary

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

FORM 6-K

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-16 OR 15d-16

UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

May 5, 2020

Commission File Number 1-10167

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

275 KENT STREET, SYDNEY, NEW SOUTH WALES 2000, AUSTRALIA

(Address of principal executive office)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports

under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

Form 20-F _ Form 40-F …

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1): …

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7): …

Incorporation by Reference
The information contained in Exhibit 1 to this Report on Form 6-K (excluding the “Auditor’s Independence Declaration” on page 90 and the

“Independent auditor’s review report to the members of Westpac Banking Corporation” on pages 132-133 of such Exhibit) and Exhibit 101 to this Report on Form

6-K shall be incorporated by reference in the prospectuses relating to the Registrant’s securities contained in the Registrant’s Registration Statements on Form F-3

(File Nos. 333-228295, 333-228294 and 333-220373), as such prospectuses may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

Index to Exhibits

Exhibit

No.Description

1

2020 Interim Financial Results – prepared for distribution in the United States of America

101.INSXBRL Instance Document

101.SCHXBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CALXBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEFXBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LABXBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document

101.PREXBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

Disclosure regarding forward-looking statements

The information contained in this Report on Form 6-K contains statements that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of section 21E of the

U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward-looking statements are statements about matters that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements appear in a

number of places in this Report and include statements regarding our intent, belief or current expectations with respect to our business and operations, market

conditions, results of operations and financial condition.

We use words such as ‘will’, ‘may’, ‘expect’, ‘indicative’, ‘intend’, ‘seek’, ‘would’, ‘should’, ‘could’, ‘continue’, ‘plan’, ‘aim’, ‘probability’, ‘risk’, ‘forecast’,

‘likely’, ‘estimate’, ‘anticipate’, ‘believe’ or other similar words to identify forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views

with respect to future events and are subject to change, certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions which are, in many instances, beyond our control and have been

made based upon management’s expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect upon us. There can be no assurance that future

developments will be in accordance with our expectations or that the effect of future developments on us will be those anticipated. Should one or more of the risks or

uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results could differ materially from the expectations described in this Report.

Factors that may impact on the forward-looking statements made include, but are not limited to, those described in the section entitled ‘Risk factors’ in Westpac’s

2020 Interim Financial Results on Form 6-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as well as the ongoing impact of COVID-19. When relying

on forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to us, investors and others should carefully consider such factors and other uncertainties and events.

We are under no obligation, and do not intend, to update any forward-looking statements contained in this Report, whether as a result of new information, future

events or otherwise, after the date of this Report.

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,

thereunto duly authorized.

WESTPAC BANKING CORPORATION

(Registrant)

Date:May 5, 2020By: /s/ Yvette Adiguzel

Yvette Adiguzel

Tier One Attorney

Exhibit 1
2020

Interim

Financial Results

THE INTERIM FINANCIAL RESULTS ANNOUNCEMENT HAS BEEN

PREPARED FOR DISTRIBUTION IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

Westpac Banking Corporation

ABN 33 007 457 141

ii2020 Interim Financial Results
Introduction

This Interim Financial Results Announcement has been prepared for distribution in the United States.

Our interim period refers to the six months ended 31 March 2020 (First Half 2020). Throughout this Interim Financial Results Announcement, we also

refer to the six months ended 31 March 2019 (First Half 2019) and the six months ended 30 September 2019 (Second Half 2019).

The selected financial information for First Half 2020, First Half 2019 and Second Half 2019 contained in this Interim Financial Results Announcement

is based on the financial statements contained in the unaudited consolidated Interim Financial Report for Westpac Banking Corporation (Westpac)

and its controlled entities (Group) for the six months ended 31 March 2020. The Interim Financial Report has been prepared and presented in

accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (AAS) as they relate to interim financial reports. The Interim Financial Report also complies with

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) as they relate to interim financial

reports.

All dollar values in this Interim Financial Results Announcement are in Australian dollars unless otherwise noted. References to ‘dollars’, ‘dollar

amounts’, ‘$’, ‘AUD’ or ‘A$’ are to Australian dollars, references to ‘US$’, ‘USD’ or ‘US dollars’ are to United States dollars and references to ‘NZ$’,

‘NZD’ or ‘NZ dollars’ are to New Zealand dollars. Solely for the convenience of the reader, certain Australian dollar amounts have been translated into

US dollars at a specified rate. These translations should not be construed as representations that the Australian dollar amounts actually represent

such US dollar amounts or have been or could be converted into US dollars at the rate indicated. Unless otherwise stated, the translation of

Australian dollar amounts into US dollar amounts has been made at the rate of A$1 = US$0.6139, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable

transfers in Australian dollars as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the noon buying rate) on 31 March 2020.

Refer to Section 5.7 for information regarding the rates of exchange between the Australian dollar and the US dollar applied by the Group as part of

its operating activities for First Half 2020, Second Half 2019 and First Half 2019.

In addition to discussing the AAS financial information in this Interim Financial Results Announcement, we also discuss the following non-AAS

financial information:

Cash earnings policy

In assessing financial performance, including divisional results, Westpac Group uses a measure of performance referred to as ‘cash earnings’. Cash

earnings is viewed as a measure of the level of profit that is generated by ongoing operations and is therefore considered in assessing distributions,

including dividends. Cash earnings is neither a measure of cash flow nor net profit determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes both cash

and non-cash adjustments to statutory net profit.

Management believes this allows the Group to more effectively assess performance for the current period against prior periods and to compare

performance across business divisions and across peer companies.

To determine cash earnings, three categories of adjustments are made to reported results:

•Material items that key decision makers at the Westpac Group believe do not reflect the Group’s operating performance;

•Some items that are not considered when dividends are recommended, such as the amortisation of intangibles, impact of Treasury shares and

economic hedging impacts; and

•Accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results.

Outlined in Section 6.1 are the cash earnings adjustments to the reported result.

Average Ordinary Equity

Average ordinary equity is calculated as the daily average of total equity less average non-controlling interests. Management believes this measure of

average ordinary equity is useful in the calculation of return on equity as it removes the impact of equity attributable to non-controlling interests.

Other companies may use different methodologies to calculate average ordinary equity or similar non-AAS financial measures.

2020 Interim Financial Results
iii

Table of contents

Index

1.0Group results1

1.1 Reported results1

1.2 Key financial information2

1.3 Market share and system multiple metrics4

2.0Review of Group operations5

2.1 Performance overview5

2.2 Review of reported results15

2.3 Credit quality27

2.4 Balance sheet and funding29

2.5 Capital and dividends34

2.6 Sustainability performance40

3.0Divisional results46

3.1 Consumer48

3.2 Business52

3.3 Westpac Institutional Bank55

3.4 Westpac New Zealand57

3.5 Group Businesses60

4.02020 Interim Financial Report62

4.1 Directors’ report63

4.2 Consolidated income statement92

4.3 Consolidated statement of comprehensive income93

4.4 Consolidated balance sheet94

4.5 Consolidated statement of changes in equity95

4.6 Consolidated cash flow statement96

4.7 Notes to the consolidated financial statements97

4.8 Statutory statements131

5.0Other information134

5.1 Disclosure regarding forward-looking statements134

5.2 References to websites135

5.3 Credit ratings135

5.4 Dividend reinvestment plan135

5.5 Information on related entities135

5.6 Financial calendar and Share Registry details136

5.7 Exchange rates140

5.8 Group earnings reconciliation140

6.0Cash earnings supplementary information143

6.1 Cash earnings adjustments143

7.0Glossary144

iv2020 Interim Financial Results
In this Interim Financial Results Announcement (Results Announcement) references to ‘Westpac’, ‘WBC’, ‘Westpac Group’, ‘the Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and

‘our’ are to Westpac Banking Corporation and its controlled entities, unless it clearly means just Westpac Banking Corporation.

All references to $ in this Results Announcement are to Australian dollars unless otherwise stated.

Financial calendar

Interim Results Announcement released4 May 2020

Ex-dividend date for interim dividend

1

TBD

Record date for interim dividend (Sydney)

1

TBD

Interim dividend payable

1

TBD

Final Results Announcement (scheduled)2 November 2020

1.The Board has deferred the decision on determining an interim dividend and no dividend will be paid in June 2020.

2020 Interim Financial Results1
Group Results

1.0Group results

1.1Reported results 1

Reported net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation (WBC) is prepared in accordance with the requirements of Australian

Accounting Standards (AAS) and regulations applicable to Australian Authorised Deposit-taking Institutions (ADIs).

Half YearHalf YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

1

March

2020

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

$mUS$A$A$A$

Net interest income5,5259,0008,6448,26349

Net fee income463755829826(9)(9)

Net wealth management and insurance income285465703326(34)43

Trading income282460492437(7)5

Other income(45)(76)2127largelarge

Net operating income before operating expenses and

impairment charges6,51010,60410,6709,979(1)6

Operating expenses(3,795)(6,181)(5,015)(5,091)2321

Impairment charges(1,374)(2,238)(461)(333)largelarge

Profit before income tax1,3412,1855,1944,555(58)(52)

Income tax expense(610)(994)(1,580)(1,379)(37)(28)

Net profit for the period7311,1913,6143,176(67)(63)

Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests-(1)(3)(3)(67)(67)

Net profit attributable to owners of WBC7311,1903,6113,173(67)(62)

Effective tax rate45.5%45.5%30.4%30.3%largelarge

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation for First Half 2020 was $1,190 million, a decrease of $1,983 million or 62%

compared to First Half 2019. First Half 2020 included a significant increase in impairment charges due to the expected economic impact of the

COVID-19 pandemic, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, and the impact of estimated

customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, which together reduced net profit before tax by $3,008 million. These items are further

discussed in Section 2.1, Section 2.2.9 and in Note 10 and Note 14 of the 2020 Interim Financial Report.

Net interest income increased $737 million compared to First Half 2019 from a 2% increase in average interest-earning assets (mostly higher liquid

assets) and an increase in net interest margin of 12 basis points to 2.21%. The movement in net interest income is attributable to:

•movements in economic hedges; and

•a decrease in the charge for estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation; partially offset by

•the impact of lower rates on average interest earning assets exceeding benefits from the decrease in the Group’s funding costs.

Net interest income, loans, deposits and other borrowings and net interest margin are discussed further in Sections 2.2.1 to 2.2.4.

In aggregate, non-interest income decreased $112 million compared to First Half 2019 mainly due to:

•a decrease in net fee income from lower product volumes and exit of the Advice business;

•a decrease in the valuation of Pendal; and

•lower asset sales; partially offset by

•a reduced charge for estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation.

Non-interest income is discussed further in Section 2.2.5.

Operating expenses increased $1,090 million or 21% compared to First Half 2019. The rise was mainly due to:

•costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty; and

•an increase in amortisation and impairment of the Group’s software; partially offset by

•provisions for Wealth restructuring in the prior period.

Operating expenses are discussed further in Section 2.2.8.

Impairment charges were $1,905 million higher compared to First Half 2019 reflecting the rapid deterioration in the economy as a result of the

COVID-19 pandemic which has led to a significant increase in the expected credit losses the Group has estimated under AASB9. Asset quality was

sound, with stressed exposures as a percentage of total committed exposures at 1.32%, up 22 basis points compared to First Half 2019. Given that

COVID-19’s economic impact only escalated in March 2020, these metrics do not fully reflect the more challenging position beginning to emerge

across the economy and its impact on customers. Impairment charges are discussed further in Section 2.2.9 and Note 10 of the 2020 Interim

Financial Report.

The effective tax rate of 45.5% was higher than the First Half 2019 effective tax rate of 30.3% as the costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings

including a provision for a potential penalty were substantially non deductible. Income tax expense is discussed further in Section 2.2.10.

1.Percentage movement represents an increase/(decrease) to the relevant comparative period. 7

2 2020 Interim Financial Results
Group Results

1.2

Key financial information

1

Half YearHalf YearHalf YearHalf Year

MarchMarchSeptMarch% Mov’t

2020202020192019Mar 20 -Mar 20 -

US$A$A$A$Sept 19Mar 19

Shareholder value

Earnings per ordinary share (cents)

2

20.433.2104.192.3(68)(64)

Weighted average ordinary shares (millions)

3

3,5743,5743,4643,43634

Fully franked dividends per ordinary share (cents)

4

TBDTBD8094TBDTBD

Dividend payout ratio

4

TBDTBD77.26%102.00%TBDTBD

Return on average ordinary equity

5

3.52%3.52%11.24%10.05%largelarge

Average ordinary equity ($m)

6

41,51567,62564,07863,34867

Average total equity ($m)

7

41,54867,67864,12663,40067

Net tangible asset per ordinary share ($)

8

9.4715.4315.3615.12-2

Business performance

Interest spread

9

2.08%2.08%1.99%1.89%9 bps19 bps

Benefit of net non-interest bearing assets, liabilities and

equity

10

0.13%0.13%0.16%0.20%(3 bps)(7 bps)

Net interest margin

11

2.21%2.21%2.15%2.09%6 bps12 bps

Average interest earning assets ($m)499,083812,971803,165794,66012

Expense to income ratio

12

58.29%58.29%47.00%51.02%largelarge

Capital, funding and liquidity

Common equity Tier 1 capital ratio

- APRA Basel III10.81%10.81%10.67%10.64%14 bps17 bps

- Internationally comparable15.81%15.81%15.85%16.17%(4 bps)(36 bps)

Credit risk weighted assets (credit RWA) ($m)226,616369,142367,864362,762-2

Total risk weighted assets (RWA) ($m)272,513443,905428,794419,81946

Liquidity coverage ratio (LCR)154%154%127%138%largelarge

Net stable funding ratio (NSFR)117%117%112%113%large396 bps

Asset quality

Gross impaired exposure to gross loans0.30%0.30%0.25%0.24%5 bps6 bps

Gross impaired exposure to equity and total provisions2.93%2.93%2.54%2.57%39 bps36 bps

Gross impaired exposure provisions to gross impaired

exposure

13

50.09%50.09%44.92%45.74%largelarge

Total committed exposures (TCE) ($bn)6641,0821,0501,04733

Total stressed exposures as a % of TCE

14

1.32%1.32%1.20%1.10%12 bps22 bps

Total provisions to gross loans80 bps80 bps54 bps56 bps26 bps24 bps

Mortgages 90+ day delinquencies0.87%0.87%0.82%0.75%5 bps12 bps

Other consumer loans 90+ day delinquencies1.94%1.94%1.69%1.80%25 bps14 bps

Collectively assessed provisions to credit RWA140 bps140 bps95 bps98 bps45 bps42 bps

Balance sheet ($m)

Loans441,810719,678714,770714,29711

Total assets594,048967,662906,626891,06279

Deposits and other borrowings357,855582,920563,247555,00735

Total liabilities552,520900,016841,119827,12779

Total equity41,52867,64665,50763,93536

Wealth Management

Average Group Funds ($bn)137.9224.6221.8207.318

Life insurance in-force premiums (Australia) ($m)7421,2081,2121,259-(4)

General insurance gross written premiums (Australia) ($m)168273279259(2)5

2020 Interim Financial Results3
Group Results

1Averages are based on a six month period.

2Based on the weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares outstanding for the relevant six month period. Earnings are calculated as net profit attributable to owners of

WBC. 1

3Weighted average number of fully paid ordinary shares listed on the ASX for the relevant period less Westpac shares held by the Group (“Treasury shares”).

4.The Board has deferred the decision on determining an interim dividend and no dividend will be paid in June 2020.

5Calculated as net profit attributable to owners of WBC divided by average ordinary equity (annualised).

6Calculated as average total equity less average non-controlling interests.

7Average total equity is the average balance of shareholders’ equity, including non-controlling interests.

8Total equity attributable to owners of WBC after deducting intangible assets divided by the number of ordinary shares outstanding, less Treasury shares held.

9Calculated as the difference between the average yield on all interest earning assets and the average rate paid on all interest bearing liabilities (annualised).

10Calculated as the difference between net interest margin and interest spread, and represents benefits derived from holdings of the net non-interest bearing component of the balance

sheet (including equity) (annualised).

11Calculated by dividing net interest income by average interest earning assets (annualised). 2

12Calculated as Group operating expenses excluding impairment charges divided by Group net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges.

13Impairment provisions relating to impaired exposures include individually assessed provisions plus the proportion of the collectively assessed provisions that relate to impaired

exposures.

14Stressed exposures include program managed loans 90 days plus and non-performing transaction managed loans.

4 2020 Interim Financial Results
Group Results

1.3Market share and system multiple metrics

1.3.1Market share

As at

31 March

2020

As at

30 Sept

2019

As at

31 March

2019

Australia

Banking system (Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA))

1

Housing credit

2

23%24%24%

Cards23%23%23%

Household deposits22%22%23%

Business deposits20%20%20%

Financial system (Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA))

1

Housing credit

2

22%23%23%

Business credit16%17%18%

Retail deposits

3

21%22%21%

New Zealand (Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ))

4

Consumer lending18%18%18%

Deposits19%18%19%

Business lending17%16%17%

Australian Wealth Management

5

Platforms (includes Wrap and Corporate Super)18%18%18%

Retail (excludes Cash)18%17%17%

Corporate Super15%14%13%

1.3.2System multiples

Half Year

March

2020

Half Year

Sept

2019

Half Year

March

2019

Australia

Banking system (APRA)

1

Housing credit

2,6

n/a0.60.5

Cards

6

n/an/an/a

Household deposits0.30.60.1

Business deposits0.62.60.1

Financial system (RBA)

1

Housing credit

2,6

n/a0.60.5

Business credit

6

0.2n/an/a

Retail deposits

3,6

0.30.7n/a

New Zealand (RBNZ)

4

Consumer lending1.01.10.4

Household deposits

1.20.21.4

1.From March 2019 certain statistical data has been restated as a result of APRA’s implementation of the new Economic and Financial Statistics (EFS) collection requirements. APRA’s

EFS collection requirements have clarified and revised a number of key reporting definitions including residency, industry sectors, and loan purpose. In addition, the EFS collection

coverage has been expanded to include credit unions and building societies. The restated balances are reported in APRA’s new Monthly Authorised Deposit-taking Institutional

Statistics (MADIS) publication, which replaces APRA’s Monthly Banking Statistics (MBS) publication. Westpac’s market share and growth multiples for First Half 2020 and Second

Half 2019 have been calculated based on APRA’s MADIS publication, with prior period comparative balances prepared on the previous MBS publication approach. As a result of this

change, market share and system multiples are not comparable to reporting periods prior to Second Half 2019.

2.Includes securitised loans.

3.Retail deposits as measured by the RBA, financial system includes financial corporations’ deposits.

4.New Zealand comprises New Zealand banking operations.

5.Market Share Australian Wealth Management based on market share statistics from Strategic Insight as at 31 December 2019 (for First Half 2020), as at 30 June 2019 (for Second

Half 2019) and as at 31 December 2018 (for First Half 2019).

6.n/a indicates that system growth or Westpac growth was negative.

2020 Interim Financial Results5
Review of Group operations

2.0Review of Group operations

Section 2 ‘Review of Group operations’ focuses on our Group results and key drivers for movements, with reference to our significant divisions. For

more commentary at the divisional level, refer to Section 3 ‘Divisional results’.

2.1Performance overview

Overview

Half YearHalf YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

1

March

2020

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

$mUS$A$A$A$

Net interest income5,5259,0008,6448,26349

Net fee income463755829826(9)(9)

Net wealth management and insurance income285465703326(34)43

Trading income282460492437(7)5

Other income(45)(76)2127largelarge

Net operating income before operating expenses and

impairment charges6,51010,60410,6709,979(1)6

Operating expenses(3,795)(6,181)(5,015)(5,091)2321

Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense2,7154,4235,6554,888(22)(10)

Impairment charges(1,374)(2,238)(461)(333)largelarge

Profit before income tax1,3412,1855,1944,555(58)(52)

Income tax expense(610)(994)(1,580)(1,379)(37)(28)

Net profit for the period7311,1913,6143,176(67)(63)

Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests-(1)(3)(3)(67)(67)

Net profit attributable to owners of WBC7311,1903,6113,173(67)(62)

Westpac’s performance in First Half 2020 was significantly impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, including its effect on employees, customers and

the broader economy. Westpac’s coordinated approach to the crisis is focused on the safety of its people, support for customers and helping the

economy through this challenging time.

Westpac’s First Half 2020 financial results were lower over both Second Half 2019 and First Half 2019 due to the immediate and expected flow-on

impacts of COVID-19 on impairment charges, along with two other factors outlined below.

The first is the provisions and costs related to the Australian Transaction Reports and Analysis Centre’s (AUSTRAC) civil proceedings against

Westpac in relation to alleged contraventions of the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act. These civil proceedings

contributed to Board and management changes and led to a provision for a potential penalty along with additional costs, including from the Group’s

Response Plan. In aggregate, these costs reduced net profit attributable to owners of WBC in First Half 2020 by over $1 billion. Other impacts of the

AUSTRAC civil proceedings are set out below.

Secondly, the financial services sector, including Westpac, has continued to respond to the recommendations from the Royal Commission into

Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (Royal Commission), as well as governance, culture and accountability

self-assessments. For Westpac, implementing these recommendations and putting things right for customers where the Group got it wrong has

contributed to higher regulatory and compliance costs and additional provisions for estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and

litigation. These provisions reduced net profit attributable to owners of WBC in First Half 2020 by $258 million.

Prior to the emergence of COVID-19, the sector had been impacted by a slowing in GDP growth, continued low wages growth, subdued business and

consumer sentiment and lower interest rates. For financial services companies, this resulted in relatively modest demand for lending, further pressure

on net interest margins and increased competition, particularly from new and smaller players. The housing market on the other hand had shown some

signs of recovery with house prices generally improving in major markets through the half. However, given recent events this recovery is unlikely to be

sustained.

COVID-19

The largest financial impact of COVID-19 on performance in First Half 2020 has been a material increase in impairment charges linked to the

changed economic outlook. Slower activity, together with falls in asset values, have also contributed to the write-down of certain assets and

capitalised software. While other aspects of Westpac’s operations were impacted by the effects of COVID-19, as the crisis emerged late in the period,

the financial impact was relatively modest. Additional effects are expected to emerge in Second Half 2020, the size of which will depend on a range of

factors including the duration of the crisis, the impact of stimulus measures and how consumers and businesses respond.

Over the last two centuries, Westpac has supported its people, customers, and the community more broadly through recessions, depressions and a

range of crises. Westpac will continue to do so through the COVID-19 pandemic. Some examples of Westpac’s actions include the following:

1Percentage movement represents an increase/(decrease) to the relevant comparative period.

6 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

Protecting employees

The physical and mental wellbeing of employees is paramount, and the Group has enhanced policies, practices and procedures to keep our people

safe, assist them to work effectively and continue supporting customers and the community, including:

•Supporting around 22,000 employees working from home in Australia, with around 4,000 employees remaining in corporate sites to deliver

essential banking services;

•Over 300,000 hours of video conferencing in March 2020 compared to 42,000 hours 12 months ago;

•Enhanced corporate cleaning, increased availability of hand sanitisers, temperature checks in larger sites, installation of polycarbonate protective

screens, and increased resources to help employees manage their physical and mental wellbeing;

•Actively changed work arrangements to deal with increased customer demand for assistance, a decline in branch visits and lockdowns

experienced by some offshore service providers; and

•Special paid leave for employees (including casuals) required to self-isolate.

Supporting consumers

Helping consumers to bank safely and manage their finances effectively, including:

•A range of initiatives to reduce personal contact by helping customers set up internet banking, encouraging self-serve and increasing the use of

electronic and contactless channels;

•Remaining open for business with over 94% of Australian branches open, and ATM availability exceeding 98% through March 2020;

•Supporting consumers with a range of special assistance packages including principal and interest deferral for mortgages (6 months) and

cards/personal loans (3 months);

•Around 120,000 assistance packages for mortgages have been approved;

•Special interest rates for term deposits, fixed rate home loans for 1, 2 and 3 year terms; and

•Increased limits on tap-and-go transactions to $200 from $100 and increased limits on digital cheque deposits.

Supporting businesses

Helping businesses manage their finances through these challenging times, including:

•Payment deferral options for businesses with certain loans of up to $10 million;

•Seconding certain of the Group’s business specialists into contact centres to support businesses manage their cash flow;

•Approved over 31,000 assistance packages;

•Providing unsecured loans of up to $0.25 million for 3 years for businesses with turnover <$50 million (50% guaranteed by the Federal

Government);

•Providing temporary funding to businesses waiting for JobKeeper payments;

•Working closely with large corporates and institutions to support liquidity needs with WIB supporting a $5 billion increase in lending late in First

Half 2020; and

•Special interest rates and fees: 200 basis point discount on overdrafts, 100 basis point discount on cash-based loans, fees waived on merchant

terminal rentals for up to 3 months, no establishment fee for equipment finance loans.

Supporting the economy and community

As one of Australia’s and New Zealand’s major banks, Westpac plays a critical role in supporting the economy and the communities in which it

operates, including:

•Materially improving system stability and resilience, with a 48% reduction in high severity incidents while keeping our systems and data safe from

external hacks;

•Supporting State governments with debt purchases and data insights on the impacts of the COVID-19 on consumers and businesses;

•Updating the Group’s employee matching gifts program to support certain COVID-19 related causes;

•With their major sponsor impacted by the effects of COVID-19, St.George Bank stepped in to help fund Little Wings which provides a free service

to help rural families travel to the Sydney Children’s Hospital to receive vital medical treatment;


Working constructively with government and the industry to develop effective support mechanisms for customers.

Through First Half 2020, Westpac responded to the severe bushfires that impacted much of eastern Australia by setting up practical, on-the-ground

support for customers, our people and for those caring for affected communities. Some of the initiatives included: allocating $3.8 million for

emergency cash grants for consumers and businesses, making mortgage payments for one year for those losing their principal residence and

providing low interest rates on loans to help businesses rebuild. Additional community support included funds for financial counselling along with

donations to the Salvation Army’s Disaster Appeal, state bushfire appeals and to various volunteer services. For our people Westpac provided

uncapped paid leave to emergency services volunteers in bushfire affected areas along with grants of $5,000 to employees needing emergency relief.

2020 Interim Financial Results7
Review of Group operations

CEO Priorities

Following his appointment as CEO, Peter King announced some changes to the Group’s priorities which reflect Westpac’s immediate regulatory and

compliance needs, responding to the more challenging operating environment and actions to improve Westpac’s performance focus. These priorities

also reaffirm the Group’s customer focus and its service orientation. The four priorities are:

1.Customer Franchise – in the short term, support customers through the COVID-19 crisis. Longer term, grow the customer base and deepen

relationships through superior service;

2.Performance Discipline – simplify the portfolio and drive improved execution across the Group’s banking businesses;

3.Digital Transformation – build a common and upgraded technology platform, and migrate more activity to digital; and

4.Risk Management – build a stronger risk culture driven from the first line. Implement recommendations of the Group’s Culture, Governance and

Accountability (CGA) self-assessment and the Royal Commission and respond to AUSTRAC matters, including implementing the response plan.

Financial Performance Summary

With this backdrop, net profit attributable to owners of WBC for First Half 2020 was $1,190 million, down $2,421 million or 67% on Second Half 2019

and $1,983 million lower (or 62%) than First Half 2019. The First Half 2020 result was significantly impacted by higher impairment charges along with

costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty and estimated customer refunds, payments, associated

costs and litigation. These items help explain Westpac’s performance and are explained later in this overview with more information in Section 4.7,

Note 14.

Estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation and costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a

potential penalty totalled $1,285 million in First Half 2020 (compared to $377 million in Second Half 2019 and $753 million in First Half 2019).

Excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision

for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business in Second Half 2019, net profit attributable to owners of WBC was $2,475 million,

down $1,513 million or 38% over Second Half 2019 and down 37% compared to First Half 2019, with most of that decline due to the increase in

impairment charges in First Half 2020. Net profit attributable to owners of WBC excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs

and litigation, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business

is summarised later in this overview.

Net interest income was 4% higher over Second Half 2019, with a 1% increase in average interest earning assets and 6 basis point increase in net

interest margin. Balance sheet growth was relatively modest for most of First Half 2020 although a flight to quality and higher demand for liquidity saw

loans and customer deposits end First Half 2020 up 1% and 4% respectively.

The decline in non-interest income in First Half 2020 of 21% was mostly due to higher insurance claims from severe storms and bushfires while

wealth income was also lower. Operating expenses were higher, up 23% over Second Half 2019, with most of the increase due to costs associated

with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty. Excluding costs associated with estimated customer refunds and payments

and litigation, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business

in Second Half 2019, operating expenses were 3% higher reflecting increased risk and compliance costs, some asset write-downs and higher

software amortisation.

Asset quality metrics were sound over First Half 2020 with impaired exposures to gross loans of 30 basis points at 31 March 2020, compared to 25

basis points at 30 September 2019. Stressed exposures to total committed exposures ended the half at 1.32% compared to 1.20% at 30 September

2019. Given the effects of COVID-19 only began to escalate in March, these metrics do not reflect the more difficult position beginning to emerge

across the economy and its impact on customers.

While there was a rise in stressed exposures at 31 March 2020, a significant change in the economic and industry outlook related to the COVID-19

pandemic has led to impairment charges of $2,238 million in First Half 2020, up $1,777 million over the Second Half 2019 and up

$1,905 million over

First Half 2019. Assessing the likely impact of the COVID-19 pandemic was the main contributor to the increased impairment charges in First Half

2020.

The increase in impairment charges lifted impairment provisions and provision coverage ratios with the ratio of collectively assessed provisions to

credit risk weighted assets of 1.40% at 31 March 2020 up from 0.95% at 30 September 2019.

The lower net profit attributable to owners of WBC, combined with capital raised in First Half 2020, translated to a decline in return and per share

metrics. The return on average ordinary equity was 3.52% in First Half 2020, down from 11.24% in Second Half 2019. Earnings per ordinary share

were 33.2 cents in First Half 2020, down 68% over Second Half 2019 and 64% over First Half 2019. Excluding estimated customer refunds,

payments, associated costs and litigation and associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, earnings per

ordinary share were 69.2 cents.

Net profit attributable to owners of WBC was lower across all divisions with a decline in net operating income before operating expenses and

impairment charges and higher impairment charges across the Group.

Reviewing movements on the prior corresponding period, in First Half 2020 net profit attributable to owners of WBC was 62% lower than First Half

2019. Excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a

provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business in First Half 2019, First Half 2020 net profit attributable to owners of

WBC was 37% lower than First Half 2019. Most of this decline was from the increase in impairment charges.

8 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

On capital, Westpac completed an institutional share placement and a retail share purchase plan in the half, raising $2.8 billion. These lifted capital

levels and contributed to a 3.5% increase in shares on issue.

As a result, the Group reported a common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio of 10.8% at 31 March 2020, compared to 10.7% at 30 September 2019

and 10.6% at 31 March 2019. The higher capital ratio was achieved while absorbing higher risk weighted assets (RWA) from an additional $500

million operational risk capital overlay from APRA associated with the AUSTRAC matter and payment of the final 2019 dividend. Interest rate risk in

the banking book RWA was also higher, including from a $500 million capital overlay that will apply until a new IRRBB model is finalised and

approved. Net tangible assets per share were $15.43 at 31 March 2020 compared to $15.36 at 30 September 2019.

The Group’s liquidity ratios remained above regulatory minimums. Higher customer deposit growth relative to loan growth lifted the deposit to loan

ratio to over 75%, while the liquidity coverage ratio (LCR) and the net stable funding ratio (NSFR) ended First Half 2020 at 154% and 117%

respectively.

Dividends

The Board has deferred the decision on determining an interim dividend and no dividend will be paid in June 2020. This was a difficult decision given

many retail shareholders rely on our dividends.

Westpac remains well provisioned and capitalised. Nevertheless, the Board recognises the uncertain economic and operating conditions and how

these may develop over the next six months. The Board also accepted APRA’s consistent guidance on dividends and being prudent at this point in

time. Westpac has kept APRA informed about its stress testing scenarios and capital position. WBC has not received any concerns from APRA on

the bank’s capital position. The Board will continue to review dividend options over the course of this year.

Westpac will continue to assess opportunities to improve capital utilisation across the Group. The strategic review of Specialist Businesses will also

consider ways to further optimise capital. Refer to Significant Developments in the Directors’ Report (Section 4.1) for information on Specialist

Businesses.

Bank Levy

Despite the lower net profit attributable to owners of WBC, the Government’s Bank Levy cost $196 million in First Half 2020, similar to the $198

million in Second Half 2019. The Bank Levy in First Half 2020 was equal to 12% of net profit attributable to owners of WBC, is equivalent to 4 cents

per share and is included in net interest income where it reduced net interest margin by 5 basis points. In aggregate, taxes paid along with the Bank

Levy give Westpac an adjusted effective tax rate of 47.5%.

AUSTRAC Civil Proceedings

On 20 November 2019, AUSTRAC launched civil proceedings against Westpac in the Federal Court of Australia, lodging a Statement of Claim with

the Court. Westpac had previously disclosed that it had self-reported to AUSTRAC a failure to report a large number of international funds transfer

instructions (IFTIs) and that AUSTRAC was also investigating a number of other areas relating to Westpac’s processes, procedures and monitoring.

Commencement of the civil proceedings has significantly impacted Westpac and has contributed to:

•The stepping down of the CEO, Brian Hartzer, and the appointment of Peter King as CEO;

•The Chairman Lindsay Maxsted bringing forward his retirement and the subsequent appointment of John McFarlane as Westpac Chairman (from

April 2020);

•Cancellation of the annual short-term incentives for the CEO and the Group Executives for Full Year 2020;

•The commencement of a detailed response plan to immediately lift the Group’s financial crime standards and protect people from online child

exploitation;

•A provision for a potential penalty of $900 million (not tax deductible) relating to AUSTRAC’s civil proceedings along with additional costs

associated with the response plan (earnings impact of $127 million after tax);

•Additional investigations by the corporate regulator (ASIC) and the prudential regulator (APRA), along with APRA imposing an additional

operational risk capital overlay equal to $500 million; and

•The launch of shareholder class actions in Australia and in the United States.

Since the civil proceedings were launched, Westpac has been in discussions and mediation with AUSTRAC seeking to agree a Statem

ent of Agreed

Facts and Admissions along with a proposed penalty that could be put to the Court on a joint basis with AUSTRAC.

At the case management hearing on 30 March 2020, the Court ordered that the parties file a Statement of Agreed Facts and Admissions with the

Court by 8 May 2020, and that Westpac file a Defence in relation to the remaining matters by 15 May 2020.

Westpac considered the available information and has made a provision of $900 million for a potential penalty in relation to AUSTRAC’s 20

November 2019 Statement of Claim. The provision has been taken in circumstances where there remains considerable uncertainty on the approach

the Court might take in assessing the appropriate penalty and where there remains a prospect that Westpac and AUSTRAC could agree a penalty

which could be recommended to the Court on a joint basis (which the Court would have regard to but not be obliged to accept).

The Court’s decision on the appropriate penalty will likely involve balancing many different competing and complex factors and the exercise of

discretion. Accordingly, the actual penalty paid by Westpac may be materially higher or lower than the current provision. Further details on this

provision can be found in Section 4.7, Note 14.

2020 Interim Financial Results9
Review of Group operations

On 24 November 2019 Westpac announced a detailed response plan to the AUSTRAC proceedings. This response plan included three elements and

progress over the half included:

Response plan elementsProgress

Immediate fixes• Reported outstanding IFTIs to AUSTRAC.

•Closed relevant Australasian Cash Management and LitePay products.

Lifting our standards•Established a new Board Financial Crime Committee.

•Appointed Promontory to provide assurance over Westpac’s assessment of management

accountability in relation to the issues raised in the AUSTRAC proceedings and the adequacy of

Westpac’s Financial Crime Program.

•Established an independent Advisory Panel to review Board risk governance and Board

accountability in relation to the issues raised in the AUSTRAC proceedings.

•Updated transaction monitoring rules and implemented enhanced oversight of the processes.

Protecting people•Investing to reduce human impact of financial crime, including partnerships with International Justice

Mission and Save the Children.

•Established the Safer Children, Safer Communities Roundtable to guide investments for a program of

work to support the prevention of online child exploitation.

Further details on the AUSTRAC matter can be found in Significant Developments and Risk Factors in the Directors’ Report (Section 4.1) and in

Section 4.7, Note 14.

Enhancing Risk Management

Over recent years, the Group has conducted significant work to review its products and operations, improve the handling of complaints, enhance

culture, and strengthen risk processes and controls. This has included: ongoing product reviews, assessing the quantum of known customer

remediation, implementing recommendations from its culture governance and accountability (CGA) self-assessment and the Royal Commission,

exiting non-core activities, closing-out legacy regulatory and compliance matters, and reshaping the way we identify and respond to complaints.

In First Half 2020, and following the AUSTRAC Statement of Claim, APRA requested that Westpac reassess its CGA remediation plan to determine

whether it is ‘fit for purpose’. The reassessment is underway and due to be completed by 30 June 2020. In parallel with the reassessment, Westpac is

continuing to implement recommendations from its various programs of work, including:

•Royal Commission: Of the 49 Royal Commission recommendations relevant to Westpac, 13 are implemented, 22 are being implemented, and 14

are awaiting further regulatory clarity; and

•CGA self-assessment: Implementing the CGA remediation plan, with 67% of recommendations implemented for design effectiveness as at 31

March 2020.

Customer Remediation

Through its ‘get it right, put it right’ initiatives, products, processes and policies have continued to be reviewed to identify where the Group may not

have got it right for customers. Where problems have been identified, the Group has committed to fix them and refund customers. These initiatives

identified a number of issues that have required remediation. The Group booked an after-tax cost of $258 million for estimated customer refunds,

payments, associated costs and litigation in First Half 2020.

The cost of major items in First Half 2020 related to:

5

•Provisions for estimated refunds to certain business customers who were provided with business loans where they should have been provided

with loans covered by the National Consumer Credit Protection Act and the National Credit Code;

•Provisions for estimated compensation to customers on the Group’s platforms who were not advised of certain corporate actions. As these

customers may have missed out on value associated with these actions a compensating payment is being made; and

•Provisions for estimated refunds to some BT customers where certain wealth fees were inadequately disclosed.

Management of the Group’s key customer remediation programs have been centralised in the Group’s remediation hub and over 600,000 customers

have now received over $350 million in refunds.

10 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

Financial performance First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

Net profit attributable to owners of WBC of $1,190 million was down $2,421 million or 67% over Second Half 2019. The decline in net profit

attributable to owners of WBC was principally due to higher impairment charges and higher estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs

and litigation and costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty.

To help explain Westpac’s performance, certain items in this result are described as ‘customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation’,

‘costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty’, and ‘restructuring of the Wealth business’. These include:

•Provisions for estimated customer refunds and payments, associated costs, and litigation;

•A provision for a potential penalty relating to AUSTRAC’s civil proceedings;

•Costs associated with Westpac’s AUSTRAC response plan; and

•Restructuring costs associated with the reset of Westpac’s wealth strategy in 2019.

Throughout this Results Announcement, the terms ‘estimated customer refunds and payments’, ‘costs associated with estimated customer refunds

and payments and litigation’, ‘costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty’, and ‘restructuring of the

Wealth business’ refer only to these items, which are also discussed further in Section 4.7, note 14.

These items impact net profit attributable to owners of WBC, the major income statement line items and certain performance metrics. The following

tables present the impact of these items on major income statement line items (Table 1), the quantum of these items and their impact on key line

items in the income statement (Table 2) and certain performance metrics (Table 3) over the last three halves.

2020 Interim Financial Results11
Review of Group operations

Table 1: Impact of estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings

including a provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business

Half Year March 2020 Half Year Sept 2019Half Year March 2019

$m

Costs

associated

with

AUSTRAC

proceedings

including a

provision for

a potential

penalty

Estimated

customer

refunds,

payments,

associated

costs and

litigation Total

Estimated

customer

refunds,

payments,

associated

costs and

litigation

Wealth

Restructuring Total

Estimated

customer

refunds,

payments,

associated

costs and

litigation

Wealth

Restructuring Total

Net interest income-(106)(106)(132)-(132)(212)-(212)

Net fee income-(147)(147)(118)-(118)(165)-(165)

Net wealth management and

insurance income-1616(102)-(102)(435)-(435)

Non-interest income-(131)(131)(220)-(220)(600)-(600)

Net operating income before

operating expenses and

impairment charges-(237)(237)(352)-(352)(812)-(812)

Staff expenses-(61)(61)(33)(27)(60)(66)(142)(208)

Technology expenses-(3)(3)(2)(13)(15)(9)(11)(20)

Other expenses(1,058)(68)(1,126)(101)(11)(112)(9)(37)(46)

Operating expenses(1,058)(132)(1,190)(136)(51)(187)(84)(190)(274)

Profit before income tax(1,058)(369)(1,427)(488)(51)(539)(896)(190)(1,086)

Income tax expense311111421471516227954333

Net profit attributable to owners

of WBC(1,027)(258)(1,285)(341)(36)(377)(617)(136)(753)

Table 2. Impact of estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings

including a provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business, and impact on movements in key line items 4

Impact in Key Line Items

1

($m)

Growth

Mar 20 - Sep 19 (%)

$m

Half Year

March

2020

Half Year

Sept

2019As reported

Ex impact

of certain

items

1

Net interest income(106)(132)44

Non-interest income(131)(220)(21)(23)

Operating expenses(1,190)(187)233

Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense(1,427)(539)(22)(6)

Impairment charges--largelarge

Income tax expense142162(37)(35)

Net profit attributable to owners of WBC(1,285)(377)(67)(38)

Impact in Key Line Items

1

($m)

Growth

Mar 20 - Sep 19 (%)

$m

Half Year

March

2020

Half Year

March

2019As reported

Ex impact

of certain

items

1

Net interest income(106)(212)97

Non-interest income(131)(600)(7)(25)

Operating expenses(1,190)(274)213

Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense(1,427)(1,086)(10)(2)

Impairment charges--largelarge

Income tax expense142333(28)(34)

Net profit attributable to owners of WBC(1,285)(753)(62)(37)

1.Excluding impact of estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty,

and the restructuring of the Wealth business, unless otherwise stated.

12 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

Table 3. Certain performance metrics including and excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation,

costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business

Half Year March 2020Half Year Sept 2019Half Year March 2019

%As reported

Ex impact of

certain

items

1

As reported

Ex impact of

certain

items

1

As reported

Ex impact of

certain

items

1

Return on equity3.52%7.32%11.24%12.41%10.05%12.43%

Net interest margin2.21%2.24%2.15%2.18%2.09%2.14%

Expense to income ratio58.29%46.04%47.00%43.80%51.02%44.64%

Net profit attributable to owners of WBC in First Half 2020 excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, costs

associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business in Second Half 2019

was $2,475 million, down $1,513 million or 38% over Second Half 2019. The decline was principally due to higher impairment charges and lower

wealth and insurance income.

Net interest income increased $356 million (up 4%) over Second Half 2019, with the increase due to 1% increase in average interest earning assets

and higher Treasury and markets income. Estimated customer refunds and payments had little impact on movements in net interest income.

Lending was up 1% with a higher contribution from New Zealand and other overseas lending partially offset by a decline in Australian lending. Growth

in New Zealand was evenly spread across mortgages and business lending and its contribution was further supported by a weaker A$ relative to the

NZ$. In Australia, mortgage lending declined due to lower new lending and elevated repayments while all other consumer lending (cards personal

loans and auto lending) also ended the half down. Business lending was higher, particularly from corporates drawing down on their facilities late in

First Half 2020 to build liquidity.

Customer deposits were up 4% over the half (up $19 billion), more than funding loan growth (up $4.9 billion) and, as a result, the customer deposit to

loan ratio increased by over 2 percentage point to 75.6%. Most of the growth in customer deposits occurred towards the end of First Half 2020 as

government and corporate customers sought to hold additional liquidity in bank deposits. The weaker A$ also contributed to the increase.

Net interest margin was up 6 basis points compared to Second Half 2019. The increase reflected a $411 million increase in Treasury and Markets

income. Excluding this, net interest margin decreased by 3 basis points, principally due to the impact of lower interest rates on deposit spreads,

capital and liquidity. Competition for new lending and retention negatively impacted margins through the half, particularly mortgages. These declines

were partially offset by the impact of pricing changes late in Second Half 2019 and lower short-term funding costs.

Non-interest income was 21% lower than Second Half 2019 and excluding estimated customer refunds and payments was 23% lower. The decline

was mainly due to higher insurance claims (mostly from bushfires and severe storms across eastern Australia), a write-down on deferred acquisition

costs (DAC) from changes to the provision of group life insurance to BT Super, along with lower margins on investment platforms. Markets non-

interest income was also lower, mostly due to a $40 million increase in the derivative valuation adjustment charge.

Expenses increased 23% mostly from higher costs associated with estimated customer refunds and payments and litigation and costs associated

with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty. Excluding costs associated with estimated customer refunds and payments

and litigation, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business

in Second Half 2019, expenses were 3% higher with an increase in regulatory and compliance related spending, and a write-down of certain assets,

including capitalised software. Ordinary expenses increased $167 million over the half more than offset by $188 million in productivity savings,

including a further reduction of 31 branches and the full period impact from the reset of the Group’s wealth business.

Asset quality was sound at 31 March 2020, although most asset quality metrics experienced some deterioration later in the half. That deterioration

reflected higher new impaired exposures and increased customer hardship following the bushfires and severe storms experienced through summer. It

also reflects a reallocation of resources to work on assessing COVID-19 hardship applications rather than managing existing delinquencies.

Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies were up 5 basis points over the half while 30+ day mortgage delinquencies were 23 basis points higher. In both

instances, the rise largely occurred in March 2020. The Group has also seen a significant rise in mortgage hardship which increased by over 50%.

Other consumer 90+ day delinquencies were also higher, up 25 basis points over the half. The full impact of COVID-19 is expected to emerge in

future periods.

As part of the industry-wide response to COVID-19, the Group has seen many consumers and small businesses apply for principal a

nd interest

deferrals. Customers approved for these deferrals will not be recorded in traditional stress metrics while part of these packages but will nevertheless

be monitored closely, particularly once the deferral period ends.

Reflecting the trends in asset quality, along with a deterioration in the economic and industry outlook, impairment charges were higher over the half,

up $1,777 million. In aggregate, COVID-19 related impairment charges were $1,581 million.

The increase in impairment charges has seen a lift in provision coverage with the ratio of collectively assessed provisions to credit risk weighted

assets of 1.40% at 31 March 2020, up from 0.95% at 30 September 2019.

Westpac’s effective income tax rate was 45.5% for First Half 2020, which is higher than Australia’s corporate tax rate of 30%. Excluding the impact of

the non-deductible AUSTRAC penalty provision, the effective tax rate would have been 32.2%.

1.Excluding impact of estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty,

and the restructuring of the Wealth business, unless otherwise stated.

2020 Interim Financial Results13
Review of Group operations

Financial performance summary First Half 2020 - First Half 2019

Net profit attributable to owners of WBC of $1,190 million was down $1,983 million or 62% over First Half 2019. The decline was principally due to

higher impairment charges and higher expenses related to the AUSTRAC response plan. Excluding estimated customer refunds, payments,

associated costs and litigation, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the

Wealth business in First Half 2019, net profit attributable to owners of WBC of $2,475 million was $1,451 million lower than First Half 2019.

Net interest income was 9% higher over First Half 2019, principally due to lower estimated customer refunds and payments and higher average

interest earning assets. Excluding estimated customer refunds and payments, net interest income was 7% higher. Total lending was 1% higher over

the year (up $5 billion) with a $6 billion contribution from NZ lending and a $1.7 billion contribution from offshore lending (mostly FX related). The

increase was partially offset by lower Australian lending (down $2.5 billion). The decline in Australian lending was due to lower consumer lending and

higher provisions, partially offset by increased corporate loan balances. Customer deposits were higher over the year with strong growth in late March

2020 as customers increased liquidity in response to COVID-19. Net interest margins were higher over the year from lower estimated customer

refunds and payments. Excluding estimated customer refunds and payments, the margin excluding Treasury and markets was down 5 basis points.

Lower interest rates and competition were behind the decline.

Non-interest income was lower over the year, down 25% excluding estimated customer refunds and payments. The fall was due to lower insurance

income from higher claims and a DAC write-down, lower advice income, a decline in card fees, lower syndication activity and a higher derivative

valuation adjustment charge. Asset sales were also lower.

Expenses were up 21% from higher costs associated with estimated customer refunds and payments and litigation and costs associated with

AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty. Excluding costs associated with estimated customer refunds and payments and

litigation, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business in

First Half 2019, expenses were up 4%. The rise was due to higher regulatory and compliance spending and an increase in software amortisation.

Asset quality deteriorated over First Half 2020 from the weaker operating environment and from bushfires and severe weather events. The COVID-19

outbreak only had a small impact on asset quality metrics in First Half 2020.

Impairment charges were higher, up $1,905 million to $2,238 million, reflecting the rise in stress and the COVID-19 related provisions.

14 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

Divisional Net Profit After Tax (NPAT) Summary

1

Summary of movement in NPAT by Business Divisions (First half 2020 - First Half 2019)

Consumer NPAT decreased $226 million (or 14%) compared to First Half 2019, from an increase in insurance claims associated with bushfires and

severe weather events, the write-down of certain assets (including a DAC write-down related to group life insurance), and from higher impairment

charges. Impairment charges were higher reflecting COVID-19 impacts.

Business NPAT decreased $692 million (or 56%) compared to First Half 2019 from higher impairment charges, lower net interest margins and a

decline in wealth income. Impairment charges were higher reflecting COVID-19 impacts.

Westpac Institutional Bank NPAT decreased $369 million (or 68%) compared to First Half 2019. The reduction was mostly from an increase in

impairment charges reflecting higher impaired exposures and changes in economic scenarios from the impact of COVID-19. Lower net interest

margins also contributed to the decline in NPAT. Impairment charges were higher reflecting COVID-19 impacts.

Westpac New Zealand NPAT decreased $227 million (or 44%) compared to First Half 2019. The decline was due to higher impairment charges, lower

non-interest income from further fee simplification initiatives and increases in expenses including from higher risk, regulatory and compliance costs

along with a rise in expenses associated with improving work arrangements. Impairment charges were higher reflecting COVID-19 impacts.

Group Businesses NPAT decreased $469 million (or 62%) compared to First Half 2019. This was mostly due to a $900 million (non-deductible)

provision for a potential penalty relating to AUSTRAC’s civil proceedings and higher impairment charges related to COVID-19.

1.The NPAT graph illustrates the movements in NPAT (in $ value) for each division.

2.Certain items include estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential

penalty and the restructuring of the Wealth business.

2020 Interim Financial Results15
Review of Group operations

2.2Review of reported results

2.2.1

Net interest income

1

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Net interest income ($m)9,0008,6448,26349

Average interest earning assets ($m)812,971803,165794,66012

Group net interest margin (%)2.21%2.15%2.09%6 bps12 bps

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

Net interest income increased $356 million or 4% compared to Second Half 2019. Key features include:

•A 1% increase in average interest earning assets, primarily from New Zealand lending and higher holdings of third party liquid assets, partially

offset by a reduction in Australian mortgage balances;2

•Group net interest margin increased 6 basis points, reflecting a $411 million increase in Treasury and Markets revenue. This was primarily driven

by fair value movements in economic hedges and positioning for interest rate changes in Treasury; and

•Group net interest margin excluding Treasury and Markets decreased 3 basis points. The decline was primarily due to lower interest rates

impacting customer deposit spreads and income earned on capital, along with higher holdings of third party liquid assets. These were partially

offset by pricing changes on Australian variable rate mortgages.

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

Net interest income increased $737 million or 9% compared to First Half 2019. Key features include:

•A 2% increase in average interest earning assets, primarily from New Zealand mortgages and higher holdings of third party liquid assets, partially

offset by lower institutional bank lending;

•Group net interest margin increased 12 basis points. This was driven by a $663 million increase in Treasury and Markets revenue due to fair

value movements in economic hedges and positioning for interest rate changes; and

•Group net interest margin excluding Treasury and Markets decreased 3 basis points. The decline was primarily due to lower interest rates

impacting customer deposit spreads and income earned on capital, along with higher holdings of third party liquid assets. These were partially

offset by lower short term funding costs, pricing changes on Australian variable rate mortgages, and lower estimated customer refunds and

payments.

1.Refer to Section 4 Note 3 for reported results breakdown.

16 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

2.2.2

Loans

1

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$m

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Australia616,328619,564618,811(1)-

Housing445,663449,201447,164(1)-

Personal19,85421,24722,463(7)(12)

Business155,322152,360152,42422

Provisions(4,511)(3,244)(3,240)3939

New Zealand (A$)85,17678,42879,00098

New Zealand (NZ$)87,42584,62682,47036

Housing53,41151,50449,58448

Personal1,6521,8441,937(10)(15)

Business32,86731,59931,30845

Provisions(505)(321)(359)5741

Other overseas (A$)18,17416,77816,486810

Total loans719,678714,770714,29711

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

Total loans increased $4.9 billion or 1% compared to Second Half 2019. Excluding foreign currency translation impacts, total loans decreased $1.0

billion.

Key features of total loan movement were:

•Australian housing loans decreased $3.5 billion or 1%. The reduction reflects higher run off, repayments, and lower new lending. The mix of the

portfolio changed with interest only balances reducing 13%, and now comprising 23% of the portfolio;

•Australian personal lending decreased $1.4 billion or 7% across cards, personal loans and auto lending. Demand for unsecured lending

continued to decline in First Half 2020 consistent with market declines;

•Australian business lending increased $3.0 billion or 2%. Growth was skewed towards the end of First Half 2020 primarily from corporates

drawing down on their facilities to build liquidity to meet working capital requirements in response to COVID-19;

•Australian provision balances increased $1.3 billion or 39% during First Half 2020 reflecting changes in economic scenarios and weightings used

in AASB 9 provision models as a result of COVID-19; and

•New Zealand loans increased NZ$2.8 billion or 3%. Housing loans grew 4% primarily in fixed rate products, and business lending increased 4%.

This was partially offset by personal lending decreasing 10%. Provisions increased by 57% or NZ$0.2 billion reflecting changes in economic

scenarios and weightings used in AASB 9 provision models as a result of COVID-19.

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

Total loans increased $5.4 billion or 1% compared to First Half 2019. Excluding foreign currency translation impacts, total loans increased $1.3 billion.

Key features of total loan growth were:

•Australian housing loans decreased $1.5 billion. The reduction reflects higher run off and repayments from lower interest rates;

•Australian personal lending decreased $2.6 billion or 12%, across cards, personal loans and auto lending. Demand for unsecured lending

continued to decline in First Half 2020 consistent with market declines;

•Australian business lending increased $2.9 billion or 2%. Growth was skewed towards the end of First Half 2020 with corporates drawing down

on their facilities to build liquidity to meet working capital requirements in response to COVID-19;

•Australian provision balances increased $1.3 billion or 39% reflecting changes in economic scenarios and weightings used in AASB 9 provision

models as a result of COVID-19; and

•New Zealand lending increased NZ$5.0 billion or 6%. Housing loans grew 8% primarily in fixed rate products and business lending increased 5%.

This was partially offset by personal lending decreasing 15%. Provisions increased by 41% or NZ$0.1 billion reflecting changes in economic

scenarios and weightings used in AASB 9 provision models as a result of COVID-19.

1.Spot loan balances.

2020 Interim Financial Results17
Review of Group operations

2.2.3

Deposits and other borrowings

1,2

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$m

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Customer deposits

Australia460,561449,066433,73636

At call274,071247,161222,7331123

Term141,933158,564168,313(10)(16)

Non-interest bearing44,55743,34142,69034

New Zealand (A$)67,27359,74361,516139

New Zealand (NZ$)69,05064,46464,21878

At call26,50424,05324,520108

Term32,76833,54033,320(2)(2)

Non-interest bearing9,7786,8716,3784253

Other overseas (A$)15,96715,70716,3912(3)

Total customer deposits543,801524,516511,64346

Certificates of deposit39,11938,73143,3641(10)

Australia21,02926,25931,123(20)(32)

New Zealand (A$)3,4521,058858largelarge

Other overseas (A$)14,63811,41411,3832829

Total deposits and other borrowings582,920563,247555,00735

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

Total customer deposits increased $19.3 billion or 4% compared to Second Half 2019. Excluding foreign currency translation impacts, total customer

deposits increased $14.0 billion.

Key features of total customer deposits growth were:

•Australian customer deposits increased $11.5 billion or 3% with growth skewed towards the end of First Half 2020. Higher at call balances

reflected government and corporate customers holding additional liquidity in response to COVID-19. The deposit portfolio mix shifted from term

deposits to at call deposits as customers preferred to stay more liquid with a lower benefit from holding term deposits in a low rate environment.

Non-interest bearing deposits were up 3% due to an increase in mortgage offset balances; and

•New Zealand customer deposits increased NZ$4.6 billion or 7%, with growth in business transaction balances and consumer online and savings

balances. Growth was also skewed towards the end of First Half 2020 with corporate customers holding additional liquidity in response to COVID-

19. Non-interest bearing deposits were up NZ$2.9 billion primarily from growth in consumer transaction deposits.

Certificates of deposit increased 1% with certificates of deposit issued in New Zealand and other overseas jurisdictions partially offset by a reduction

in Australian certificates of deposit.

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

Total customer deposits increased $32.2 billion or 6% compared to First Half 2019. Excluding foreign currency translation impacts, total customer

deposits increased $28.0 billion.

Key features of total customer deposits growth were:

•Australian customer deposits increased $26.8 billion or 6%, with growth in savings and transaction deposits. The deposit portfolio mix shifted from

term deposits to at call deposits as customers preferred to stay more liquid with a lower benefit from holding term deposits in a low rate

environment. This also reflected government and corporate customers holding additional liquidity in response to COVID-19. Non-interest bearing

deposits were up 4% primarily from growth in mortgage offset balances; and

•New Zealand customer deposits increased NZ$4.8 billion or 8%, with growth in business transaction accounts as customers held additional

liquidity in response to COVID-19. Non-interest bearing deposits increased primarily from growth in consumer transaction deposits. 6

Certificates of deposit decreased $4.2 billion or 10% as the reduction in Australian certificates of deposit balances was partially offset by an increase

in certificates of deposit issued in New Zealand and other overseas jurisdictions.

1.Spot deposit balances.

2.Non-interest bearing relates to instruments which do not carry a rate of interest.

18 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

2.2.4Net interest margin

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

•Group net interest margin of 2.21% increased 6 basis points from Second Half 2019 with key features including:

–4 basis point increase from loan spreads following pricing changes to Australian variable loans and the impact of fixed rate mortgage

maturities switching to variable products with higher spreads. This was partially offset by lower new lending spreads, competition and

changes in the mix of the mortgage portfolio with customers continuing to switch from interest only lending to principal and interest facilities;

–5 basis point decrease from lower customer deposit spreads primarily due to the impact of lower interest rates;

–1 basis point increase from lower short term wholesale funding costs;

–1 basis point decrease from capital and other due to lower returns on hedged capital balances; and

–2 basis point decrease from higher holdings of third party liquid assets.

•The contribution from Treasury and Markets increased 9 basis points due to higher Treasury driven by positioning for interest rate changes.

1.Certain items relate to estimated customer refunds and payments.

2020 Interim Financial Results19
Review of Group operations

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

Group net interest margin of 2.21% increased 12 basis points from First Half 2019. Estimated customer refunds and payments were lower, improving

margin by 2 basis points.

•Group net interest margin excluding Treasury and Markets decreased 3 basis points to 2.01% with key features including:

–5 basis point increase from loan spreads following pricing changes to Australian variable loans and the impact of fixed rate mortgage

maturities switching to variable products with higher spreads. This was partially offset by competition and changes in the mix of the mortgage

portfolio with customers continuing to switch from interest only lending to principal and interest facilities;

–11 basis point decrease from lower deposit spreads primarily due to the impact of lower interest rates;

–6 basis point increase from lower short term wholesale funding costs from the impact of the bank bill swap rate (BBSW) reducing over First

Half 2020;

–2 basis point decrease in capital and other was due to lower income earned on hedged capital balances; and

–3 basis point decrease from higher holdings of third party liquid assets.

•Treasury and Markets contribution increased 15 basis points on First Half 2019 driven by positioning for interest rate changes.

1.Certain items relate to estimated customer refunds and payments.

20 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

2.2.5

Non-interest income

1

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Net fee income755829826(9)(9)

Net wealth management and insurance income465703326(34)43

Trading income460492437(7)5

Other income(76)2127largelarge

Total non-interest income1,6042,0261,716(21)(7)

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

Non-interest income decreased $422 million or 21% compared to Second Half 2019. Key features include:

•$89 million decrease from estimated customer refunds and payments; and

•Except for these items, non-interest income decreased $511 million or 23% primarily due to lower net wealth management and insurance income.

Net fee income

Net fee income decreased $74 million or 9% compared to Second Half 2019. This included a net increase in estimated customer refunds and

payments of $29 million primarily related to financial planning. Except for these items, net fee income decreased $45 million or 5%, primarily due to

lower cards income (down $36 million) due to lower international volumes and lower net interchange income.

Net wealth management and insurance income

Net wealth management and insurance income decreased $238 million or 34% compared to Second Half 2019. This included a net decrease in

estimated customer refunds and payments of $118 million primarily related to financial planning. Except for these items, net wealth management and

insurance income decreased $356 million or 44%, due to:

•Lower general insurance income (down $150 million) primarily due to higher claims associated with bushfires and severe weather events;

•Lower life insurance income (down $124 million) primarily due to the write-off of deferred acquisition costs (DAC) from changes to the provision of

group life insurance and lower policyholder tax recoveries;

•Lower Platforms and Superannuation income (down $38 million) reflecting margin compression from platform pricing changes, product migration

to lower margin products, and the full period impact of changes linked to Protecting Your Super legislation. Platform revenue was down from

lower interest rates on cash duration managed balances; and

•Lower earnings on capital (down $39 million) reflecting market movements.

Trading income

Trading income decreased $32 million or 7% compared to Second Half 2019, primarily driven by the derivative valuation adjustment from a widening

in credit spreads (down $40 million), partially offset by higher non-customer markets income across FX and commodities.

Other income

Other income decreased $78 million compared to Second Half 2019 primarily reflecting lower asset sales in the First Half 2020 and a decrease in the

valuation of Pendal.

1.Refer to Section 4, Note 4 for reported results breakdown.

2020 Interim Financial Results21
Review of Group operations

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

Non-interest income decreased $112 million or 7% compared to First Half 2019, key features include:

•$469 million net decrease in estimated customer refunds and payments; and

•Except for these items non-interest income decreased $581 million or 25% mainly from reduced net wealth management and insurance income.

Net fee income

Net fee income decreased $71 million or 9% compared to First Half 2019, including an $18 million net decrease in estimated customer refunds and

payments primarily related to financial planning. Except for these items, net fee income reduced $89 million or 9% primarily due to:

•Lower cards income (down $51 million) primarily due to lower revenue associated with rewards programs and reduced net interchange income;

•Lower syndication fees (down $25 million) due to lower customer activity; and

•Lower advice revenue following the exit of financial planning in Second Half 2019 (down $31 million).

Net wealth management and insurance income

Net wealth management and insurance income increased $139 million or 43% compared to First Half 2019. This included a net decrease in estimated

customer refunds and payments of $451 million primarily related to financial planning. Except for these items, net wealth management and insurance

income decreased $312 million, due to:

•Lower general insurance income (down $60 million) primarily due to higher claims associated with bushfires and severe weather events;

•Life insurance income (down $167 million) primarily due to the write-off of DAC from changes to the provision of group life insurance and lower

policyholder tax recoveries;

•Lower platforms and superannuation income (down $40 million) reflecting margin compression from platform pricing changes, product migration

to lower margin products, the full period impact of changes linked to Protecting Your Super legislation and lower platform revenue from lower

interest rates on cash duration managed balance; and

•Lower earnings on capital (down $43 million) reflecting market movements.

Trading income

Trading income increased $23 million or 5% compared to First Half 2019, primarily driven by:

•Higher non-customer markets income across FX and commodities (up $99 million); partly offset by

•Derivative valuation adjustment from a widening in credit spreads (down $82 million). 4

Other income

Other income was down $203 million compared to First Half 2019, primarily due to a revaluation loss in the First Half 2020 and higher gains on asset

sales and revaluations of fintech investments in First Half 2019.

2.2.6Group funds

$bn

As at 31

March

2020InflowsOutflows

Net

flows

Other

Mov’t

As at

30 Sept

2019

% Mov’t

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

As at

31 March

2019

% Mov’t

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Superannuation35.32.0(2.2)(0.2)(5.1)40.6(13)38.9(9)

Platforms109.015.1(15.9)(0.8)(16.7)126.5(14)120.8(10)

Packaged Funds38.84.7(3.8)0.9(5.7)43.6(11)39.8(3)

Other2.8---(1.9)4.7(40)3.6(22)

Total Australia

funds185.921.8(21.9)(0.1)(29.4)215.4(14)203.1(8)

Total NZ funds

(A$)10.61.7(1.7)-(0.1)10.7(1)10.42

Total Group

funds196.523.5(23.6)(0.1)(29.5)226.1(13)213.5(8)

Total NZ funds

(NZ$)10.91.8(1.8)-(0.6)11.5(5)10.9-

22 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

2.2.7

Markets related income

1

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Net interest income678168(17)(1)

Non-interest income434435486-(11)

Total Markets income501516554(3)(10)

Customer income420455438(8)(4)

Non-customer income1741141275337

Derivatives valuation adjustments(93)(53)(11)75large

Total Markets income501516554(3)(10)

Markets income comprises sales and risk management revenue derived from the creation, pricing and distribution of risk management products to the

Group’s consumer, business, corporate and institutional customers. Dedicated relationship specialists provide product solutions to these customers to

help manage their interest rate, foreign exchange, commodity, credit and structured products risk exposures.

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

Total markets income decreased by $15 million, or 3%, compared to Second Half 2019 primarily due to a $40 million higher charge on derivative

valuation adjustments due to a widening in credit spreads.

Customer income decreased 8% in the First Half 2020 from lower fixed income sales.

Non-customer income increased 53% due to higher foreign exchange and commodities income, partly offset by a lower fixed income trading result.

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

Total markets income reduced $53 million, or 10%, compared to First Half 2019, primarily due to a $82 million higher charge on derivative valuation

adjustments, partly offset by higher non-customer income.

Customer income was down 4% due to lower fixed income sales, with foreign exchange sales little changed.

Non-customer income rose $47 million compared to First Half 2019, reflecting an increase in foreign exchange and commodities trading income.

Markets Value at Risk (VaR)

2

$mAverageHighLow

Half Year March 20207.033.43.3

Half Year September 20199.043.03.3

Half Year March 20199.617.56.3

The Components of Markets VaR are as follows:

AverageHalf YearHalf YearHalf Year

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Interest rate risk4.02.83.2

Foreign exchange risk1.41.52.0

Equity risk0.10.1-

Commodity risk

3

2.28.28.1

Credit and other market risks

4

5.12.32.8

Diversification benefit(5.8)(5.9)(6.5)

Net market risk7.09.09.6

1.Markets income includes WIB Markets, Business division, Consumer division and Westpac New Zealand markets.

2.The daily VaR presented above reflects a WIB divisional view of VaR. It varies from presentations of VaR in Westpac’s 2019 Annual Report and Australian Prudential Standard (APS)

330 Prudential Disclosure under Basel III where market risk disclosures are segregated into trading and banking book. VaR measures the potential for loss using a history of price

volatility.

3.Includes electricity risk.

4.Includes pre-payment risk and credit spread risk (exposures to generic credit rating bonds).

2020 Interim Financial Results23
Review of Group operations

2.2.8

Operating expenses

1

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Staff expenses(2,444)(2,393)(2,645)2(8)

Occupancy expenses(514)(497)(526)3(2)

Technology expenses(1,277)(1,180)(1,139)812

Other expenses(1,946)(945)(781)106149

Total operating expenses(6,181)(5,015)(5,091)2321

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

Operating expenses increased $1,166 million or 23% compared to Second Half 2019. Excluding costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings

including a provision for a potential penalty ($1,058 million), costs associated with estimated customer refunds and payments and litigation, and costs

associated with the restructuring of the Wealth business ($55 million lower), operating expenses were up $163 million or 3%. The increase was

mostly due to capitalised software and physical asset write- downs of $99 million and higher regulatory and compliance spend. Excluding these,

expenses were down 1% with benefits from productivity initiatives and the exit of the Advice business more than offsetting operating cost growth.

Staff expenses increased $51 million or 2% during First Half 2020. The increase was primarily due to annual salary increases effective from January

2020. This was partly offset by a 1% decrease in average FTE from productivity initiatives and exit of the Advice business.

Occupancy expenses increased $17 million or 3% compared to Second Half 2019, primarily due to write-downs of physical assets and annual rental

increases partly offset by productivity benefits from lower branch numbers (down 31).

Technology expenses increased $97 million or 8% compared to Second Half 2019. Excluding costs associated with estimated customer refunds and

payments and litigation, and costs associated with the restructuring of the Wealth business ($12 million lower), technology expenses increased $109

million or 9% from capitalised software write-downs and full half amortisation impact of the Customer Service Hub launching in Second Half 2019.

Other expenses increased $1,001 million or 106% compared to Second Half 2019. Excluding costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including

a provision for a potential penalty ($1,058 million), costs associated with estimated customer refunds and payments and litigation, and costs

associated with the restructuring of the Wealth business ($44 million lower), other expenses decreased $13 million or 2%.

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

Operating expenses increased $1,090 million or 21% compared to First Half 2019. Excluding costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including

a provision for a potential penalty ($1,058 million), costs associated with estimated customer refunds and payments and litigation, and costs

associated with the restructuring of the Wealth business ($142 million lower), operating expenses increased $174 million or 4% mainly due to asset

write-downs of $99 million, higher amortisation and increased regulatory and compliance spend. Benefits from productivity initiatives and the exit of

the Advice business more than offset operating cost growth.

Staff expenses decreased $201 million or 8% compared to First Half 2019. Excluding costs associated with estimated customer refunds and

payments and litigation, and costs associated with the restructuring of the Wealth business ($147 million lower), staff expenses decreased $54 million

or 2%. This was primarily due to a 3% decrease in average FTE from productivity initiatives, exit of the Advice business and BTIM separation costs,

partly offset by annual salary increases.

Occupancy expenses decreased $12 million or 2% compared to First Half 2019, primarily due lower branch numbers (down 54) partially offset by

write-downs of physical assets and annual rental increases. 5

Technology expenses increased $138 million or 12%. Excluding costs associated with estimated customer refunds and payments and litigation, and

costs associated with the restructuring of the Wealth business ($17 million lower), technology expenses increased $155 million or 14% largely due to

capitalised software write-downs and amortisation of software assets as key platforms became operational, including the Customer Service Hub and

New Payments Platform.

Other expenses increased $1,165 million or 149%. Excluding costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential

penalty ($1,058 million), costs associated with estimated customer refunds and payments and litigation, and costs associated with the restructuring of

the Wealth business ($22 million higher), other expenses increased $85 million or 12% from increased professional services costs.

1Refer to Section 4 Note 5 for reported results breakdown.

24 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

Full Time Equivalent (FTE) employees

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

Number of FTE

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Permanent employees30,91330,32631,0072-

Temporary employees3,2862,9623,234112

FTE34,19933,28834,2413-

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

Spot FTE increased by 911 or 3% compared to Second Half 2019, mainly due to increased regulatory, risk, compliance and remediation personnel,

increased customer activity and the decision to insource Customer Care capabilities from external partners, partially offset by productivity initiatives

across the Group.

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

Spot FTE was slightly lower compared to First Half 2019, mainly due to productivity initiatives across the Group which more than offset increased

regulatory, risk compliance and remediation personnel, increased customer activity and the decision to insource Customer Care capabilities from

external partners.

Investment spend

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Expensed2962773317(11)

Capitalised software and fixed assets432506392(15)10

Total728783723(7)1

Growth and productivity296383401(23)(26)

Regulatory change336308195972

Other technology96921274(24)

Total728783723(7)1

The Group invested $728 million in First Half 2020, with 41% directed to growth and productivity initiatives, 46% to regulatory change, and 13% to

other technology programs.

The 7% decline in investment spend in First Half 2020 compared to Second Half 2019 is consistent with the normal pattern of annual investment and

December annual leave where spending is typically lower in the first half of the year. Spending reflects the completion of some major projects early

First Half 2020 partially offset by higher investment in regulatory and compliance frameworks (9% higher compared to Second Half 2019), particularly

around financial crime.

Compared to the prior corresponding period, investment spend was 1% higher, mainly due to higher regulatory change investment which was up

72%.

Across major investment categories the following progress was achieved in First Half 2020:

Regulatory Change


Enhanced financial crime risk management capability including system upgrades, automation of exception reporting, enhanced alert and case

management capabilities and improved data quality and controls;


Updated systems and processes to meet new regulatory obligations including: The Banking Code of Practice, comprehensive credit reporting,

open banking, Protecting Your Super legislation and APRA’s economics and financial statistics reporting; and


Delivered new and updated APRA Prudential Standards reporting (including APS221).

2020 Interim Financial Results25
Review of Group operations

Productivity and Growth

•Platform Modernisation

–Customer Service Hub is a major program creating a multi-brand operating system. The system will provide a major improvement in

functionality and productivity and create a better experience for both customers and bankers. The system went live for mortgages in 2019 and

the rollout to Westpac home finance managers was also completed in 2019. In First Half 2020 work continued to enable regional brands and

broker home loan applications to be originated, this will be enabled later in 2020;

–Unsecured Lending Platform launched in February 2020. This platform enables existing sole traders and single director customers to apply

for unsecured overdrafts and term lending facilities online via Westpac Live; and

–Significant upgrade of the Group’s PC and laptop operating system and infrastructure with Windows 10, Office 365, and upgraded equipment.

This upgrade supports a more mobile operating model with access to cloud-based collaboration tools, improved security, the ability to share

documents, faster and easier software and security updates and reduced log-in times. This has significantly improved the Group’s work-from-

home capability and has been highly effective in supporting employees working from home during the COVID-19 restrictions.

•Digitising the company

The Group has continued to improve its digital capability, support customers to bank online, and to simplify and automate back office processes.

Key initiatives delivered have included:

–Launched Apple Pay for St.George, Bank of Melbourne and BankSA. Every purchase is authenticated by FaceID, TouchID, or the device’s

passcode. 150,000 customers have enrolled with more than 3 million purchases completed with a value of $80 million;

–Increased the number of processes that can be performed online, including reviewing and accepting personal loan contracts, disputing a card

transaction, renewing farm management deposits, adding and updating ABN information and COVID-19 Customer Support Package forms;

and

–Improved a number of customer features while improving security such as: alerts when personal details are updated, if a daily payment limit

is changed, when a deposit or withdrawal is made and reminders when a credit card payment is due. The Group also enabled a digital card

allowing customers to use their new or replacement card to make purchases prior to receiving their physical card.

Other technology

Major initiatives under this category included:

•Continued investment in protecting customers against cyber security risks, and data and privacy breaches;

•Ongoing strengthening of our core system resiliency with reduction in incidents and outages; and

•Significantly lifted the work from home capability of the Group, with over 22,000 employees working from home and the capacity to double this.

Capitalised software

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Balance as at beginning of period

2,3652,2442,17759

Total additions

1

430511395(16)9

Amortisation expense(393)(376)(318)524

Impairment expense(75)(9)(16)largelarge

Foreign exchange translation8(5)6large33

Balance as at end of period

2,3352,3652,244(1)4

Capitalised software balance as at 31 March 2020 was $2,335 million, a $30 million or 1% decrease compared to Second Half 2019, and a $91

million or 4% increase compared to First Half 2019.

Compared to Second Half 2019, additions decreased by $81 million or 16%, from lower investment spend and a lower level of capitalisation (59%

compared to 65%). Compared to First Half 2019, additions increased $35 million or 9% due to a higher level of capitalisation (59% compared to 54%).

Software amortisation expense increased $17 million (or 5%) compared to Second Half 2019 and $75 million (or 24%) compared to First Half 2019,

as major investments became operational. 6

COVID-19 has significantly impacted asset values globally and, as a result, the Group has revalued or reassessed the value of certain assets. This

review resulted in $66 million of capitalised software being written down.

In aggregate, the average amortisation period for our capitalised software assets is 2.9 years.

1.Includes capitalised borrowing costs and card scheme.

26 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

2.2.9Impairment charges

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Individually assessed provisions (IAPs)

New IAPs(351)(170)(173)106103

Write-backs7069791(11)

Recoveries10010171(1)41

Total IAPs, write-backs and recoveries(181)-(23)-large

Collectively assessed provisions (CAPs)

Write-offs(438)(535)(418)(18)5

Impact of COVID-19(1,581)----

Other changes in CAPs(38)74108largelarge

Total new CAPs(2,057)(461)(310)largelarge

Total impairment charges(2,238)(461)(333)largelarge

Impairment charges have significantly increased to $2,238 million in First Half 2020, equal to 62 basis points of gross loans. The increase in

impairment charge was mostly due to the use of updated forward-looking economic inputs in the provisioning calculation, increased weighting of the

downside economic scenario, and increased overlay provisions from estimated impacts of the pandemic, adding $1,581 million.

The following table indicates the weightings applied by the Group at 31 March 2020, 30 September 2019 and 31 March 2019:

Macroeconomic scenario weightings (%)31 March 202030 Sept 201931 March 2019

Upside51010

Base5562.565

Downside4027.525

The increase in weighting to the downside scenario since 30 September 2019 is reflective of the significant risk regarding the economic assumptions

used in the base case. In particular, the current base case economic forecast indicates a relatively short and sharp impact followed by a subsequent

recovery.

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

Impairment charges for First Half 2020 were $2,238 million, up $1,777 million compared to Second Half 2019.

The provisions increase in First Half 2020 includes impacts of $1,581 million due to the COVID-19 pandemic which was a key driver of the increase

compared to Second Half 2019.

•Total new CAP changes were $1,596 million higher than Second Half 2019.

–CAP increases from the impact of COVID-19 were due to:

o$1,135 million increase in CAP due to changes in macroeconomic forward-looking outlook and scenario weightings as a result of the

COVID-19 pandemic;

o$446 million net increase in overlays primarily targeted on industries and consumers which will be most affected by the economic

shutdown;

–Other changes in CAPs were $112 million higher due to:

oother changes in the overlay of $61 million primarily related to the impact of the Australian bushfires and ongoing Australian drought,

compared to a $45 million reduction in Second Half 2019; and

oincreases in CAP primarily from emerging stress in WIB and New Zealand.

–Write-offs were $97 million lower in First Half 2020 compared to Second Half 2019 as a result of seasonal impacts and reduced balance

sheet.

•Total IAPs, write-backs and recoveries were $181 million higher than Second Half 2019 principally due to:

–New IAPs were $181 million higher compared to Second Half 2019 driven by customer downgrades in Business Division across a number of

customers and three significant downgrades in the Institutional Bank overseas in manufacturing and trade, and Westpac New Zealand in the

manufacturing sector, that migrated to impaired from performing, watchlist and substandard; and

–Write-backs and recoveries remaining flat compared to Second Half 2019.

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

Impairment charges of $2,238 million were up $1,905 million compared to First Half 2019.

Total new CAP changes were $1,747 million higher due to a $1,727 million increase in CAPs and a $20 million increase in write-offs principally in

unsecured lending. $1,621m of the increase in other changes in CAPs was driven by updated economic outlook, increased weighting of a downside

economic scenario. Some underlying increase in CAPs has also been due to increase in stressed exposures in WIB and Business divisions.

Total new IAPs, write-backs and recoveries were $158 million higher than First Half 2019. This was due to higher new IAPs from three significant

customer downgrades across trade and manufacturing, two customers in Institutional Bank and one in New Zealand and higher recoveries in the

Australian unsecured portfolio.

2020 Interim Financial Results27
Review of Group operations

2.2.10 Income tax expense

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

The effective tax rate of 45.5% in First Half 2020 was significantly higher than the Second Half 2019 effective tax rate of 30.4%. The effective tax rate

is above the Australian corporate tax rate of 30%, with the key driver being the non-deductible provision for the potential penalty relating to AUSTRAC

civil proceedings.

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

The effective tax rate of 45.5% in First Half 2020 was also significantly higher than the 30.3% in First Half 2019 due to the non- deductible provision

for the potential penalty relating to AUSTRAC civil proceedings.

2.2.11 Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests represent results of non-wholly owned subsidiaries attributable to shareholders other than Westpac. These include profits

attributable to the 10.1% shareholding in Westpac Bank-PNG-Limited and the 25% shareholding in St.George Motor Finance Limited that are not

owned by Westpac.

2.3Credit quality

Prior to the onset of the pandemic the portfolio has been performing adequately with retail portfolios performing well and institutional and business

portfolios seeing modest increase in stressed exposures emerging from the low base seen in recent years. Stressed exposures to TCE were 1.32%,

12 basis points higher than Second Half 2019 and 22 basis points higher compared to First Half 2019. The 12 basis points rise in stressed exposures

is driven by an increase in watchlist and substandard (7 basis points) and both impaired loans and 90 days past due and not impaired (5 basis

points). Emerging stress is due to the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The increase in impaired loans saw the ratio of gross impaired exposures to gross loans 5 basis points higher at 0.30% compared to Second Half

2019. At 31 March 2020, the ratio of gross impaired exposures provisions to gross impaired exposures was 50.1% while the ratio of collectively

assessed provisions to credit risk weighted assets increased to 140 basis points (a 45 basis points increase compared to Second Half 2019).

Provisioning levels increased by $1,867 million compared to Second Half 2019 driven by estimated impacts of the pandemic, adding $1,581million

and an increase in IAPs of $194 million.

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Australian economy and the Group remains uncertain. The severity of its impact will depend on its

spread and duration, customer responses, the capital markets reaction and the response of governments and central banks.

The most severely impacted customers (across consumer, business and institutional) are expected to be in industries impacted by social distancing,

travel, supply chain disruption, and industries adjacent to these. High impacted industries include: Hospitality (Pubs and Clubs, Cafes and

Restaurants); Aviation and related infrastructure; Travel related industries; Retail Trade (department stores, clothing and auto amongst others);

Wholesale Trade; and Manufacturing.

The most significant second order impacts are on Commercial Real Estate due to reduced cash flows (through abatement, refusal or default) and

Construction (pause and or reduced investment).

Portfolio segments

The institutional segment has started to see modest increases in stressed exposures from the initial stages of the COVID-19 pandemic with stressed

exposures to TCE at 1.18% increasing 50 basis points compared to Second Half 2019. We will continue to monitor the portfolio for increases in

stressed exposures as the management of the pandemic evolves.

The commercial property sector has continued to perform well, stress is 23 basis points higher at 31 March 2020 at 1.8%. This has been trending

slowly higher over recent periods. However, it is still well below the long-term average.

The small and medium business portfolio saw an increase in stressed exposures to TCE to 3.02% (an increase of 26 basis points compared to

Second Half 2020). This was seen across several industries, largest being Retail Trade & Motor Vehicle Retailers and Commercial Property.

The New Zealand business portfolio has seen stress increase principally from the exposure mentioned above, with gross impaired exposures to TCE

increasing 36 basis points to 0.59% compared to Second Half 2019.

Australian mortgage 90 days+ delinquencies increased 6 basis points compared to second half 2019 to 0.94% in First Half 2020, following a

significant increase in inbound call volumes for our Customer assist operations. Australian mortgage hardship applications have

increased from both

the impact of the bushfires over the Australian summer and from early impacts from customers requesting the pandemic package relief in March

2020. Properties in possessions (PIPs) decreased by 90 to 468 compared to Second Half 2019 driven by Qld (down 29) and WA (down 37), but NSW

increased by 6 over the same period. Against First Half 2019, PIPs decreased by 14 driven by WA (down 37) offset by NSW (increase 15) and SA

(increase 9).

Realised mortgage losses were $67 million for First Half 2020, this compares to $59 million in Second Half 2019 and $52 million in First Half 2019.

Other consumer 90+ day delinquencies were 25 basis points higher than Second Half 2019 at 1.94% and were 14 basis points higher than First Half

2019. The contraction in the portfolio size contributed around 8 basis points of the rise. The largest increase in 90+ day delinquencies was

experienced in Personal Loans and Credit cards portfolios. The remaining growth in other consumer delinquencies was related to the disruption to

customer assist.

New Zealand other consumer loan 90 days + delinquencies increased 77 basis points to 1.59% compared to Second Half 2019 primarily due to

balance sheet contraction and a change in the way delinquency is measured for customers who have been granted hardship assistance.

28 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

Provisioning

Over the period provisions increased by $1,867 million compared to Second Half 2019 to $5,791 million where:

•CAPs on loans and credit commitments were $5,160 million at First Half 2020, $1,659 million higher compared to Second Half 2019. The

increase in provisions was mostly due to the updated forward-looking economic inputs in the provisioning calculation, increased weighting of the

downside economic scenario, and increased overlay provisions resulting from estimated impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, adding $1,581

million. Other changes in CAP of $78 million was from the modest rise in stress.

•IAPs were $194 million higher at $606 million due to a rise in impaired exposures primarily due to three large customer downgrades across trade

and manufacturing, two customers in Institutional Bank and one in New Zealand, and offset by higher recoveries in Australian unsecured

portfolio.

2.3.1Credit quality key metrics

As atAs atAs at

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Stressed exposures by credit grade as a % of TCE:

Impaired0.20%0.17%0.17%

90 days past due and not impaired0.50%0.48%0.43%

Watchlist and substandard0.62%0.55%0.50%

Total stressed exposures1.32%1.20%1.10%

Gross impaired exposures to TCE for business and institutional:

Business Australia0.71%0.61%0.59%

Business New Zealand0.59%0.23%0.41%

Institutional0.08%0.03%0.05%

Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies:

Group0.87%0.82%0.75%

Australia0.94%0.88%0.82%

New Zealand0.27%0.13%0.14%

Other consumer loans 90+ day delinquencies:

Group1.94%1.69%1.80%

Australia1.97%1.77%1.87%

New Zealand1.59%0.82%1.02%

Other

1

:

Gross impaired exposures to gross loans0.30%0.25%0.24%

Gross impaired exposures provisions to gross impaired exposures50.09%44.92%45.74%

Total provisions to gross loans80 bps54 bps56 bps

Collectively assessed provisions to credit risk weighted assets140 bps95 bps98 bps

Total provisions to credit risk weighted assets157 bps107 bps110 bps

Impairment charges to average gross loans annualised62 bps13 bps9 bps

Net write-offs to average loans annualised12 bps15 bps12 bps

2.3.2Movement in gross impaired exposures

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Balance as at beginning of period1,7631,7491,416125

New and increased - individually managed8975505196373

Write-offs(537)(655)(499)(18)8

Returned to performing or repaid(516)(447)(378)1537

Portfolio managed - new/increased/returned/repaid5725657011(18)

Exchange rate and other adjustments(25)1(10)large150

Balance as at end of period2,1541,7631,7492223

1.Averages are based on a six month period.

2020 Interim Financial Results29
Review of Group operations

2.4Balance sheet and funding

2.4.1Balance sheet

As atAs atAs atAs at% Mov’t

31 March

2020

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

$mUS$A$A$A$

Assets

Cash and balances with central banks28,12645,81520,05919,486128135

Collateral paid3,2785,3395,9306,103(10)(13)

Trading securities and financial assets measured at fair value through

income statement (FVIS) and investment securities68,799112,069105,18297,843715

Derivative financial instruments34,78456,66129,85921,76590160

Loans441,810719,678714,770714,29711

Life insurance assets1,5802,5749,3679,374(73)(73)

Other assets15,67125,52621,45922,1941915

Total assets

594,048967,662906,626891,06279

Liabilities

Collateral received7,81412,7283,2871,889largelarge

Deposits and other borrowings357,855582,920563,247555,00735

Other financial liabilities20,87033,99629,21529,0131617

Derivative financial instruments29,52248,08929,09623,38465106

Debt issues114,084185,835181,457188,7592(2)

Life insurance liabilities3716047,3777,503(92)(92)

Loan capital15,84325,80721,82616,7361854

Other liabilities6,16110,0375,6144,83679108

Total liabilities

552,520900,016841,119827,12779

Equity

Total equity attributable to owners of WBC41,49467,59065,45463,88436

Non-controlling interests34565351610

Total equity

41,52867,64665,50763,93536

Average balances

Total assets560,100912,364902,253887,15413

Loans and other receivables429,887700,256694,373696,11211

Total equity41,54867,67864,12663,40067

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

The Group’s loan growth during First Half 2020 was subdued as Australian housing loans decreased $3.5 billion. With the onset of COVID-19

deposits rose sharply in March 2020 with government and corporate customers holding additional liquidity. As a result the Group’s holdings of liquid

assets, particularly cash also increased, with the LCR rising from 127% in Second Half 2019 to 154% in First Half 2020.

Key movements during the half included:

Assets 5

•Cash and balances with central banks increased $25.8 billion or 128% reflecting higher liquid assets held in this form;

•Trading securities and financial assets measured at FVIS and investment securities increased $6.9 billion or 7% reflecting higher balances held in

this form;

•Derivative assets increased $26.8 billion or 90% mainly driven by movements in cross currency swaps and foreign currency forward contracts;

•Loans increased $4.9 billion or 1%. Refer to Section 2.2.2 Loans for further information;

•Life insurance assets decreased $6.8 billion or 73% mainly due to transfers to non-consolidated funds in First Half 2020; and

•Other assets increased $4.1 billion or 19% mainly due to the adoption of AASB 16.

30 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

Liabilities

•Collateral received increased $9.4 billion primarily due to an increase in net collateralised derivative assets;

•Deposits and other borrowings increased $19.7 billion or 3%. Refer to Section 2.2.3 Deposits and other borrowings for further information;

•Other financial liabilities increased $4.8 billion or 16% mainly driven by higher securities sold under agreements to repurchase;

•Derivative liabilities increased $19.0 billion or 65% driven by movements in cross currency swaps and foreign currency forward contracts;

•Debt issues increased $4.4 billion or 2% ($8.1 billion or 4% decrease excluding foreign currency impacts). Refer to Section 2.4.2 Funding and

liquidity risk management for further information;

•Life insurance liabilities decreased $6.8 billion or 92% mainly due to transfers to non-consolidated funds in First Half 2020;

•Loan capital increased $4.0 billion or 18% mainly due to the issuance of US$1.5 billion Tier 2 capital instruments and foreign currency translation

and fair value hedging impacts of $2.0 billion; and

•Other liabilities increased $4.4 billion or 79% mainly due to the adoption of AASB 16 and $1.5 billion increase in provisions.

Equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation increased $2.1 billion or 3% reflecting $2.8 billion of new shares issuances, 2019 final

dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) and retained profits, partly offset by dividends paid during the period.

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

The Group’s loan growth during First Half 2020 was subdued as Australian housing loans decreased $1.5 billion. With the onset of COVID-19,

deposits rose sharply in March 2020 with government and corporate customers holding additional liquidity. As a result the Group’s holdings of liquid

assets, particularly cash also increased, with the LCR rising from 138% in First Half 2019 to 154% in First Half 2020.

Key movements included:

Assets

•Cash and balances with central banks increased $26.3 billion or 135% reflecting higher liquid assets held in this form;

•Trading securities and financial assets measured at FVIS and investment securities increased $14.2 billion or 15% reflecting higher balances held

in this form;

•Derivative assets increased $34.9 billion or 160% mainly driven by movements in cross currency swaps and foreign currency forward contracts;

•Loans increased $5.4 billion or 1%. Refer to Section 2.2.2 Loans for further information;

•Life insurance assets decreased $6.8 billion or 73% mainly due to transfers to non-consolidated funds in First Half 2020; and

•Other assets increased $3.3 billion or 15% mainly due to the adoption of AASB 16.

Liabilities

•Collateral received increased $10.8 billion due to an increase in net collateralised derivative assets;

•Deposits and other borrowings increased $27.9 billion or 5%. Refer to Section 2.2.3 Deposits and other borrowings for further information;

•Other financial liabilities increased $5.0 billion or 17% mainly driven by higher securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities sold

short;

•Derivative liabilities increased $24.7 billion or 106% driven by movements in cross currency swaps and foreign currency forward contracts;

•Debt issues decreased $2.9 billion or 2% ($20.5 billion or 11% decrease excluding foreign currency impacts). Refer to Section 2.4.2 Funding and

liquidity risk management for further information;

•Life insurance liabilities decreased $6.9 billion or 92% mainly due to transfers to non-consolidated funds in First Half 2020;

•Loan capital increased $9.1 billion or 54% mainly due to the issuance of $6.5 billion Tier 2 capital instruments and foreign currency translation

and fair value hedging impacts of $2.8 billion; and

•Other liabilities increased $5.2 billion or 108% mainly due to the adoption of AASB 16 and $1.9 billion increase in provisions.

Equity attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation increased $3.7 billion or 6% reflecting $2.8 billion of new shares issuances, 2019

interim DRP and final DRP and retained profits, partly offset by dividends paid during the period.

2020 Interim Financial Results31
Review of Group operations

2.4.2Funding and liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will be unable to fund assets and meet obligations as they become due. This type of risk is inherent for all

banks as intermediaries between depositors and borrowers. The Group has a liquidity risk management framework which seeks to meet cash flow

obligations under a wide range of market conditions, including name specific and market-wide stress scenarios, as well as meeting the regulatory

requirements of the LCR and NSFR.

The challenges presented by COVID-19 to the global economy since January 2020 have highlighted the speed and extent to which financial markets

can become dislocated and the critical importance of banks maintaining sufficient liquidity at all times. We believe the Group is well positioned for

these challenges, having maintained funding and liquidity metrics comfortably above regulatory minimums before the crisis. At 31 March 2020, the

Group’s LCR was 154% and its NSFR was 117% compared to regulatory minimums of 100% for both.

On 19 March 2020, the Reserve Bank announced extensive measures aimed at providing liquidity to financial markets and to support the banks in

providing credit to businesses. As well as lowering the cash rate, these measures included injecting extra liquidity into the financial system through

daily market operations, the purchasing of Australian Government bonds in the secondary market, increasing the interest rate on Exchange

Settlement Balances, and the introduction of the Term Funding Facility (TFF).

The primary purpose of the TFF is to support lending to Australian businesses. In aggregate, ADIs have access to at least $90 billion under the TFF,

comprised of an Initial Allowance for each ADI, plus an Additional Allowance. Based on the terms of the facility, Westpac’s Initial Allowance is $17.9

billion and can be drawn down until 30 September 2020. The Additional Allowance is based on the growth in lending provided by the ADI to both large

businesses and SMEs from the quarter ending 31 January 2020 to the quarter ending 31 January 2021 and can be drawn down until 31 March 2021.

Funding is provided to ADIs through the TFF at a fixed interest rate of 25 basis points, for a maximum of three years. To access the TFF, ADIs must

pledge eligible collateral, which includes self-securitised residential mortgage-backed securities.

Under the regulatory approach to the TFF, the Initial Allowance and Additional Allowance may be included in the calculation of the LCR and NSFR to

the extent an ADI has sufficient unencumbered collateral. Westpac has included the full amount of its Initial Allowance in the LCR and NSFR

calculations for 31 March 2020.

Liquidity

The Group has a number of sources of liquidity that provide a buffer against periods of liquidity stress. These include High Quality Liquid Assets

(HQLA) and the Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF), both of which are used to meet the Group’s LCR requirements. The Group also has access to

non-HQLA and other assets that are eligible for re-purchase with a central bank under certain conditions.

•At 31 March 2020, Westpac held $121.0 billion in HQLA (30 September 2019: $89.9 billion). HQLA include cash, deposits with central banks,

government securities and other high quality securities that are repo-eligible with the RBA. The HQLA portfolio is managed within the Group’s risk

appetite and within regulatory requirements. 4

•Westpac’s CLF allocation for the 2020 calendar year, as approved by APRA, is $52 billion (2019 calendar year: $54 billion). The CLF is a

commitment by the RBA to provide funds secured by high-quality collateral through a period of liquidity stress. This commitment can be counted

by ADIs towards meeting the LCR requirement given the limited amount of government debt in Australia. In order to have access to a CLF, ADIs

must satisfy qualifying conditions and are required to pay a fee to the RBA on the approved undrawn facility. The fee was increase by the RBA on

1 January 2020 to 17 basis points (from 15 basis points) and will increase to 20 basis points on 1 January 2021.

•The Group also holds a portfolio of non-HQLA liquid assets that are repo-eligible with the Reserve Bank of Australia. These include private

securities and self-originated AAA-rated mortgage backed securities.

The Group’s total unencumbered liquid assets were $199.9 billion as at 31 March 2020 (30 September 2019: $169.9 billion).

LCR

The LCR enhances banks’ short-term resilience, requiring them to hold sufficient HQLA, as defined, to withstand 30 days under a

regulator-defined

acute stress scenario. In addition to HQLA, Australian ADIs including Westpac also have access to the CLF, as set out above, to meet the

requirements of the LCR.

Westpac’s LCR for 31 March 2020 calculated on a spot basis was 154% (30 September 2019: 127%). The inclusion of Westpac’s allowance of the

TFF added 14 percentage points to the ratio. Other movements in the Group’s LCR reflect an increase in HQLA by $31.1 billion over the half, while

net cash outflows (NCOs) increased by $10.2 billion.

NSFR

The NSFR is designed to encourage banks’ longer-term funding resilience. To comply, banks are required to maintain an NSFR of at least 100% at

all times. Westpac had an NSFR of 117% at 31 March 2020 (30 September 2019: 112%). The inclusion of Westpac’s allowance of the TFF added 2

percentage points to the ratio. Other movements in the Group’s NSFR over the half mainly reflect a $21 billion increase in available stable funding,

due to deposits (up $9 billion), wholesale funding (up $9 billion) and other (up $3 billion). Required stable funding increased by $2 billion excluding the

impact of the TFF.

Funding

The Group monitors the composition and stability of its funding so that it remains within the Group’s funding risk appetite. This includes compliance

with both the LCR and NSFR. The composition of the Group’s funding mix was little changed over the half.

32 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

Customer deposits

Customer deposits made up 62.7% of the Group’s total funding at 31 March 2020, which was 20 basis points higher compared to 30 September 2019

(62.5%). Growth in customer deposits over the half was matched in other sources of funding, partly due the increase in offshore wholesale balances

in line with the lower Australian dollar.

Long term wholesale funding

Long term wholesale funding made up 16.3% of the Group’s total funding at 31 March 2020 (30 September 2019: 16.6%) and securitisation made up

a further 1.1% (30 September 2019: 1.0%).

During the First Half 2020, the Group raised $12.9 billion in new long term wholesale funding. Almost all funding was issued early in the 2020

calendar year, as the Group took advantage of constructive market conditions. This enabled the Group to stay out of global markets later in the half

as conditions significantly deteriorated due to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Westpac’s new issuance was principally senior unsecured bonds ($5.6 billion), covered bonds ($2.6 billion), residential mortgage-backed securities

($2.5 billion) and Tier 2 capital securities ($2.2 billion). USD issuance made up 77% of the Group’s new long term wholesale funding reflecting

favourable pricing in that market early in 2020. Westpac continues to be the only major Australian bank able to issue SEC Registered bonds in the

USD market, which Westpac believes delivers superior liquidity compared to non-SEC Registered bonds, amongst other benefits.

The weighted average maturity (excluding securitisation) of new term issuance in First Half 2020 was 5.2 years, slightly shorter compared to Full Year

2019 (6.0 years).

Short term wholesale funding

Short term wholesale funding as a proportion of total funding was unchanged over the half at 12.1%. The short-term portfolio (including long term to

short term scroll) was $104.9 billion (30 September 2019: $101.2 billion) and had a weighted average maturity of 136 days.

Liquidity coverage ratio

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$m

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

High Quality Liquid Assets (HQLA)

1

121,01789,88379,7013552

Committed Liquidity Facility (CLF)

1

52,00054,00054,000(4)(4)

Term Funding Facility (TFF)

1

17,897----

Total LCR liquid assets190,914143,883133,7013343

Cash outflows in a modelled 30-day APRA defined stressed scenario

Customer deposits85,92274,86065,8191531

Wholesale funding12,63914,54411,741(13)8

Other flows

2

25,03623,98619,482429

Total123,597113,39097,042927

LCR

3

154%127%138%largelarge

Net stable funding ratio

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$m

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Available stable funding627,676606,774606,21734

Required stable funding536,601543,958536,414(1)-

Net stable funding ratio117%112%113%large396 bps

1.Refer to Glossary for definition.

2.Other flows include credit and liquidity facilities, collateral outflows and inflows from customers.

3.Calculated on a spot basis.

2020 Interim Financial Results33
Review of Group operations

Funding by residual maturity

As at 31 March

2020

As at 30 Sept

2019

As at 31 March

2019

$mRatio %$mRatio %$mRatio %

Wholesale funding

Less than 6 months49,0975.745,3345.458,2447.0

6 to 12 months17,3012.025,5663.122,8602.8

Long term to short term scroll

1

38,5394.430,2553.632,3753.9

Wholesale funding - residual maturity less than 12 months

104,93712.1

101,15512.1113,47913.7

Securitisation9,5231.18,1901.09,4721.1

Greater than 12 months140,97416.3139,32816.6132,08915.9

Wholesale funding - residual maturity greater than 12

months

150,49717.4

147,51817.6141,56117.0

Customer deposits

543,80162.7

524,51662.5511,64361.6

Equity

2

67,6047.8

65,7857.864,3477.7

Total funding

866,839100.0

838,974100.0831,030100.0

Deposits to net loans ratio

As at 31 March

2020

As at 30 Sept

2019

As at 31 March

2019

$mRatio %$mRatio %$mRatio %

Customer deposits543,801524,516511,643

Net loans719,67875.6%714,77073.4%714,29771.6%

Funding view of the balance sheet

$m

Total liquid

assets

Customer

deposits

Wholesale

funding

Customer

franchise

Market

inventoryTotal

As at 31 March 2020

Total assets199,949--673,99493,719967,662

Total liabilities-(543,801)(255,434)-(100,781)(900,016)

Total equity---(67,604)(42)(67,646)

Total

199,949(543,801)(255,434)606,390(7,104)-

Net loans

3

63,189--656,489-719,678

As at 30 September 2019

Total assets169,871--670,26166,494906,626

Total liabilities-(524,516)(248,673)-(67,930)(841,119)

Total equity---(65,785)278(65,507)

Total169,871(524,516)(248,673)604,476(1,158)-

Net loans

3

59,278--655,492-714,770

As at 31 March 2019

Total assets151,588--679,71359,761891,062

Total liabilities-(511,643)(255,040)-(60,444)(827,127)

Total equity---(64,347)412(63,935)

Total151,588(511,643)(255,040)615,366(271)-

Net loans

3

49,151--665,146-714,297

1.Scroll represents wholesale funding with an original maturity greater than 12 months that now has a residual maturity less than 12 months.

2.Includes total share capital, share based payments reserves and retained profits. 7

3.Liquid assets in net loans include internally securitised assets that are eligible for repurchase agreements with the RBA/RBNZ.

34 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

2.5Capital and dividends

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Level 2 Regulatory capital structure

Common equity Tier 1 (CET 1) capital after deductions ($m)47,98245,75244,68057

Risk weighted assets (RWA) ($m)443,905428,794419,81946

CET 1 capital ratio10.81%10.67%10.64%14 bps17 bps

Additional Tier 1 capital ratio2.13%2.17%2.20%(4bps)(7bps)

Tier 1 capital ratio12.94%12.84%12.84%10 bps10 bps

Tier 2 capital ratio3.35%2.79%1.78%56 bps157 bps

Total regulatory capital ratio16.29%15.63%14.62%66 bps167 bps

APRA leverage ratio

1

5.66%5.68%5.72%(2bps)(6bps)

Level 1 Regulatory capital structure

CET 1 capital after deductions ($m)48,48246,38043,850511

Risk weighted assets ($m)437,137422,475409,23137

Level 1 CET 1 capital ratio11.09%10.98%10.72%11 bps37 bps

APRA announcements on capital

As part of its response to the current economic environment following COVID-19, APRA has adjusted its expectations for bank capital. On 19 March

2020 APRA announced that during the period of disruption caused by COVID-19 APRA would not be concerned if banks were not meeting its 10.5%

“unquestionably strong benchmark” for CET1. Banks may use their current capital buffers provided they remain above the current regulatory

requirement (currently at least 8.0% for domestic systemically important banks (D-SIBs)

2

). APRA has also indicated that they do not envisage

reinstating the “unquestionably strong” benchmarks for at least 12 months. Accordingly, Westpac has updated its capital management strategy which

is set out below.

APRA has also deferred implementation of the Basel III capital reforms by one year to January 2023 and announced amendments to the calculation

of RWA for COVID-19 relief packages which allow for payment deferrals. These COVID-19 packages have not impacted RWA at 31 March 2020 due

to the timing of these packages being offered, however may impact future periods.

Further details of APRA’s regulatory changes are set out in the Significant Developments section of the 2020 Interim Financial Report.

Capital management strategy

Westpac’s approach to capital management seeks to ensure that it is adequately capitalised as an ADI. Westpac evaluates its approach to capital

management through an Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP), the key features of which include:


The development of a capital management strategy, including consideration of regulatory minimums, capital buffers and contingency plans;

•Consideration of both regulatory and economic capital requirements;

•A stress testing framework that challenges the capital measures, coverage and requirements including the impact of adverse economic

scenarios; and

•Consideration of the perspectives of external stakeholders including rating agencies as well as equity and debt investors.

During the period of disruption caused by COVID-19, Westpac will seek to operate with the following principles in relation to capital:

•Prioritise maintaining capital strength;

•In line with APRA guidance, utilise some of the “unquestionably strong” buffer and seek to maintain a buffer above the regulatory minimum;

•Retain capital to absorb further downside on credit quality and acknowledge a high degree of uncertainty regarding the length and depth of this

stress; and

•Allow for capital flexibility to support lending to customers.

These principles take into consideration:

•Current regulatory capital minimums and the capital conservation buffer (CCB), which together are the Total CET1 Requirement. In line with the

above, the Total CET1 Requirement for Westpac is at least 8.0%, based upon an industry minimum CET1 requirement of 4.5% plus a capital

buffer of at least 3.5% applicable to D-SIBs

3,4

;

•Stress testing to calibrate an appropriate buffer against a downturn; and

•Quarterly volatility of capital ratios due to the half yearly cycle of ordinary dividend payments.

Westpac will revise its target capital levels once the medium to longer term impacts of COVID-19 are clearer, taking into account APRA’s

expectations for the timing of any capital rebuilding required and the finalisation of APRA’s review of the capital adequacy framework.

1.Refer to Glossary for definition.

2.Noting that APRA may apply higher CET1 requirements for an individual ADI.

3.Noting that APRA may apply higher CET1 requirements for an individual ADI.

4.If an ADI’s CET1 ratio falls below the Total CET1 Requirement (at least 8%), they face restrictions on the distribution of earnings, such as dividends, distribution payments on AT1

capital instruments and discretionary staff bonuses.

2020 Interim Financial Results35
Review of Group operations

Westpac’s CET1 capital ratio was 10.81% at 31 March 2020. The CET1 ratio was 14 basis points higher than 30 September 2019 reflecting the

institutional placement and share purchase plan (which together raised $2.8 billion of capital) and NPAT for the half, partially offset by payment of the

final 2019 dividend and higher RWA.

NPAT for First Half 2020 was $1,190 million (27 basis point increase). NPAT included additional impairment charges of $1,107 million after tax in

anticipation of credit losses that Westpac expects to incur from the COVID-19 pandemic. The net impact to the CET1 capital ratio of the increased

impairment provisions related to COVID-19 is an 11 basis point decrease reflecting the impact to NPAT, the reduction in regulatory expected loss

deduction to nil and a higher deduction for deferred tax assets. NPAT was also impacted by additional provisions and costs associated with the

AUSTRAC proceedings and an increase in for estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation (totalling $1,285 million after

tax, 29 basis point impact).

Key movements over the half were as follows:

•Capital raised totalling $2.8 billion over the half (62 basis point increase);

•First Half 2020 NPAT (27 basis point increase);

•The 2019 final dividend payment, net of the dividend reinvestment plan (DRP) share issuance (57 basis point decrease);

•Capital deductions and other capital movements (13 basis point increase). This mainly reflects the impact of increased impairment provisions

related to COVID-19, which reduced the regulatory expected loss deduction to nil (25 basis point increase) and a higher deduction for deferred

tax assets (13 basis point decrease). Other capital items increased by 1 basis point;

•Ordinary RWA growth (before model changes, overlays and foreign currency translation) decreased slightly over the period (2 basis point

increase); and


Foreign currency impacts from the appreciation of the NZ$ against the A$ (3 basis point decrease)

1

.

RWA model changes and overlays increased RWA $12.3 billion leading to a 30 basis point decrease in the CET1 capital ratio. This was primarily

driven by:

•Operational Risk capital overlay of $500 million imposed by APRA following AUSTRAC’s Statement of Claim (15 basis point decrease, $6.25

billion increase in RWA);

•An increase in IRRBB capital from plans to implement a new IRRBB model more suited to low interest rates. Until the model is finalised and

approved, Westpac will include an IRRBB capital overlay of $500 million (15 basis point decrease, $6.25 billion increase in RWA);

•Adoption of AASB 16 Leases methodology from 1 October 2019 in other assets risk calculation (8 basis point decrease, $3.3 billion increase in

RWA); and

•Model changes for a segment of the Australian mortgage portfolio and also New Zealand mortgages (8 basis point increase, $3.5 billion decrease

in RWA).

1.Reflecting the net impact of movements in the foreign currency translation reserve and RWA.

36 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital movement for First Half 2020

During the half, Westpac Issued US $1.5 billion of Tier 2 capital instruments (49 basis point increase) and redeemed CNY1.25 billion of Tier 2 capital

instruments (6 basis point decrease). The higher new issuance was in response to APRA’s increased total capital requirements to be met by 1

January 2024.

Leverage ratio

The leverage ratio represents the amount of Tier 1 capital relative to exposure

1

. At 31 March 2020, Westpac’s leverage ratio was 5.66%, down 2

basis points since 30 September 2019.

Internationally comparable capital ratios

The APRA Basel III capital adequacy requirements are more conservative than those of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS),

leading to lower reported capital ratios when compared to international peers. APRA conducted a study in July 2015 outlining its methodology for

measuring international comparable capital ratios. For details on the adjustments refer to Westpac’s 2020 Interim Investor Discussion Pack.

The table below calculates the Group’s reported capital ratios consistent with this methodology.

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

%

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Internationally comparable capital ratios

CET 1 capital ratio15.81%15.85%16.17%(4 bps)(36 bps)

Tier 1 capital ratio18.55%18.64%19.07%(9 bps)(52 bps)

Total regulatory capital ratio22.69%22.08%21.25%61 bps144 bps

Leverage ratio6.28%6.36%6.39%(8 bps)(11 bps)

1.As defined under Attachment D of APS110: Capital Adequacy.

2020 Interim Financial Results37
Review of Group operations

Risk Weighted Assets (RWA)

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$m

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Credit risk:

Corporate

1

78,28874,80773,55156

Business lending

2

34,49335,47035,294(3)(2)

Sovereign

3

2,1922,0681,653633

Bank

4

6,9568,3397,066(17)(2)

Residential mortgages131,424131,629132,133-(1)

Australian credit cards4,8375,0895,910(5)(18)

Other retail11,59412,39513,082(6)(11)

Small business

5

16,81216,09016,09244

Specialised lending: Property and project finance

6

56,00455,26254,83312

Securitisation

7

5,7475,7495,583-3

Standardised9,5069,65310,455(2)(9)

Mark-to-market related credit risk11,28911,3137,110-59

Total credit risk

369,142367,864362,762-2

Market risk8,3969,3508,338(10)1

Operational risk

8

54,09347,68038,6411340

Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB)5,3055307,076large(25)

Other6,9693,3703,002107132

Total risk weighted assets

443,905428,794419,81946

Total RWA increased $15.1 billion or 3.5% this half mainly driven by an increase in non-credit risk RWA.

The $1.3 billion increase in credit risk RWA included:

•A $1.1 billion increase in RWA from changes in asset quality within Australian mortgages including higher consumer delinquencies;

•Lower lending primarily within retail products, which decreased RWA by $1.2 billion;

•Model changes detailed above which reduced RWA by $3.5 billion;

•Foreign currency translation impacts which increased RWA by $3.9 billion from the appreciation of the US$ and NZ$ against the A$ mainly

impacting corporate and NZ mortgages; and

•An increase in mark-to-market related credit risk and counterparty credit risk RWA of $1.0 billion mostly within corporate exposures.

A $13.8 billion increase in non-credit RWA mostly from the impact of the capital overlays and the adoption of AASB 16 detailed above. These were

partly offset by a $1.0 billion decrease in market risk RWA and a higher embedded gain from lower interest rates in IRRBB RWA.

1.Corporate – typically includes exposure where the borrower has annual turnover greater than $50 million, and other business exposures not captured under the definitions of either

Business lending or Small Business.

2.Business lending – includes exposures not captured elsewhere where the borrower has annual turnover less than or equal to $50 million.

3.Sovereign – includes exposures to governments themselves and other non-commercial enterprises that are owned or controlled by them.

4.Bank – includes exposures to licensed banks and their owned or controlled subsidiaries, and overseas central banks.

5.Small business – program managed business lending exposures.

6.Specialised lending – property and project finance – includes exposures to entities created to finance and/or operates specific assets where, apart from the income received from the

assets being financed, the borrower has little or no independent capacity to repay from other activities or assets.

7.Securitisation – exposures reflect Westpac’s involvement in activities ranging from originator to investor and include the provision of securitisation services for clients wishing to

access capital markets.

8.Operational risk – the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events, including legal risk but excluding strategic or

reputational risk.

38 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

Capital adequacy

As atAs atAs at

$m

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Tier 1 capital

CET 1 capital

Paid up ordinary capital40,50337,50836,351

Treasury shares(619)(575)(571)

Equity based remuneration1,6451,5481,527

Foreign currency translation reserve59(199)(331)

Accumulated other comprehensive income(190)(68)15

Non-controlling interests - other615854

Retained earnings25,98527,18826,949

Less retained earnings in life and general insurance, funds management and securitisation entities(1,326)(1,407)(1,289)

Deferred fees229267234

Total CET 1 capital66,34764,32062,939

Deductions from CET 1 capital

Goodwill (excluding funds management entities)(8,673)(8,648)(8,665)

Deferred tax assets(2,610)(2,034)(1,710)

Goodwill in life and general insurance, funds management and securitisation entities(935)(940)(941)

Capitalised expenditure(1,656)(1,719)(1,778)

Capitalised software(2,029)(2,019)(1,881)

Investments in subsidiaries not consolidated for regulatory purposes(1,633)(1,540)(1,522)

Regulatory expected downturn loss in excess of eligible provisions-(1,106)(1,148)

Defined benefit superannuation fund surplus(80)(73)(66)

Equity investments(327)(425)(482)

Regulatory adjustments to fair value positions(407)(63)(65)

Other Tier 1 deductions(15)(1)(1)

Total deductions from CET 1 capital(18,365)(18,568)(18,259)

Total CET 1 capital after deductions47,98245,75244,680

Additional Tier 1 capital

Basel III complying instruments9,4739,2999,216

Total Additional Tier 1 capital9,4739,2999,216

Net Tier 1 regulatory capital57,45555,05153,896

Tier 2 capital

Basel III complying instruments14,45511,6457,143

Basel III transitional instruments567519495

Eligible general reserve for credit loss796266

Total Tier 2 capital15,10112,2267,704

Deductions from Tier 2 capital

Investments in subsidiaries not consolidated for regulatory purposes(140)(140)(140)

Holdings of own and other financial institutions Tier 2 capital instruments(102)(115)(103)

Total deductions from Tier 2 capital(242)(255)(243)

Net Tier 2 regulatory capital14,85911,9717,461

Total regulatory capital72,31467,02261,357

Risk weighted assets443,905428,794419,819

CET 1 capital ratio10.81%10.67%10.64%

Additional Tier 1 capital ratio2.13%2.17%2.20%

Tier 1 capital ratio12.94%12.84%12.84%

Tier 2 capital ratio3.35%2.79%1.78%

Total regulatory capital ratio16.29%15.63%14.62%

2020 Interim Financial Results39
Review of Group operations

Dividends

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

Ordinary dividend (cents per share)

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Interim (fully franked)TBD-94TBDTBD

Final (fully franked)-80---

Total ordinary dividend

TBD

8094

TBDTBD

Payout ratio (reported)TBD77.26%102.00%TBDTBD

Adjusted franking credit balance ($m)2,8811,5581,23485133

Imputation credit (cents per share - NZ)TBD7.07.0TBDTBD

The Board has deferred the decision on determining an interim dividend and no dividend will be paid in June 2020. This was a difficult decision given

many retail shareholders rely on our dividends.

Westpac remains well provisioned and capitalised. Nevertheless, the Board recognises the uncertain economic and operating conditions and how

these may develop over the next six months. The Board also accepted APRA’s consistent guidance on dividends and being prudent at this point in

time. Westpac has kept APRA informed about its stress testing scenarios and capital position. WBC has not received any concerns from APRA on

the bank’s capital position. The Board will continue to review dividend options over the course of this year.

Westpac will continue to assess opportunities to improve capital utilisation across the Group. The strategic review of Specialist Businesses will also

consider ways to further optimise capital. Refer to Significant Developments in the Directors’ Report (Section 4.1) for information on Specialist

Businesses.

Capital deduction for regulatory expected credit loss

For capital adequacy purposes APRA requires the amount of regulatory expected credit losses in excess of eligible provisions to be deducted from

CET1 capital. The table below shows the calculation of this capital deduction.

As atAs atAs at

$m

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Provisions associated with eligible portfolios

Total provisions for expected credit losses (Section 4, Note 10)5,7913,9243,997

plus provisions associated with partial write-offs414194

less ineligible provisions

1

(129)(89)(79)

Total eligible provisions5,7033,8764,012

Regulatory expected downturn loss5,5404,9825,160

(Excess)/shortfall in eligible provisions compared to regulatory expected downturn loss(163)1,1061,148

CET 1 capital deduction for regulatory expected downturn loss in excess of eligible provisions

2

-

(1,106

)

(1,148

)

1.Provisions associated with portfolios subject to the Basel standardised approach to credit risk are not eligible.

2.Regulatory expected loss is calculated for portfolios subject to the Basel advanced capital IRB approach to credit risk. The comparison between regulatory expected loss and eligible

provisions is performed separately for defaulted and non-defaulted exposures.

40 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

2.6Sustainability performance

Westpac’s approach to sustainability

The Group’s approach to operating sustainably is outlined in our 2018-2020 Sustainability Strategy and is designed to anticipate, respond to and

shape the most pressing emerging issues and opportunities that have the potential to materially impact customers, employees, suppliers,

shareholders and communities.

As one of Australia’s largest financial institutions, Westpac plays a role in helping to create positive social, economic and environmental impact. We

are:

•a founding signatory to the Principles for Responsible Banking;

•a signatory to the Business Coalition Statement on Climate which highlights our support for the Paris Agreement;

•a supporter of the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and its agenda for action on improving the wellbeing of present and

future generations; and

•guided by the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights.

Key developments

Bushfires and COVID-19

Helping our customers, people and communities through the bushfire crisis, and more recently the impacts of COVID-19, has been a major focus. We

have put in place a series of support packages and initiatives designed to help those most affected. Our priority through COVID-19 has been to

protect our people while remaining open for business so we can support our customers, communities and the Australian economy. Initiatives include:

•Tailored support packages to help consumer and business customers, including repayment relief and special lending and deposit rates;

•$10 billion home lending fund to support the economy by assisting more Australians into home ownership as well as support for the

Government’s Coronavirus SME Guarantee Scheme;

•Implementing a broad range of measures to protect the health and wellbeing of our employees, including enhanced cleaning protocols at our

facilities and offices, provision of personal protective equipment (PPE), distributed working arrangements and social distancing measures. With a

large majority of our workforce working from home, we have prioritised new ways of working and mental wellbeing for our people, releasing

podcasts and support materials including from our Chief Mental Health Officer; and


Westpac Foundation

1

has brought forward grant payments to support social enterprises creating jobs for vulnerable Australians, and is

collaborating with industry partners to offer pro bono skills to support the social enterprise sector. $1 million in Westpac Foundation Community

Grants funding has also been brought forward to help small local not-for- profits focused on employment, training and education.

Our bushfire support has been aimed at helping our customers, communities and employees recover and rebuild. This includes:

•Providing over $3.8 million in emergency cash grants to consumer and business customers;

•Providing over 1,980 relief packages to consumer and business customers;

•Mortgage repayments paid for up to one year for customers who have lost their principal place of residence due to the bushfires (up to $1,200 per

month);

•Helping over 500 customers lodge their general insurance claims and launching an interest free mortgage product to help fund the gap between

building insurance payout and rebuilding costs;

•Interest free and discounted loans to affected consumer and business customers;

•Uncapped paid leave for our employees who are emergency services volunteers in bushfire affected areas as well as three days paid

volunteering leave for those wanting to volunteer in affected communities;

•Over $1.4 million in donations to community groups and charities, including Financial Counselling Australia, state-based volunteer fire services,

Foundation for Rural and Regional Renewal (FRRR), Salvation Army and Victorian Bushfire Appeal; and

•Collecting over $1.4 million for the Salvation Army through customer and employee donations.

Safer Children, Safer Communities

We continue to deliver on the commitments set out in our AUSTRAC Response Plan. This includes a series of actions and investments to reduce the

human impact of financial crime. In February 2020, we established the Safer Children, Safer Communities Roundtable comprised of members

experienced in human rights, ethics and child protection, and prevention of child exploitation to guide investments for a program of work to support

the prevention of online child exploitation. Westpac will provide funding of up to $10 million per year for three years to implement these

recommendations. We also finalised partnerships with International Justice Mission, investing $18 million over three years to tackle online sexual

exploitation of children in the Philippines, and with Save the Children, investing $6 million over six years to raise awareness of online sexual

exploitation of children, complementing the Australian Government’s current level of funding for its SaferKidsPH partnership.

1.Westpac Foundation is administered by Westpac Community Limited (ABN 34 086 862 795) as trustee for Westpac Community Trust (ABN 53 265 036 982). Westpac Community

Trust is a Public Ancillary Fund, endorsed by the ATO as a Deductible Gift Recipient and is not a part of Westpac Group.

2020 Interim Financial Results41
Review of Group operations

Climate Change and Human Rights

We have updated our Climate Change Position Statement and 2023 Action Plan, which re-affirms our 2015 commitment to managing our business in

alignment with the Paris Agreement and the need to transition to a net zero emissions economy by 2050. We also updated our Human Rights

Position Statement and 2023 Action Plan which lays out the principles that guide our approach to human rights and sets out a series of actions for

how we will continue to embed respect for human rights into our business practices and stakeholder relationships. Both statements were approved by

the Board in April 2020 and are available on our website.

Performance against our 2018-2020 Sustainability Strategy

The table below summarises additional progress against the goals set out in our Sustainability Strategy. All data in the table is for the period 1

October 2019 to 31 March 2020, unless stated otherwise.

Priority areasGoalsHalf Year 2020 performance

Help more people

better understand

•Continued to offer financial health check programs for superannuation members, including the digital Wealth

Review tool and My Wellbeing online portal;

Helping people make

better financial decisions

their financial position,improving

their financial confidence

•Delivered a range of financial literacy programs to individuals, businesses, not-for- profit organisations and

community groups through Westpac’s Davidson Institute in Australia and the Managing Your Money program in

New Zealand; and

•Delivered financial capability communications for different demographic segments including for young Australians,

in partnership with Year 13; women, via Ruby Connection; and older Australians, via Starts at 60.

Help people recover

from financial hardship

•Helped customers experiencing financial hardship, issuing over 34,700 financial assistance packages.

Help people lift out

of a difficult time and

recover stronger

•Refer to the ‘Bushfires and COVID-19’ updates provided in the Key developments section above.

Helping people by being

there when it matters

Helping our most

vulnerable customers

•Developed a Vulnerable Customer Standard to provide guidance to staff when supporting customers in vulnerable

circumstances;

most to them•Assisted over 1,700 customers since launching the Priority Assist team to support customers experiencing

vulnerable circumstances, including domestic and family violence and financial abuse;

•Enhanced our series of Life Moments tools and resources to assist customers and their families going through

challenging circumstances such as the loss of a loved one, divorce or separation, with over 125,000 visits to the

Life Moments web page; and

•Supported over 4,500 Indigenous Australians since the establishment in December 2018 of a dedicated Customer

Care team to support remote Indigenous communities.

Build the workforce of

the future

•Over 2,400 employees from our Consumer division completed ‘Own the Moment’ workshops – providing training to

help frontline employees deepen their relationships with customers and deliver on Our Service Promise; and

•Partnered with Macquarie University to deliver our Core Lending Program, with over 800 business bankers

completing this program since launching through The Business Institute.

Invest and back the

people and ideas

•Westpac Scholars Trust¹ has awarded $3.9 million in educational scholarships to the next 64 Westpac Scholars,

bringing the total cohort to 479;

shaping Australia•

Westpac Foundation

2

job creation grants to social enterprises helped to create 539 jobs

3

for vulnerable

Australians;

•Added 208 businesses through our Many Rivers partnership; cumulatively the partnership is currently supporting

2,495 people with jobs

2

, with 868 identifying as Indigenous;

Helping people create a •Maintained a portfolio of direct investment in nine early stage companies; and

prosperous nation•Current commitment to Reinventure of $150 million across three funds, supporting Reinventure’s investment in 27

early stage companies.

Back the growth

of climate change

•Increased lending to climate change solutions, taking total committed exposure to $9.7 billion, progressing towards

our 2020 target of $10 billion; and

solutions•Facilitated $4.5 billion in funding for climate change solutions, exceeding our 2020 target of $3 billion.

Bring together

partners and harness

•Continued involvement in the implementation of the Principles for Responsible Banking, an initiative of the United

Nations Environment Programme Finance Initiative (UNEP FI); and

the Group’s capacity to tackle

pressing social issues that matter

most to the nation

•Refer to the ‘AUSTRAC – Safer Children, Safer Communities’ update provided in the Key developments section

above.

1.Westpac Scholars Trust (ABN 35 600 251 071) is administered by Westpac Scholars Limited (ABN 72 168 847 041) as trustee for the Westpac Scholars Trust. Westpac Scholars

Trust is a private charitable trust and is not a part of Westpac Group.

2.Westpac Foundation is administered by Westpac Community Limited (ABN 34 086 862 795) as trustee for Westpac Community Trust (ABN 53 265 036 982). Westpac Community

Trust is a Public Ancillary Fund, endorsed by the ATO as a Deductible Gift Recipient and is not a part of Westpac Group.

3.Jobs created through the Westpac Foundation job creation grants to social enterprises and Many Rivers job creation are for the year ended 31 December 2019.

42 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

Priority areasGoalsHalf Year 2020 performance

Promote an inclusive•

Maintained 50% women in leadership

1

roles; and

A culture that is

caring, inclusive and

society, where our

workforce reflects our customers

•80 new-to-bank Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander hires.

innovative

Increase channels where customers

can provide feedback

•Reduced non-external dispute resolution average time to solve for complaints from 9.4 days in First Half 2019 to 6

days; and

•74% complaints resolved within five days, compared to 62% in First Half 2019.

Employees•Maintained lost time injury frequency rate (LTIFR) of 0.4 and achieved total recordable injury frequency rate

(TRIFR) of 2.4, a 23% reduction from Full Year 2019; and

•Refer to the ‘Bushfires and COVID-19’ updates provided in the Key developments section above.

Human rights•Published our 2019 Slavery and Human Trafficking Statement in accordance with the requirements of the United

Kingdom’s Modern Slavery Act 2015;

•Progressed work to meet the requirements of the Australian Modern Slavery Act (2018); and

•Joined the Australian Banking Association’s (ABA) Corporate Sustainability Working Group to promote the

implementation of best practice approaches to Modern Slavery Act reporting within the ABA membership.

Continuing to lead

Sustainable lending•Continued to embed the requirements of our updated Sustainability Risk Management Framework; and

on the Sustainability

Fundamenta

and investment •Announced first green loan developed for the superannuation sector, specifically for Local Government Property

Fund (LGPF), managed by Local Government Super (LGS)

Environment

2

•Maintained carbon neutral status³;

•On track to achieve an 8% reduction in GHG emissions compared to Full Year 2019 and 25% compared to Full

Year 2016;

•Group paper consumption on track to achieve a 4% reduction compared to Full Year 2019 and 48% reduction

compared to Full Year 2016;


On track to achieve over 25% reduction in water consumption in our Australian workplaces

4

compared to Full Year

2016; and


Achieved 73% diversion of waste from landfill in our main Australian offices

5

.

Responsible sourcing•Sourced $6.1 million from diverse suppliers, including $1.4 million from Indigenous suppliers.

Community and social impact•7.9% employees participated in our volunteering programs, with 362 Westpac employees involved with skilled

volunteering support to community partners and social enterprises to build their financial sustainability and social

impact; and

•Refer to the ‘Bushfires and COVID-19’ updates provided in the Key developments section above.

1.Women in Leadership refers to the proportion of women (permanent and maximum term) in leadership roles across the Group. It includes the CEO, Group Executives, General

Managers, senior leaders with significant influence on business outcomes (direct reports to General Managers and their direct reports) large (3+) team people leaders three levels

below General Manager, and Bank and Assistant Bank Managers.

2Environmental footprint data as at 31 December 2019, unless otherwise stated.

3.Metric updated annually. Status as at 30 June 2019.

4.Australian workplaces include commercial offices, retail branches, data centres and subsidiary sites.

5.Our main Australian offices are Sydney based Westpac buildings located at Kent Street, Barangaroo and Kogarah.

2020 Interim Financial Results43
Review of Group operations

2.6.1Climate-related financial disclosures

Westpac recognises that climate change is one of the most significant issues that will impact the long-term prosperity of the global economy and our

way of life. The Group is committed to managing its business in alignment with the Paris Agreement, and the need to transition to a net zero

emissions economy by 2050. This includes how the Group provides financial services, supports communities, operates its facilities, engages on

matters of policy, and contributes to industry initiatives.

Westpac continues to integrate the consideration of climate-related risks and opportunities into its business operations. Since 2018, the Group has

published disclosures in line with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), which the Group has

publicly committed to support. Westpac’s performance against the recommendations of the TCFD is summarised below.

Oversight

The Board has oversight of the Group’s approach to and management of climate change. The Group’s fourth Climate Change Position Statement and

2023 Action Plan (CCPS) was approved by the Board in April 2020¹. The Board Risk and Compliance Committee considers and approves Westpac’s

Sustainability Risk Management Framework (which includes climate change risks) every two years.

The implementation and management of Westpac’s response to climate change is delegated to Group Executives. The Sustainability Council

(Council), formed in 2008 and sponsored by the Group Executive, Customer and Corporate Relations, comprises senior leaders from across the

Group with responsibility for managing Westpac’s sustainability agenda, including climate change. The Council meets at least quarterly and has

climate change as a standing agenda item. The Council reports to the Executive Team and Board through twice-yearly updates.

Various committees oversee different elements of the Group’s climate change strategy:

•the Sustainable Finance Committee coordinates initiatives to achieve Westpac’s climate change solutions targets. It reports to the Council;

•the Climate Change Risk Committee oversees work to identify and manage the potential impact on credit exposures from climate change-

related transition and physical risks across the Group. It reports to the Group Credit Risk Committee; and

•the Environment Management Committee oversees strategies and initiatives to reduce the Group’s environmental footprint, particularly targets

around energy and emissions. It reports to the Council.

Divisional risk committees consider the climate change dimensions of our business activities as required.

Strategy

The CCPS describes the principles that underpin Westpac’s climate change strategy, recognising that:


A transition to a net zero emissions economy is required by 2050;

•Economic growth and emissions reductions are complementary goals;

•Addressing climate change creates opportunities;

•Climate-related risk is a financial risk; and

•Collective action, transparency and disclosure matter.

To address climate change risk and opportunities, the CCPS identifies three focus areas where the Group is expected to direct its attention over the

short, medium and long term:

•We will help customers and communities respond to climate change;

•We will continue to improve the climate change performance of our operations; and

•We will continue to support initiatives and policies to achieve the goals of the Paris Agreement.

Westpac uses scenario analysis to guide its climate change strategy and to analyse the implications of climate-related factors to its business.

Westpac expects to be well positioned to capitalise on opportunities to support solutions and technology that accelerate the transition to a low carbon

economy, aiming to provide $3.5 billion

of new lending to climate change solutions by 2023, and $15 billion by 2030.

1Westpac’s Climate Change Position Statement and 2023 Action Plan does not apply to investments made where a Westpac Group entity is acting as a trustee (for example

Responsible Super Entity licensee or Responsible Entity) or insurer. The governance and strategies for ESG risk in these portfolios (including climate change) are the responsibility of

the relevant board and management of these entities.

44 2020 Interim Financial Results
Review of Group operations

Risk management and scenario analysis

Climate change risks are managed within the Group’s risk management framework. Westpac seeks to understand the potential for climate-related

transition, physical and litigation risks to impact its business, in particular the possible impact on credit risk, regulatory and reporting obligations, and

its reputation.

Through its CCPS, the Group sets out criteria for lending to emissions-intensive and climate-vulnerable sectors, supporting customers that are in, or

reliant, on these sectors and who assess the financial implications of climate change on their business, including how their strategies are likely to

perform under various forward-looking scenarios, and demonstrate a rigorous approach to governance, strategy setting, risk management and

reporting.

The Group reviews its Risk Management Framework, Risk Management Strategy, Sustainability Risk Management Framework, risk appetite

measures and policies ensuring the criteria set out in the CCPS are integrated. These criteria are applied at the portfolio, customer and transaction

level where appropriate. Escalation of risks to relevant divisional risk committees occurs in accordance with the Sustainability Risk Management

Framework. If the identified risks are not within risk appetite then the application of conditions to manage the risks may be considered, or the

transaction may be declined.

Westpac uses scenario analysis to inform its assessment of climate-related risks over short, medium and long-term horizons

1

. The findings from

scenario analysis conducted in 2019 informed Westpac’s current CCPS which outlined enhanced lending standards for energy sectors including

management of the thermal coal portfolio to reduce exposure to zero by 2030.

The Group understands the importance of both climate mitigation and adaptation efforts, including government planning measures, and the benefits

of climate-resilient building characteristics to reduce property damage and impacts on customers and communities.

Along with the Group’s broader commitment to the Paris Agreement, Westpac expects to continue to help individual customers respond to climate

change, and to continue to advocate for more research and investment into helping communities adapt and become resilient to climate-related

impacts.

Westpac continues to assess:


The resilience of its Business and Institutional lending

2

to transition risks under 1.5 and 2-degrees scenarios; and


The potential impact of climate-related physical risks on the Australian mortgage portfolio

3

arising from global warming scenarios of both 2 and

4-degrees.

As at 31 March 2020:

•Westpac’s Business and Institutional lending exposure to sectors that by 2030 are likely to face growth constraints under a 1.5-degrees scenario

is approximately 2.3%;

•Westpac’s Business and Institutional lending exposure to sectors that by 2030 are likely to face growth constraints under a 2-degrees scenario is

approximately 0.9%; and

•Approximately 1.6% of the Australian mortgage portfolio is exposed to postcodes that are likely to experience higher physical risk at 2050.

The Group has conducted preliminary analysis of its lending portfolios to understand the profile of its scope 3

4

financed emissions. This analysis used

publicly available average emissions factors for Australian homes and generic emissions factors for industry sectors. The results of the analysis

showed that the material customer sectors are utilities, mining, agribusiness, property, residential mortgages, manufacturing and transport. Westpac

will continue to refine its approach to measuring portfolio scope 3 emissions in line with its commitment to develop financing strategies to support the

transition to a low carbon economy.

1Further details explaining the Group’s approach to scenario analysis can be found in the 2019 Sustainability Performance Report.

2Excludes retail, sovereign, and bank exposures.

3Excludes RAMS.

4Scope 3 financed emissions are an estimate of the greenhouse gas emissions arising from activities supported by Westpac’s lending activity (including, Australian mortgage lending,

SME and corporate loans).

2020 Interim Financial Results45
Review of Group operations

Metrics and targets

MetricsHalf Year 2020 performance

Energy generation

1

•Emission intensity of electricity generation portfolio•0.26 (tCO

2

e/MWh) vs 2020 target 0.30 (tCO

2

e/MWh)

•Energy mix of electricity generation exposure (WIB only)•75% renewable versus 25% non-renewable

Mining and coal exposure

•Mining (TCE)•$10.3 billion mining exposure representing 0.95% of Group TCE


Coal mining (metallurgical and thermal) (TCE)

1

•$0.7 billion coal mining exposure representing 0.06% of Group TCE

•Thermal coal mining exposure as % of coal mining (WIB only)•61%

•Thermal coal mining lending portfolio quality thresholds (kCal/kg)•Existing projects > 5,700 kCal/kg – Compliant

New projects > 6,300 kCal/Kg - Compliant

Direct footprint

1

•Total Scope 1 and 2 emissions (tCO

2

e)•121,168 tCO

2

e - an annual reduction of 5.6% towards 2020 target of 9% (2016

baseline)


Total Scope 3 emissions (tCO

2

e)

2

•87,262tCO

2

e

•Carbon neutral operations•Carbon neutrality maintained

•Commitment to 100% renewable energy•Committed to source 100% global electricity consumption through renewable energy

sources by 2025

Climate change portfolio resilience

•Transition risk – 1.5-degree scenario•Approximately 2.3% of current Business and Institutional lending exposed to sectors

which by 2030 are likely to experience higher risk in a transition to a 1.5-degree

economy

•Transition risk – 2-degree scenario•Approximately 0.9% of current Business and Institutional lending exposed to sectors

which by 2030 are likely to experience higher risk in a transition to a 2-degree economy

•Physical risk – 4-degree scenario•Approximately 1.6% of current Australian mortgage portfolio in postcodes which by

2050 are likely to be exposed to higher physical risks under a 4-degrees scenario

1.Metrics updated annually. Data as at 30 June 2019.

2.2019 figure restated to reflect methodology update in First Half 2020.

46 2020 Interim Financial Results
Divisional results

3.0Divisional results

Cash earnings policy

The accounting standard AASB 8 Operating Segments requires segment results to be presented on a basis that is consistent with information

provided internally to Westpac’s key decision makers. In assessing financial performance, including divisional results, Westpac Group uses a

measure of performance referred to as ‘cash earnings’. Cash earnings is viewed as a measure of the level of profit that is generated by ongoing

operations and is therefore considered in assessing distributions, including dividends. Cash earnings is neither a measure of cash flow nor net profit

determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes both cash and non-cash adjustments to statutory net profit.

Management believes this allows the Group to more effectively assess performance for the current period against prior periods and to compare

performance across business divisions and across peer companies.

To determine cash earnings, three categories of adjustments are made to reported results:

•Material items that key decision makers at the Westpac Group believe do not reflect the Group’s operating performance;

•Some items that are not considered when dividends are recommended, such as the amortisation of intangibles, impact of Treasury shares and

economic hedging impacts; and

•Accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact reported results.

The guidance provided in Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) Regulatory Guide 230 has been followed when presenting this

information.

In presenting divisional results on a management reporting basis, internal charges and transfer pricing adjustments are included in the performance of

each division reflecting the management structure rather than the legal entity (these results cannot be compared to results for individual legal

entities). Where management reporting structures or accounting classifications have changed, financial results for comparative periods have been

revised and may differ from results previously reported.

Our internal transfer pricing frameworks facilitate risk transfer, profitability measurement, capital allocation and business unit alignment, tailored to the

jurisdictions in which we operate. Transfer pricing allows us to measure the relative contribution of our products and divisions to the Group’s net

interest margin and other dimensions of performance. Key components of our transfer pricing frameworks are funds transfer pricing for interest rate

and liquidity risk, and allocation of basis and contingent liquidity costs, including capital allocation

In First Half 2020, Westpac restated divisional income statement and balance sheet for the re-alignment of customers between Consumer and

Business.

The discussion of our divisional results and certain data in Sections 3 and 5 are presented on a cash earnings basis, unless otherwise stated. Cash

earnings are not directly comparable to statutory results presented in other parts of this Results Announcement.

2020 Interim Financial Results47
Divisional results

Impact of estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, and costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings

including a provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business

The table below shows the impact of estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, and costs associated with AUSTRAC

proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business on the divisions in First Half 2020 and Second

Half 2019. These items are discussed further in Note 14 of the 2020 Interim Financial Report.

$mConsumerBusiness

Westpac

Institutional

Bank

Westpac New

Zealand (A$)

Group

BusinessesGroup

Half Year March 2020

Net interest income5(107)-(4)-(106)

Non-interest income-(2)-(3)(126)(131)

Operating expenses-(32)--(1,158)(1,190)

Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense5(141)-(7)(1,284)(1,427)

Tax and non-controlling interests(2)42-2100142

Cash earnings3(99)-(5)(1,184)(1,285)

Half Year Sept 2019

Net interest income(38)(81)-(13)-(132)

Non-interest income(2)(23)-(4)(191)(220)

Operating expenses(6)(67)-(15)(99)(187)

Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense(46)(171)-(32)(290)(539)

Tax and non-controlling interests1552-986162

Cash earnings(31)(119)-(23)(204)(377)

Half Year March 2019

Net interest income(47)(165)---(212)

Non-interest income-(32)--(568)(600)

Operating expenses31(20)--(285)(274)

Profit before impairment charges and income tax expense(16)(217)--(853)(1,086)

Tax and non-controlling interests1466--253333

Cash earnings(2)(151)--(600)(753)

48 2020 Interim Financial Results
Divisional results

3.1Consumer

Consumer is responsible for sales and service to consumer customers in Australia. Consumer is also responsible for the Group’s insurance business

which covers the manufacture and distribution of life, general and lenders mortgage insurances. The division also uses a third party to manufacture

certain general insurance products.

Banking products are provided under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne, and RAMS brands, while insurance products are

provided under Westpac and BT brands. Consumer works with Business and WIB in the sales, service, and referral of certain financial services and

products including superannuation, platforms, auto lending and foreign exchange. The revenue from these products is mostly retained by the product

originators.

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Net interest income4,1774,0943,91527

Non-interest income313584554(46)(44)

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges4,4904,6784,469(4)-

Operating expenses(2,024)(1,901)(1,867)68

Profit before impairment charges and income tax2,4662,7772,602(11)(5)

Impairment charges(448)(317)(272)4165

Profit before income tax2,0182,4602,330(18)(13)

Income tax expense and non-controlling interests (NCI)(608)(737)(694)(18)(12)

Cash earnings1,4101,7231,636(18)(14)

Cash earnings adjustments-----

Net profit after tax1,4101,7231,636(18)(14)

Cash earnings1,4101,7231,636(18)(14)

Add back estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation(3)312large large

Cash earnings excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs

and litigation1,4071,7541,638(20)(14)

Operating expenses to net operating income ratio (cash earnings basis)45.08%40.64%41.78%large330 bps

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$bn

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Customer deposits

Term deposits53.459.965.4(11)(18)

Other157.4150.7141.8411

Total customer deposits210.8210.6207.2-2

Net loans

Mortgages378.6381.1379.0(1)-

Other11.812.513.3(6)(11)

Provisions(1.6)(1.5)(1.5)77

Total net loans388.8392.1390.8(1)(1)

Total assets400.4402.9401.5(1)-

2020 Interim Financial Results49
Divisional results

Cash earnings excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Banking1,4631,6261,541(10)(5)

Insurance - Life insurance(19)4177largelarge

Insurance - General insurance(41)62-large-

Insurance - Lenders mortgage insurance101310(23)-

Capital and other(6)1210largelarge

Total insurance (including capital and other)(56)12897largelarge

Total cash earnings (ex estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and

litigation)1,4071,7541,638(20)(14)

Insurance key metrics

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Life Insurance in-force premiums ($m)

Balance as at beginning of period1,2121,2591,277(4)(5)

Sales / New Business67335510322

Lapses(71)(80)(73)(11)(3)

Balance as at end of period

1

1,2081,2121,259-(4)

Claims ratios

2

for Insurance Business (%)

Life insurance5453481large

General insurance1074381largelarge

Lenders mortgage insurance151625(1)large

Gross written premiums ($m)

General insurance gross written premium273279259(2)5

Lenders mortgage insurance gross written premium

3

898476617

1.The life insurance in-force premium is comprised of:

Retail for as at 31 March 2020 of $949 million (as at 30 September 2019: $960 million; as at 31 March 2019: $979 million); and Group Life Insurance as at 31 March 2020 of $259

million (as at 30 September 2019: $252 million; as at 31 March 2019: $280 million).

2.Claims ratios are claims over earned premium plus reinsurance rebate. The lenders mortgage insurance claims ratios have been calculated to include exchange commission.

3.LMI gross written premium includes loans >90% LVR reinsured with Arch Reinsurance Limited. First half March 2020 gross written premiums include $63 million from the

arrangement (Second half 2019: $56 million; First Half 2019: $52 million).

50 2020 Interim Financial Results
Divisional results

Financial performance

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

Cash earnings of $1,410 million were $313 million (or 18%) lower than Second Half 2019 from an increase in insurance claims associated with

bushfires and severe weather events, the write-down of certain assets and higher impairment charges.

Net interest

income up $83m, 2%

•Loans were down 1% (or $3.3 billion) from lower new flows and increased run-off in mortgages. Personal lending was also

lower across both cards and personal loans;

•Deposits were little changed over the half, with lower term deposit balances largely offset by a 5% rise in at call accounts,

particularly transaction accounts; and

•Net interest margin was 7 basis points higher, (5 basis points excluding the impact of estimated customer refunds and

payments) from the timing of the mortgage repricing (this benefit was partly offset by elevated retention pricing, switching

from interest only (I/O) to principal and interest lending and lower spreads on new mortgages). Deposit spreads were lower

from the further reduction in interest rates.

Non-interest •Non-interest income was lower from:

income

down $271m, 46%

–General insurance claims of $140 million for bushfires and severe weather events. There were no severe weather

events in Second Half 2019;

–A $97 million write-off of deferred acquisition costs (DAC) relating to changes to the provision of group life insurance;

and

–Lower credit card and debit card revenue also contributed to the reduction.

Expenses•Expenses increased from:

up $123m, 6%–Write-down of certain assets following a detailed review, including capitalised software, property, equipment and

leasehold improvements, totalling $66 million;

–Increased costs associated with the roll-out of the Customer Service Hub;

–Higher spending on risk, regulatory and compliance programs; and

–Cost increases from annual salary reviews and inflation were offset by productivity benefits primarily from

organisational redesign, rationalisation of a further 24 branches in First Half 2020, and further use of digital channels.

Impairment charges

up $131m, 41%

•Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies of 0.94% were up 4 basis points since September 2019 (0.90%). Other consumer 90+

day delinquencies of 1.96%, up 21 basis points over the half, with most of the increase due to reduced collections capacity

from COVID-19 impacts. Portfolio contraction also contributed to the increase; and

•Impairment charges were higher, mostly reflecting COVID-19 impacts. These resulted in changes to the base case

economic forecasts and increasing the weight applied to the downside economic scenario used in AASB 9 provision

models, and an increase in the overlay provision for other personal lending.

2020 Interim Financial Results51
Divisional results

Financial performance

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

Cash earnings of $1,410 million were $226 million (or 14%) lower than First Half 2019 from an increase in insurance claims associated with bushfires

and severe weather events, the write-down of certain assets and higher impairment charges.

Net interest income

up $262m, 7%

•Loans were down $2.0 billion over the year, mostly in credit cards and personal lending (down $1.4 billion) as customers

sought to use other forms of short term finance;

•Deposits increased 2% (or $3.6 billion), with higher transaction account balances, including mortgage offset accounts

partially offset by lower term deposit balances;

•The deposit to loan ratio of 54.2% increased 120 basis points over the year; and

•Net interest margin was 14 basis points higher (or 11 basis points excluding the impact of estimated customer refunds and

payments), from the timing of the mortgage repricing (this benefit was partly offset by elevated retention pricing, switching

from I/O to principal and interest lending and lower spreads on new mortgages). Deposit spreads were lower from the

further reduction in interest rates.

Non-interest •Non-interest income was lower from:

income down $241m,

44%

–A reduction in life insurance income (down $130 million) from the $97 million DAC write-off reflecting changes to group

life insurance and the impact of Protecting Your Super legislation;

–A $68 million increase in general insurance claims primarily from bushfires and severe weather events; and

–Lower cards fee income consistent with the lower balances also contributed to the decline.

Expenses

up $157m, 8%

•First Half 2019 benefited from a provision release related to costs associated with estimated customer refunds and

payments and litigation of $31 million. Excluding the impact of this, expenses were up $126 million, or 7% due to:

–Write-down of certain assets following a detailed review including capitalised software, property, equipment and

leasehold improvements totalling $66 million;

–Increased costs associated with the roll-out of the Customer Service Hub, risk and compliance programs; and

–Higher costs associated with annual salary reviews, and inflation were offset by structural productivity benefits

including the full period impact of the 57 branches closed in 2019.

Impairment charges

up $176m, 65%

•Mortgage 90+ day delinquencies of 0.94% were up 10 basis points since March 2019 (0.84%). Other consumer 90+ day

delinquencies of 1.96%, up 29 basis points over the year, with most of the increase due to reduced collections capacity

related to COVID-19 impacts. Portfolio contraction also contributed to the increase; and

•Impairment charges were higher, mostly reflecting COVID-19 impacts. These resulted in changes to the base case

economic forecasts and increasing the weight applied to the downside economic scenario used in AASB 9 provision

models and an increase in the overlay provision for other personal lending. The increase in 90+ day delinquencies also

contributed to the increase.

2

52 2020 Interim Financial Results
Divisional results

3.2Business

Business provides business banking and wealth facilities and products for customers across Australia. Business is responsible for manufacturing and

distributing facilities to SME and Commercial business customers (including Agribusiness) generally for up to $200 million in exposure. SME

customers include relationship managed and non-relationship managed SME customers. The division offers a wide range of banking products and

services to support their borrowing, payments and transaction needs. In addition, specialist services are provided for cash flow finance, trade finance,

automotive and equipment finance and property finance. The division is also responsible for Private Wealth and the manufacture and distribution of

investments (including margin lending and equities broking), superannuation and retirement products as well as wealth administration platforms.

Business operates under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne, and BT brands. Business works with Consumer and WIB in the sale,

referral and service of select financial services and risk management products (including corporate superannuation, foreign exchange and interest

rate hedging). The revenue from these products is mostly retained by the product originators.

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Net interest income2,4382,5382,487(4)(2)

Non-interest income706721746(2)(5)

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges3,1443,2593,233(4)(3)

Operating expenses(1,468)(1,460)(1,394)15

Profit before impairment charges and income tax1,6761,7991,839(7)(9)

Impairment charges(805)(194)(70)largelarge

Profit before income tax8711,6051,769(46)(51)

Income tax expense and NCI(267)(483)(531)(45)(50)

Cash earnings6041,1221,238(46)(51)

Cash earnings adjustments(63)(40)(5)58large

Net profit after tax5411,0821,233(50)(56)

Cash earnings6041,1221,238(46)(51)

Add back estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation99119151(17)(34)

Cash earnings excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs

and litigation7031,2411,389(43)(49)

Operating expenses to net operating income ratio (cash earnings basis)46.69%44.80%43.12%189 bps357 bps

Cash earnings excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs

and litigation

Banking (including Private Wealth)6471,1341,249(43)(48)

Super, Investments, Platforms and Other

1

56107140(48)(60)

Total cash earnings excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated

costs and litigation7031,2411,389(43)(49)

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$bn

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Customer deposits

Term deposits56.262.164.1(10)(12)

Other90.884.477.2818

Total customer deposits147.0146.5141.3-4

Net loans

Mortgages67.068.268.5(2)(2)

Business92.893.491.7(1)1

Other8.59.39.8(9)(13)

Provisions(2.1)(1.5)(1.4)4050

Total net loans166.2169.4168.6(2)(1)

Total assets174.0183.8182.9(5)(5)

1.Includes capital and other.

2020 Interim Financial Results53
Divisional results

Financial performance

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

Cash earnings of $604 million were $518 million (or 46%) lower than Second Half 2019. Excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated

costs and litigation cash earnings were $538 million (or 43%) lower mostly from higher impairment charges related to changes in the economic

outlook linked to the impact of COVID-19. Lower net interest margin and wealth income also contributed to the decline.

Net interest income

down $100m, 4%

•Loans were 2% (or $3.2 billion) lower over the half, driven by a 2% (or $1.2 billion) reduction in mortgages (mostly

investment lending), lower business lending (down 1%, or $0.6 billion) and lower Auto lending (down 6% or $0.4 billion)

consistent with lower new car sales. Increased provisions also contributed to the decline in net loans;

•Deposits were $0.5 billion higher, with a 9% rise in transaction balances and an increase in savings balances partially

offset by a decline in term deposits given a growing preference to hold more funds at call; and

•Net interest margin was 9 basis points lower, (down 4 basis points excluding estimated customer refunds and payments).

The lower margin was mostly from reduced deposit spreads impacted by low interest rates, partly offset by a repricing of

mortgage and business loans and the changing mix of deposits.

Non-interest income

down $15m, 2%

•Estimated customer refunds and payments in First Half 2020 were $21 million lower than Second Half 2019. Excluding

these, non-interest income was down $36 million (or 5%) due to:

–Margin compression from platform pricing changes, product migration to lower margin super products and the full

period impact of changes linked to Protecting Your Super legislation;

–Lower Platforms revenue, from lower interest rates on cash duration managed balances; and

–Partly offset by higher merchant income.

Expenses up $8m,

1%

•Costs associated with estimated customer refunds and payment and litigation in First Half 2020 were $35 million lower

than Second Half 2019. Excluding these, expenses were $43 million (or 3%) higher mostly from the write-down of certain

assets, including some of the capitalised software balance of Panorama. Excluding these items, expenses were relatively

flat as increased spending on risk, regulatory and compliance programs and other technology projects were offset by

productivity including operating model simplification.

Impairment charges

up $611m, large

•The level of stressed exposures to TCE increased 26 basis points to 3.02% from the Commercial portfolio, mostly from an

increase in watchlist and substandard; and

•Impairment charges were higher, reflecting COVID-19 impacts. These resulted in changes to the base case economic

forecasts and increasing the weight applied to the downside economic scenario used in AASB 9 provision models and an

overlay associated with Auto loans. Individually assessed provisions also increased $40 million, largely from a number of

single name large exposures.

54 2020 Interim Financial Results
Divisional results

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

Cash earnings of $604 million were $634 million (or 51%) lower than First Half 2019. Excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated

costs and litigation, cash earnings were $686 million or 49% lower mostly from an increase in impairment charges linked to the impact of COVID-19.

Reduced net interest margins, lower wealth revenue, and increased risk, regulatory and compliance costs also contributed to the decline in cash

earnings.

Net interest income

down $49m, 2%

•Loans were 1% (or $2.4 billion) lower over the year, with growth in business lending offset by a 2% reduction in mortgages

(mostly investment loans) and lower Auto lending;

•Deposits increased 4% (or $5.7 billion) mostly in transaction and at call balances. These gains were partly offset by a 12%

decline in term deposits. Term deposits were lower from a customer preference to retain funds in at call accounts; and

•Net interest margin decreased 5 basis points, however, excluding the impact of lower estimated customer refunds and

payments ($58 million), net interest margin declined 11 basis points. The lower margin was mostly from reduced deposit

spreads impacted by low interest rates partly offset by a repricing of mortgage and business loans and the changing mix of

deposits.

Non-interest income

down $40m, 5%

•Estimated customer refunds and payments in First Half 2020 were $30 million lower than First Half 2019. Excluding this,

non-interest income was down $70 million (or 9%) mostly due to:

–Margin compression from platform pricing changes, product migration to lower margin super products, and

implementation of Protecting Your Super legislation; and

–Platforms income was also lower from the impact of low interest rates on cash balances.

Expenses up $74m,

5%

•Costs associated with estimated customer refunds and payments and litigation in First Half 2020 were $12 million higher

than First Half 2019. Excluding this, expenses were up $62 million, or 5% due to:

–The write-down of certain assets, including a reduction in the capitalised value of Panorama; and

–Higher costs of regulatory, risk and compliance programs (including financial crime) and software amortisation were

partly offset by productivity including operating model simplification.

Impairment charges

up $735m, large

•The level of stressed exposures increased 55 basis points to 3.02% from an increase across Commercial, mostly in the

watchlist and substandard categories. The higher stress was mostly in retail trade, including motor vehicle retailers, and

commercial property; and

•Increased impairment charges mostly reflecting COVID-19 impacts on collectively assessed provisions ($691 million).

Individually assessed provisions also increased $40 million, largely from a number of single name large exposures.

2020 Interim Financial Results55
Divisional results

3.3Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB)

Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB) delivers a broad range of financial products and services to corporate, institutional and government customers

operating in, or with connections to, Australia and New Zealand. WIB operates through dedicated industry relationship and specialist product teams,

with expert knowledge in financing, transactional banking, and financial and debt capital markets. Customers are supported throughout Australia and

via branches and subsidiaries located in New Zealand, the US, UK and Asia. WIB is also responsible for Westpac Pacific providing a full range of

banking services in Fiji and PNG. WIB works with all the Group’s divisions in the provision of markets related financial needs including foreign

exchange and fixed interest solutions.

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Net interest income655700743(6)(12)

Non-interest income603610682(1)(12)

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges1,2581,3101,425(4)(12)

Operating expenses(654)(631)(653)4-

Profit before impairment charges and income tax604679772(11)(22)

Impairment charges(315)(31)(15)largelarge

Profit before income tax289648757(55)(62)

Income tax expense and NCI(114)(178)(213)(36)(46)

Cash earnings175470544(63)(68)

Cash earnings adjustments-----

Net profit after tax175470544(63)(68)

Operating expenses to net operating income ratio (cash earnings basis)51.99%48.17%45.82%382 bpslarge

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$bn

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Customer deposits112.5101.395.71118

Net loans

Loans80.875.676.775

Provisions(0.4)(0.2)(0.2)100100

Total net loans80.475.476.575

Total assets112.898.099.815.013.0

Revenue contribution

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Lending and deposit revenue767801848(4)(10)

Markets, sales and fee income433445458(3)(5)

Total customer revenue1,2001,2461,306(4)(8)

Derivative valuation adjustments(93)(53)(11)75large

Trading revenue1741141265338

Other

1

(23)34largelarge

Total WIB revenue1,2581,3101,425(4)(12)

1.Includes capital benefit and the Bank Levy.

56 2020 Interim Financial Results
Divisional results

Financial performance

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

Cash earnings of $175 million were $295 million (or 63%) lower than Second Half 2019. The reduction was mostly from an increase in impairment

charges reflecting changes in economic conditions from the impact of COVID-19. Lower net interest margin and higher expenses also contributed to

the decline in cash earnings.

Net interest income

down $45m, 6%

•Net loans increased 7% (or $5.0 billion) with most of the increase occurring late in the half as customers sought to

strengthen their liquidity and working capital requirements in response to the COVID-19 crisis by utilising existing facilities.

FX movements (from a weaker A$) added $1.5 billion to lending in the half;

•Deposits were up 11% (or $11.2 billion) primarily from higher at call balances as customers increased liquidity in response

to COVID-19 impacts. FX movements contributed $1.3 billion to the increase. This was partly offset by lower term

deposits, reflecting customer preference for readily available funds; and

•Net interest margin was down 11 basis points, with lower interest rates reducing deposit spreads. Lower Markets income

and lower returns on capital also contributed to the decline in net interest margin.

Non-interest income •A $40 million increase in the charge for derivative valuation adjustments primarily due to widening credit spreads towards

the end of the half;

down $7m, 1%•Customer markets income was down from lower fixed income sales; partly offset by

•Higher non-customer Markets income across FX and commodities.

Expenses up $23m,

4%

•Expenses increased mostly from higher technology costs and increased spending on risk, regulatory and compliance

programs; and

•Cost increases from annual salary reviews and inflation were largely offset by productivity benefits from organisational

redesign.

Impairment charges •Stressed exposures to TCE of 1.18%, up 50 basis points compared to September 2019; and

up $284m, large•Impairment charges were higher, reflecting COVID-19 impacts. These resulted in changes to the base case economic

forecasts and increasing the weight applied to the downside economic scenario used in AASB 9 provision models. The

downgrade of a number of facilities to impaired in First Half 2020 also contributed to an increase in individually assessed

provisions. This was partly offset by higher write-backs and recoveries.

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

Cash earnings of $175 million were $369 million (or 68%) lower than First Half 2019, primarily from higher impairment charges and a 12% decline in

operating income. An $82 million increase in the charge for derivative valuation adjustments and a 14 basis point decline in net interest margin were

the key drivers of the lower operating income.

Net interest income

down $88m, 12%

•Net loans increased 5% (or $3.9 billion) with around half of the increase ($2.2 billion) due to FX translation impacts.

Increased utilisation of existing facilities to support customers’ liquidity and working capital requirements arising from

economic impact of COVID-19 contributed to the remaining increase;

•Deposits increased 18% (or $16.8 billion) primarily from higher government deposits and at call balances. FX translation

impacts contributed $1.7 billion to the increase. This was partly offset by lower term deposits, reflecting customer

preference for readily available funds; and

•Net interest margin down 14 basis points, with the low interest rate environment reducing deposit spreads. This was partly

offset by higher loan spreads from disciplined pricing.

Non-interest income •Higher charge on derivative valuation adjustments ($93 million charge in First Half 2020 compared to $11 million charge in

First Half 2019);

down $79m, 12%•Reduced syndication fees with First Half 2019 including several large transactions; partly offset by

•Higher non-customer Markets income across FX and commodities.

Expenses up $1m, flat•Productivity benefits from organisational redesign (with FTE down 6% over the year) and lower variable remuneration

costs were largely offset by higher regulatory, risk and compliance costs.

Impairment charges •Stressed exposures to TCE of 1.18%, up 55 basis points compared to March 2019; and

up $300m, large•Increased impairment charges mostly reflecting COVID-19 impacts on collectively assessed provisions ($156 million) and

from the downgrade of a number of facilities.

2020 Interim Financial Results57
Divisional results

3.4Westpac New Zealand

Westpac New Zealand is responsible for sales and service of banking, wealth and insurance products for consumer, business and institutional

customers in New Zealand. Westpac conducts its New Zealand banking business through two banks: Westpac New Zealand Limited, which is

incorporated in New Zealand, and Westpac Banking Corporation (New Zealand Branch), which is incorporated in Australia. Westpac New Zealand

operates via an extensive network of branches and ATMs across both the North and South Islands. Business and institutional customers are also

served through relationship and specialist product teams. Banking products are provided under the Westpac brand while insurance and wealth

products are provided under Westpac Life and BT brands, respectively. New Zealand also maintains its own infrastructure, including technology,

operations and treasury.

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

NZ$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Net interest income9879671,0002(1)

Non-interest income175200248(13)(29)

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges1,1621,1671,248-(7)

Operating expenses(541)(513)(480)513

Profit before impairment charges and income tax621654768(5)(19)

Impairment (charges)/benefits(211)24(14)largelarge

Profit before income tax410678754(40)(46)

Income tax expense and NCI(115)(191)(199)(40)(42)

Cash earnings295487555(39)(47)

Cash earnings adjustments125(6)140large

Net profit after tax307492549(38)(44)

Cash earnings295487555(39)(47)

Add back estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation524-(79)-

Cash earnings excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs

and litigation300511555(41)(46)

Operating expenses to net operating income ratio (cash earnings basis)46.56%43.96%38.46%260 bpslarge

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

NZ$bn

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Customer deposits

Term deposits32.833.533.3(2)(2)

Other36.331.030.91717

Total customer deposits69.164.564.278

Net loans

Mortgages53.351.549.637

Business32.531.130.955

Other1.71.92.0(11)(15)

Provisions(0.5)(0.3)(0.4)6725

Total net loans87.084.282.136

Total assets105.097.193.4812

58 2020 Interim Financial Results
Divisional results

Financial performance (NZ$)

First Half 2020 – Second Half 2019

Cash earnings of $295 million were $192 million (or 39%) lower than Second Half 2019. The decline was due to higher impairment charges, lower

non-interest income from further fee simplification initiatives and a 5% increase in expenses mostly from higher risk, regulatory and compliance costs.

Net interest income

up $20m, 2%

•Loans were 3% (or $2.8 billion) higher over the half, from a $1.8 billion increase in mortgages. Business lending increased

$1.4 billion, with growth across a range of segments;

•Deposits increased 7% (or $4.6 billion) supported by growth in transaction accounts, with consumer balances up $1.6

billion, and business balances up $3.7 billion. Term deposits were lower from customer preference to retain funds in at call

accounts; and

•Net interest margin was 3 basis points lower, (down 5 basis points excluding estimated customer refunds and payments).

Excluding estimated customer refunds and payments, the decline in margins was mostly due to further reductions in

interest rates which reduced deposit spreads. This was partly offset by improved spreads on fixed rate mortgages and

some repricing of business loans.

Non-interest income •Most of the decline in non-interest income was due to further fee simplification initiatives; and

down $25m, 13%•Investment, insurance and cards income were also lower.

Expenses up $28m,

5%

•Excluding the impact of costs associated with estimated customer refunds and payments and litigation ($16 million lower in

First Half 2020), expenses increased $44 million (or 9%);

•Most of this was from increased spending on risk, regulatory and compliance programs (including BS11 outsourcing) and

increased restructuring expenses; and

•Salary increases and other inflationary rises were offset by productivity benefits.

Impairment charge of

$211m compared to

•Stressed exposures to TCE decreased 2 basis points to 1.64%, COVID-19 is expected to lead to a deterioration in asset

quality as both consumers and businesses face additional stress;

an impairment benefit

of $24m

•During 2019, the methodology for reporting hardship was aligned to APRA definition which has impacted delinquencies.

These changes increased other consumer 90+ day delinquencies by 77 basis points and mortgage 90+ day delinquencies

by 14 basis points. Excluding the impact of these changes, other consumer 90+ day delinquencies increased 37 basis

points and mortgage 90+ day delinquencies increased 3 basis point; and

•Impairment charges were higher, reflecting expected COVID-19 impacts. These included changes to the base case

economic forecasts and increasing the weight applied to the downside economic scenario used in provision models. New

individually assessed provisions for two large exposures also contributed to the increase.

First Half 2020 – First Half 2019

Cash earnings of $295 million were $260 million (or 47%) lower than First Half 2019. Excluding a gain on the sale of an asset in First Half 2019 ($40

million post-tax), cash earnings were $220 million (or 40%) lower. The decline was due to higher impairment charges, lower net interest margins, a

decline in fee income and increased risk, regulatory and compliance costs.

Net interest income

down $13m, 1%

•Loans were 6% (or $4.9 billion) higher over the year. Mortgages increased $3.7 billion (7%) with the majority of the growth

in fixed rate mortgages. Business lending increased $1.6 billion (or 5%), with growth across a range of segments;

•Deposits increased 8% (or $4.9 billion) supported by growth in transaction accounts (up $5.4 billion). Term deposits

declined reflecting customer preference to maintain balances at call; and

•Net interest margin decreased 17 basis points, mostly from reduced deposit spreads reflecting the low interest rate

environment. The change in lending mix also contributed to lower margins. The decline was partly offset by repricing of

housing and business loans.

Non-interest income

down $73m, 29%

•First Half 2019 included a $40 million gain on the sale of Paymark. Excluding this, non-interest income was down $33

million or 13% mostly due to fee simplification initiatives; and

•Investment, insurance and cards income were also lower.

Expenses up $61m,

13%

•Increased spending on risk, regulatory and compliance programs (including BS11 outsourcing) along with higher

restructuring expenses; and

•Salary increases and other inflationary rises also contributed to the increase.

Impairment charges •Stressed exposures to TCE increased 7 basis points to 1.64% over the year;

up $197m, large•Other consumer 90+ day delinquencies increased 57 basis points to 1.59% from changes in the methodology for reporting

hardship. Mortgage 90+ days delinquencies increased 13 basis points also from methodology changes noted above; and

•Impairment charges were higher, reflecting COVID-19 impacts. These included changes to the base case economic

forecasts and increasing the weight applied to the downside economic scenario used in provision models. New individually

assessed provisions for two large exposures also contributed to the increase.

2020 Interim Financial Results59
Divisional results

3.4.1Westpac New Zealand division performance (A$ Equivalent)

Results have been translated into Australian dollars (A$) at the average exchange rates for each reporting period, First Half 2020: $1.0493 (Second

Half 2019: $1.0565; First Half 2019: $1.0584). Unless otherwise stated, assets and liabilities have been translated at spot rates as at the end of the

period, First Half 2020: $1.0264 (Second Half 2019: $1.0790; First Half 2019: $1.0439).

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Net interest income9409159453(1)

Non-interest income167189234(12)(29)

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges1,1071,1041,179-(6)

Operating expenses(516)(486)(453)614

Profit before impairment charges and income tax591618726(4)(19)

Impairment (charges)/benefits(200)24(14)largelarge

Profit before income tax391642712(39)(45)

Income tax expense and NCI(110)(181)(188)(39)(41)

Cash earnings281461524(39)(46)

Cash earnings adjustments114(5)175large

Net profit after tax292465519(37)(44)

Cash earnings281461524(39)(46)

Add back estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation523-(78)-

Cash earnings excluding estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs

and litigation286484524(41)(45)

Operating expenses to net operating income ratio

1

(cash earnings basis)46.56%43.96%38.46%260 bpslarge

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$bn

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Customer deposits67.359.761.5139

Net loans84.878.078.698

Total assets102.390.089.51414

Total funds10.610.710.4(1)2

1.Ratios calculated using NZ$.

60 2020 Interim Financial Results
Divisional results

3.5Group Businesses

This segment comprises:

•Treasury which is responsible for the management of the Group’s balance sheet including wholesale funding, capital and management of

liquidity. Treasury also manages the interest rate risk and foreign exchange risks inherent in the balance sheet, including managing the mismatch

between Group assets and liabilities. Treasury’s earnings are primarily sourced from managing the Group’s balance sheet and interest rate risk,

(excluding Westpac New Zealand) within set risk limits;


Group Technology

1

, which comprises functions for the Australian businesses, is responsible for technology strategy and architecture,

infrastructure and operations, applications development and business integration;


Core Support

2

, which comprises functions performed centrally, including Australian banking operations, property services, strategy, finance, risk,

compliance, legal, human resources, and customer and corporate relations;

•Following the Group’s decision in March 2019 to restructure its wealth operations and exit its Advice business, the residual Advice operations

(including associated remediation) and certain support functions of the former BTFG division have been transferred to Group Businesses; and

•Group Businesses also includes earnings on capital not allocated to divisions, accounting entries for certain intra-group transactions that facilitate

presentation of performance of the Group’s operating segments, earnings from non-core asset sales, earnings and costs associated with the

Group’s Fintech investments, and certain other head office items such as centrally raised provisions.

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Net interest income4563172994453

Non-interest income(114)(116)(502)(2)(77)

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges342201(203)70large

Operating expenses(1,498)(512)(674)193122

Profit/(loss) before impairment charges and income tax expense(1,156)(311)(877)large32

Impairment (charges)/benefits(470)5738largelarge

Profit/(loss) before income tax(1,626)(254)(839)large94

Income tax expense and NCI14931193large(23)

Cash earnings(1,477)(223)(646)large129

Cash earnings adjustments24994(113)165large

Net profit/(loss) after tax(1,228)(129)(759)large62

Cash earnings(1,477)(223)(646)large129

Add back

Costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential

penalty1,027----

Estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation157168464(7)(66)

Wealth restructuring-36136(100)(100)

Cash earnings excluding costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a

provision for a potential penalty, estimated customer refunds, payments, associated

costs and litigation, and Wealth restructuring(293)(19)(46)largelarge

TreasuryHalf YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Net interest income4292732395779

Non-interest income(1)9(4)large(75)

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment charges4282822355282

Cash earnings2731791435391

Cash earnings adjustments22252(83)largelarge

Net profit/(loss) after tax49523160114large

Treasury Value at Risk (VaR)

3

$mAverageHighLow

Half Year March 202046.3176.733.7

Half Year September 201935.141.128.6

Half Year March 201926.833.620.9

1.Costs are fully allocated to other divisions in the Group.

2.Costs are partially allocated to other divisions in the Group, with costs attributed to enterprise activity retained in Group Businesses.

3.VaR includes trading book and banking book exposures. The banking book component includes interest rate risk, credit spread risk in liquid assets and other basis risks as used for

internal management purposes.

2020 Interim Financial Results61
Divisional results

Financial performance

First Half 2020 - Second Half 2019

Group Businesses cash earnings loss of $1,477 million were $1,254 million lower than Second Half 2019. Excluding costs associated with AUSTRAC

proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, and the restructuring

of the Wealth business in Second Half 2019, Group Businesses cash earnings were $274 million lower than Second Half 2019 primarily due to $470

million impairment charges partly offset by a higher contribution from Treasury.

Net operating income •Higher Treasury revenue related to positioning for interest rate changes; partially offset by

up $141m, 70%•Lower assets sales in First Half 2020; and

•Lower revenue with the exit of the financial planning.

Expenses up $986m,

193%

•Costs associated with customer refunds and payments and litigation, estimated costs associated with AUSTRAC

proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business in Second Half 2019

were $1,059 million higher than Second Half 2019; partially offset by

•Lower costs from the exit of the Advice business and lower restructuring costs.

Impairment charges

up $527m, large

•Impairments were a $470 million charge. The movement of $527 million was mainly due to centrally held overlays to reflect

the impacts of COVID-19, bushfires and drought.

First Half 2020 - First Half 2019

Group Businesses cash earnings loss of $1,477 million were $831 million higher than the First Half 2020. Excluding costs associated with AUSTRAC

proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, and the restructuring

of the Wealth business in First Half 2019, Group Businesses cash earnings were $247 million lower than First Half 2019 primarily due $470 million

impairment charges partly offset by a higher contribution from Treasury.

Net operating income •Estimated customer refunds and payments were $442 million lower than First Half 2019; and

up $545m, large•Higher Treasury revenue related to positioning for interest rate changes; partially offset by

•Lower gains on investments and assets sales compared to First Half 2020; and

•Lower revenue with the exit of the financial planning.

Expenses up $824m,

122%

•Costs associated with customer refunds and payments and litigation, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings

including a provision for a potential penalty, and the restructuring of the Wealth business in First Half 2019 were $873

million higher than First Half 2019; partially offset by

•Lower costs from the exit of the Advice business.

Impairment charges

up $508m, large

•Impairments were a $470 million charge. The movement of $508 million was mainly due to centrally held overlays to reflect

the impacts of COVID-19, bushfires and drought.

62 2020 Interim Financial Report
Table of contents

4.0 2020 Interim Financial Report

4.1Directors’ report63

4.2Consolidated income statement92

4.3Consolidated statement of comprehensive income93

4.4Consolidated balance sheet94

4.5Consolidated statement of changes in equity95

4.6Consolidated cash flow statement96

4.7Notes to the consolidated financial statements97

Note 1Financial statements preparation97

Note 2Segment reporting99

Note 3Net interest income103

Note 4Non-interest income104

Note 5Operating expenses105

Note 6Income tax106

Note 7Earnings per share106

Note 8Average balance sheet and interest rates107

Note 9Loans108

Note 10Provisions for expected credit losses108

Note 11Credit quality113

Note 12Deposits and other borrowings115

Note 13Fair values of financial assets and liabilities116

Note 14Provisions, contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments121

Note 15Shareholders’ equity127

Note 16Notes to the consolidated cash flow statement129

Note 17Subsequent events130

4.8

Statutory statements131

2020 Interim Financial Report63
Directors’ report

4.0Interim Financial Report 2020

4.1Directors’ report

1

The Directors of Westpac present their report together with the financial statements of Westpac and its controlled entities (collectively referred to as

‘the Group’) for the half year ended 31 March 2020.

Directors

The names of the Directors of Westpac holding office at any time during, and since the end of, the half year and the period for which each has served

as a Director are set out below:

NamePosition

John McFarlaneDirector and Chairman Elect since February 2020 and Chairman since April 2020.

Peter KingManaging Director and Acting Chief Executive Officer since December 2019. Chief Executive Officer since April 2020.

Nerida CaesarDirector since September 2017.

Alison DeansDirector since April 2014.

Craig DunnDirector since June 2015.

Steven HarkerDirector since March 2019.

Peter MarriottDirector since June 2013.

Peter NashDirector since March 2018.

Margaret SealeDirector since March 2019.

Lindsay MaxstedRetired on 31 March 2020. Chairman from December 2011 and Director from March 2008.

Anita FungRetired on 31 March 2020. Director from October 2018.

Ewen Crouch AMRetired on 12 December 2019. Director from February 2013.

Brian HartzerResigned as Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer in December 2019. Director from February 2015.

Review and results of the Group’s operations during the half year

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation for First Half 2020 was $1,190 million, a decrease of $1,983 million or 62%

compared to First Half 2019. First Half 2020 included a significant increase in impairment charges due to the expected economic impact of the

COVID-19 pandemic, costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty, and the impact of estimated

customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, which together reduced net profit before tax by $3,008 million. These items

1

are

discussed further in Note 10 and Note 14 of the 2020 Interim Financial Report.

Net interest income increased $737 million, compared to First Half 2019 from a 2% increase in average interest-earning assets (mostly from higher

liquid assets) and an increase in net interest margin of 12 basis points to 2.21%. The movement in net interest income is attributable to:

•movements in economic hedges; and


a decrease in the charge for estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation; partially offset by

•the impact of lower rates on average interest earning assets exceeding benefits from the decrease in the Group’s funding costs.

In aggregate, non-interest income decreased $112 million compared to First Half 2019 mainly due to:

•a decrease in net fee income from lower product volumes and exit of the Advice business;

•a decrease in the valuation of Pendal; and

•lower asset sales; partially offset by

•a reduced charge for estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation.

Operating expenses increased $1,090 million or 21% compared to First Half 2019. The rise was mainly due to:

•costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty; and

•an increase in amortisation and impairment of the Group’s software; partially offset by

•provisions for Wealth restructuring in the prior period.

Impairment charges were $1,905 million higher compared to First Half 2019 reflecting the rapid deterioration in the economy as a result of the

COVID-19 pandemic which has led to a significant increase in the expected credit losses the Group has estimated under AASB9. Asset quality was

sound, with stressed exposures as a percentage of total committed exposures at 1.32%, up 22 basis points compared to First Half 2019. Given that

COVID-19’s economic impact only escalated in March 2020, these metrics do not fully reflect the more challenging position beginning to emerge

across the economy and its impact on customers.

The effective tax rate of 45.5% was higher than the First Half 2019 effective tax rate of 30.3% as the costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings

including a provision for a potential penalty were substantially non deductible.

1.The impact (before tax) of these items is reflected within the additions/reversal of unutilised provisions line items of the Compliance, regulation and remediation provision, and the

restructuring provision in Note 14.

64 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

The Board has deferred the decision on determining an interim dividend and no dividend will be paid in June 2020. This was a difficult decision given

many retail shareholders rely on our dividends.

Westpac remains well provisioned and capitalised. Nevertheless, the Board recognises the uncertain economic and operating conditions and how

these may develop over the next six months. The Board also accepted APRA’s consistent guidance on dividends and being prudent at this point in

time. Westpac has kept APRA informed about its stress testing scenarios and capital position. WBC has not received any concerns from APRA on

the bank’s capital position. The Board will continue to review dividend options over the course of this year.

Westpac will continue to assess opportunities to improve capital utilisation across the Group. The strategic review of Specialist Businesses will also

consider ways to further optimise capital.

A review of the operations and results of the Group and its divisions for the half year ended 31 March 2020 is set out in Section 2 and Section 3 of

this Interim Financial Results Announcement and in ‘Risk factors’, which forms part of the Directors’ Report.

Further information about our financial position and financial results is included in the financial statements, which form part of the 2020 Interim

Financial Report.

Significant developments

COVID-19 impacts on Westpac

COVID-19 has had a significant impact on Westpac’s operations and many of Westpac’s customers, counterparties and third party suppliers, as well

as the broader Australian economy.

In response to COVID-19, a number of laws have been enacted by the Australian Government to help reduce the economic impact of the pandemic

including in relation to the $130 billion JobKeeper payment announced on 30 March 2020.

In order to mitigate the spread of the pandemic, the Australian, State and Territory Governments have implemented a range of material restrictions on

businesses, venues, travel, movement and gatherings of people. There have also been similar restrictions put in place in other jurisdictions in which

the Group operates. Many of these new measures have impacted the operations of Westpac.

In response to the current COVID-19 pandemic, Westpac has provided support to its customers by implementing a range of initiatives, such as

lowering interest rates on certain products, waiving certain fees and granting deferrals of mortgage and business loan repayments to customers

affected by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Further information on the actual and potential impacts of COVID-19 and the Group’s response are set out in the ‘Performance Overview’ and ‘Risk

Factors’ sections of this interim results announcement.

Westpac significant developments

Executive changes

On 2 December 2019, Brian Hartzer stepped down as Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of Westpac with Chief Financial Officer (CFO), Peter King,

taking over as acting CEO and Chief Operating Officer, Gary Thursby, appointed as acting CFO. On 2 April 2020, Westpac’s Chairman, John

McFarlane, announced the appointment of Mr King as CEO with immediate effect. Mr King has committed to the role for a period of two years.

Alastair Welsh has been appointed as Acting Group Executive, Enterprise Services while Mr Thursby acts in the role of CFO.

New Specialist Businesses division

On 4 May 2020, Westpac announced a new Specialist Businesses division will be created which will include the following businesses:

•Wealth Platforms;

•Superannuation and Retirement Products;

•Investments;

•Insurance;

•Auto Finance; and

•Westpac Pacific.

The division will be run by Jason Yetton who will report to the CEO and these businesses will undergo a strategic review.

Board changes

On 12 December 2019, Director Ewen Crouch did not seek re-election at Westpac’s Annual General Meeting.

On 23 January 2020, Westpac announced the appointment of John McFarlane to the Westpac Board as Non-Executive Director and Chairman-Elect,

succeeding Lindsay Maxsted. Mr McFarlane commenced his role as Non-Executive Director on 17 February 2020.

Mr Maxsted retired from the Westpac Board effective 31 March 2020, following which Mr McFarlane became Chairman of the Board and the Board

Nominations Committee and a member of the Board Risk & Compliance Committee effective 1 April 2020.

Anita Fung also retired from the Westpac Board effective 31 March 2020.

2020 Interim Financial Report65
Directors’ report

Board Committee changes

On 27 November 2019, as part of Westpac’s Response Plan in relation to the AUSTRAC proceedings (both described below), Westpac established a

Board Financial Crime Committee to oversee the implementation of Westpac’s enhanced financial crime program. Peter Nash was appointed

Chairman of the Board Financial Crime Committee.

On 12 December 2019, Mr Nash was appointed Chairman of the Board Audit Committee and Peter Marriott was appointed Chairman of the Board

Risk & Compliance Committee.

On 2 April 2020, Mr McFarlane announced proposed changes to the Board Committee structure. Regulatory and legal investigations and remediation,

including financial crime remediation, will be handled by a separate committee, allowing the Board Risk & Compliance Committee to focus on setting,

and ensuring adherence to, risk appetite, current and future credit policies, market and operational risks as well as mitigating them. Mr McFarlane

also announced that the Board Nominations Committee, which deals primarily with the appointment of directors, will also oversee governance

developments, as well as key management appointments reporting to the CEO. In addition to technology, the Board Technology Committee will also

oversee data.

AUSTRAC civil proceedings

On 20 November 2019, AUSTRAC commenced civil proceedings in the Federal Court of Australia against Westpac in relation to alleged

contraventions of the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth). These proceedings relate to non-reporting of a large

number of International Funds Transfer Instructions (IFTIs), alleged failings in relation to record keeping and the passing on of certain data required in

IFTIs, failure to comply with correspondent banking obligations, AML/CTF Program failures and contraventions of ongoing customer due diligence

obligations. AUSTRAC has alleged over 23 million contraventions of the AML/CTF Act.

The Court has ordered a timetable for the next steps in the proceedings being the filing of a Statement of Agreed Facts and Admissions by 8 May

2020, the filing of Westpac’s Defence by 15 May 2020 and the filing of AUSTRAC’s Reply to the Defence by 5 June 2020. The parties expect to be

before the Court again in mid to late June 2020.

Westpac has considered the available information and has made a provision for a potential penalty in relation to the AUSTRAC civil proceedings

brought against it on 20 November 2019. Further information on the provision is set out in Note 14 of this interim results announcement.

Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (APRA) and Australian Securities and Investments Commission (ASIC) investigations

On 17 December 2019, APRA commenced an investigation into possible breaches of the Banking Act 1959 (Cth) by Westpac. APRA stated that it

would focus on conduct that led to matters alleged in the AUSTRAC proceedings and the actions taken to rectify and remediate issues after they

were identified, and would examine whether Westpac, its directors and/or senior managers breached the Banking Act (including the Banking

Executive Accountability Regime), or contravened APRA prudential standards.

ASIC has also commenced an investigation into matters related to the AUSTRAC allegations in the AUSTRAC proceedings. To date, that has largely

involved Westpac providing ASIC with information and documents relevant to their inquiries.

Westpac is committed to cooperating and working constructively with APRA and ASIC during their investigations which will likely continue for a

number of months.

Australian and US class actions

Westpac has been served with two shareholder class actions filed by Phi Finney McDonald and Johnson Winter & Slattery in Australia relating to

market disclosure issues connected to Westpac’s monitoring of financial crime over the relevant period and matters which are the subject of the

recent AUSTRAC proceedings. The claims are brought on behalf of certain shareholders who acquired an interest in Westpac securities between 16

December 2013 and 19 November 2019.

On 31 January 2020, a US class action was filed against Westpac and our current and former CEO by Rosen Law Firm on behalf of purchasers of

Westpac securities between 11 November 2015 and 19 November 2019. That claim also relates to market disclosure issues connected to Westpac’s

monitoring of financial crime over the relevant period and matters which are the subject of the recent AUSTRAC proceedings. The three respective

class actions largely overlap in terms of subject matter and claims do not identify the amount of any damages sought, however, given the time period

in question in each of the relevant proceedings, and the nature of the claims it is likely that the damages sought from the app

licants in those

proceedings will be significant.

Westpac is defending these class actions and no provision has been taken in relation to those potential exposures.

AUSTRAC response plan and external reviews

As a bank, Westpac recognises it plays a key role in combating money laundering and terrorism financing. Further, Westpac acknowledges the

significant impact that deficiencies in its systems and processes can have on efforts to combat money laundering and terrorism financing. Further

information on Westpac’s AUSTRAC response plan which was announced on 25 November 2019 is set out in the ‘Performance Overview’ section of

this interim results announcement.

Since the commencement of the AUSTRAC proceedings, Westpac has commissioned Promontory to provide assurance over Westpac’s assessment

of management accountability in relation to the issues raised in the AUSTRAC proceedings, and the adequacy of Westpac’s financial crime program.

It has also established an independent Advisory Panel whose members will review Board risk governance and Board accountability in relation to the

issues raised in the AUSTRAC proceedings. The work of Promontory and the Advisory Panel is progressing. An update will be provided on the

outcomes of these reviews upon their completion.

66 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

APRA review into risk governance

On 17 December 2019, APRA announced that in addition to its investigation into possible breaches of the Banking Act 1959 (Cth) by Westpac, it

would initiate an extensive review program focused on Westpac’s risk governance. The review program will include risk management, accountability,

remuneration and culture.

On 23 March 2020, APRA advised that its supervision priorities outlined in January 2020 will be largely suspended until at least 30 September 2020

particularly where they involve intensive engagement with regulated entities.

An element of APRA’s review will be the examination of the steps Westpac has been taking to strengthen risk governance, including through its self-

assessment, which is referred to below.

Operational risk capital overlays

On 11 July 2019, Westpac received APRA’s response to its Culture, Governance and Accountability (CGA) self-assessment. In its response, APRA

decided to apply an additional $500 million to Westpac’s operational risk capital requirement. This follows APRA concluding that Westpac was

required to improve its management and oversight of non-financial risk. The additional capital requirement will remain in place until APRA is satisfied

that Westpac has completed its action plan. The $500 million requirement, applied through an increase in risk weighted assets (RWA), took effect

from 30 September 2019 and impacted Westpac’s Level 2 common equity tier 1 (CET1) capital ratio at 30 September 2019 by 16 basis points.

As part of its announcement on 17 December 2019, APRA also imposed an additional $500 million capital overlay in response to the magnitude and

nature of issues alleged by AUSTRAC in its Statement of Claim. The additional overlay applied from 31 December 2019. This change reduced

Westpac’s Level 2 CET1 capital ratio by 15 basis points, as at 31 March 2020.

Westpac reviews

Financial crime

In addition to the AML/CTF Response Plan and the financial crime improvements following the commencement of the AUSTRAC proceedings,

Westpac continues to progress a significant multi-year program of work that is required to rectify its management of financial crime risks (including

Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing (AML/CTF), sanctions, Anti-Bribery and Corruption, FATCA and Common Reporting

Standards (CRS)).

This extensive work involves a review of its AML/CTF policies, the completeness of data feeding into its AML/CTF systems and the adequacy and

appropriateness of its AML/CTF processes and controls including in relation to important aspects of its money laundering and terrorism financing risk

assessments and governance (which have been identified as needing to be strengthened). Westpac is continuing to implement a number of

improvements to its AML/CTF program, governance, policies, systems and controls, including in relation to the issues identified in AUSTRAC’s

Statement of Claim. Westpac is undertaking related remediation work in respect of certain controls and reporting practices and has engaged with and

provided AUSTRAC with updates on this work. These remediation efforts relate to matters such as customer identification, customer and payment

screening, risk assessments, ensuring appropriate controls over information relevant to the ‘tipping off’ prohibitions, ongoing and enhanced customer

due diligence, transaction monitoring and regulatory reporting (including in relation to International Funds Transfer Instructions (IFTIs), Suspicious

Matter Reports and Threshold Transaction Reports (TTRs)).

As part of these efforts, Westpac has identified deficiencies in certain systems and controls relevant to its obligation to file TTRs. This has, over a

number of years, resulted in instances where the Group has failed to report TTRs, as well as instances where the Group filed TTRs with incomplete

or inaccurate information.

The Group has self-reported these TTR deficiencies to AUSTRAC and is keeping AUSTRAC apprised of the status of its investigations. To date, the

remediation has involved the late reporting of 17,870 TTRs to AUSTRAC. Additionally, there are multiple TTR reporting scenarios which based on the

preliminary analysis undertaken to date (which has not been finally quantified or resolved), could amount to an estimated 60,000 to 90,000 TTRs that

have not been reported to AUSTRAC.

As part of the Group’s work to rectify its management of financial crime risks, the Group is also working to remediate gaps and

enhance controls to

support compliance with its FATCA and CRS obligations. The Group has been engaging with the Australian Tax Office (ATO) on its CRS remediation

program and will continue to engage with the ATO on further programs of work.

Details about the consequences of failing to comply with financial crime obligations is set out in the ‘Risk Factors’ section of this report.

APRA self-assessment

On 29 November 2018, Westpac submitted to APRA its self-assessment on its frameworks and practices in relation to governance, culture and

accountability. Westpac has a program of work underway, under the oversight of the Westpac Board to address the recommendations identified in the

self-assessment report (CGA Remediation Plan). Westpac is implementing the recommendations identified in the self-assessment. All implemented

items will be subject to post-implementation verification to ensure durability of changes made.

In light of the AUSTRAC proceedings, APRA has required Westpac to complete a reassessment of the existing CGA Remediation Plan. This

reassessment will consider developments since the completion of the CGA self-assessment to verify if the existing recommendations and actions

remain fit for purpose, and to identify any additional recommendations and actions that should be incorporated into the CGA Remediation Plan.

External assurance over the reassessment process and outcomes will also be performed. The reassessment and updated plan will be submitted to

APRA by 30 June 2020.

Customer remediation

Through the Group’s ‘get it right, put it right initiative’, Westpac is continuing to undertake a number of reviews to identify and resolve prior issues that

have the potential to impact our customers and reputation. These internal reviews continue to identify a number of issues in respect of which we are

takings steps or will take steps to put things right so that our customers are not at a

2020 Interim Financial Report67
Directors’ report

disadvantage from certain past practices, including making compensation/remediation payments to customers and/or providing refunds where

identified. By undertaking these reviews, we can also continue to improve our processes and controls.

Further information in relation to compliance, reputation and remediation provisions is included in Note 14 in this 2020 Interim Financial Report and

further information on our ongoing customer remediation progress is included in the ‘Performance Overview’ section.

Review of risk processes

Westpac is upgrading its end to end risk management capabilities. This is part of an ongoing program of work that spans both financial and non-

financial risk. A key component is the implementation of a refined three lines of defence model and uplifting risk capability across the organisation.

Westpac believes that investing in and enhancing end to end risk management capabilities are essential imperatives. Recent reviews have identified

various policies, systems, data, and risk capabilities which need to be strengthened. A detailed implementation plan to facilitate these improvements

is progressing, which includes hiring additional experts in areas such as operational risk, stress testing, modelling, financial crime, risk systems and

data management.

Clearer accountability

On 2 April 2020, the Chairman announced that the CEO had decided to put in place a clearer accountability regime which will speed up decision

making and implementation, as well as defining more clearly who is individually accountable and for what. This transformation will see Westpac retain

its focus on deepening customer relationships but move away from full matrix reporting and shift instead to a clearer line of business model.

Regulatory and Government focus

Regulatory response to the effects of COVID-19

In response to COVID-19, Australian domestic regulators have sought to initiate and re-prioritise activity that will assist financial institutions support

customers through the conditions created by the pandemic. This has caused some regulatory activity to be deferred, while other projects have been

accelerated due to their potential to assist economic recovery. The most significant of these updates or changes for Westpac are described in the

relevant paragraphs below.

On 23 March 2020, the Council of Financial Regulators used their quarterly statement to communicate their coordinated approach to the COVID-19

pandemic. The Reserve Bank of Australia (RBA) announced extensive measures to provide liquidity to financial markets and to support the banking

system in providing credit to businesses. APRA announced that it would suspend the majority of its planned policy and supervision initiatives,

including substantive public consultations and actions to finalise revisions of the prudential framework, until 30 September 2020. APRA stated it would

progress certain data projects, such as data related to the impact of COVID-19 during this period.

ASIC announced that at least until 30 September 2020, the Commission would give enforcement priority to matters where there is the risk of

significant consumer harm, serious breaches of the law, risk to market integrity and time-critical matters. ASIC immediately suspended a number of

near-term activities that were not time-critical. On 14 April 2020, both ASIC and APRA published detailed lists of deferred reviews, meetings,

investigations and relief granted.

From March 2020, the ACCC has been providing urgent interim authorisation for companies within various industries to discuss and put in place

measures to allow access to essential services during the COVID-19 pandemic. This includes:

•two urgent interim authorisations to allow the Australian Banking Association and certain of its participating members, including Westpac, to work

together to implement a small business relief package, as well as to co-operate to provide supplementary relief packages for individuals and

businesses affected by COVID-19;

•the Australian Securitisation Forum, of which Westpac is a member, to allow its members to work together to assist smaller lenders to maintain

liquidity and issue loans to consumers and small businesses during the economic disruption caused by COVID-19; and

•the Financial Services Council, of which Westpac and St George are members, to allow its member life insurance companies to give effect to a

commitment to ensure that frontline healthcare workers are not denied life insurance, charged higher premiums or excluded from benefits, due to

exposure, or potential exposure, to COVID-19.

Royal Commission into the banking, superannuation and financial services industries

The Final Report of the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry (Final Report) and the

Australian Government’s proposed response was released on 4 February 2019.

Implementation of the 76 express recommendations in the Final Report is likely to continue to have a significant impact on banking and financial

services entities and their regulators. Some of the most significant recommendations include those concerning the regulation of mortgage brokers,

changes to regulatory breach reporting, changes to unsolicited sales of financial products and the removal of grandfathered commissions.

In line with the Government’s Royal Commission implementation roadmap, on 31 January 2020 the Government released draft legislation for

consultation in relation to a number of Royal Commission recommendations.

The COVID-19 pandemic may alter the Government’s timeline for the passing of Royal Commission related legislation.

In keeping with a desire to be proactive, some recommendations in the Final Report have been implemented unilaterally by Westpac (where possible

and subject to any anticipated legislation or regulation being released). This approach may require Westpac to review and enhance its existing

practices at a later date, and some recommendations previously implemented may require additional uplift of existing practices by Westpac,

depending on the final legislation/regulation.

68 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

Of the 49 recommendations which presently apply to Westpac, 13 recommendations have been implemented to date, with Westpac either

establishing new practices and procedures to meet the recommendations or having existing practices consistent with the recommendation.

Additionally, the Group has commenced work in relation to all the recommendations that have been the subject of legislative activity and/or regulatory

activity to date. This work will increase over the next 12 to 24 months as the Government completes its legislative agenda for the bulk of the

outstanding recommendations. There are 22 recommendations where implementation is underway. Most of these recommendations will require

legislative or regulatory action before implementation can be completed.

The remaining 14 recommendations require legislative or regulatory action before implementation work can commence. Westpac is undertaking

preparatory work where possible, including through participation in Government consultation.

In anticipation of the removal of grandfathering of conflicted remuneration payable to financial advisers effective from 1 January 2021, we are also

currently reviewing third party remuneration arrangements.

Other impacts arising from the Royal Commission include a number of claims being brought against financial institutions in relation to certain matters

considered during the Royal Commission, and the referral of several cases of misconduct to the financial regulators by Commissioner Hayne.

Regulatory reviews and inquiries

Provision of credit - reviews by and engagement with regulators

The provision and availability of credit for residential mortgage holders, property investors and businesses has continued to be a key area of

Government, regulator and industry focus in First Half 2020. Regulatory focus on credit from APRA has primarily related to serviceability at an

industry level and impacts to credit quality and provisioning from COVID-19, while on 9 December 2019 ASIC released updated guidance on

responsible lending obligations. Judicial guidance on the extent of responsible lending obligations was also obtained from the Federal Court in its

judgment in ASIC’s responsible lending test case against Westpac (with the judgment currently subject to an appeal by ASIC). More information on

these proceedings is set out in this section below.

The economic disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic has led Westpac and other major banks to offer certain mortgage and business

customers a deferral of certain interest and principal repayments of between 3 and 6 months. Both APRA and ASIC have supported the provision of

credit to customers in these circumstances but will remain closely engaged to understand the impact of these measures on Westpac’s credit risk

profile and liquidity. ASIC and APRA are taking an active interest in the number of hardship applications received by Westpac as the conditions

caused by the pandemic continue to evolve.

Prior to COVID-19, APRA engaged with Westpac on the adequacy of our credit risk management framework including our controls, policies and

operating systems. Following feedback from APRA, the Group is making a number of changes to its systems and controls to improve its end to end

approach in relation to its mortgage and business lending portfolios, as well as other key processes. This includes enhancing portfolio management

practices, data governance, systems upgrades (including data collection and rationalisation), strengthening collateral management processes and

improving assurance and oversight over our credit management frameworks. This program of work also addresses issues identified by Westpac’s

internal assurance and audit teams. This work is progressing where possible during the conditions caused by COVID-19.

Westpac expects further engagement with APRA on its work to improve its end to end credit processes.

Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) inquiry into home loan pricing

On 14 October 2019, the ACCC was directed by the Treasurer of Australia to conduct an inquiry into home loan pricing during the period from 1

January 2019 to 31 October 2019. The inquiry has been established to:

•investigate the prices charged for home loans across the sector;

•consider how banks make pricing decisions, including their approach to passing on movements in the official cash rate;

•examine differences in the prices paid by new and existing customers;

•examine differences between the interest rates published by suppliers and the interest rates paid by customers; and

•investigate barriers that may prevent consumers from switching lenders.

An interim report was published on 27 April 2020 and a final report is due to the Treasurer by 30 September 2020.

AFCA look back review

On 4 February 2019, the Australian Government announced that, in response to the recommendations contained in the Royal Commission’s Final

Report, it would expand the remit of the Australian Financial Complaints Authority (AFCA) for 12 months so that it can consider customer claims

dating back to 1 January 2008 and award compensation where appropriate. AFCA has expanded its jurisdiction to consider these legacy complaints

for an additional 12 month period to 30 June 2020.

Increased regulatory powers and oversight

Financial Accountability Regime

On 4 February 2019, the Australian Government announced that in response to the recommendations contained in the Royal Commission’s Final

Report, it would extend the Banking Executive Accountability Regime to all APRA regulated entities. On 22 January 2020, the Australian Treasury

released a Proposal Paper in relation to the proposed Financial Accountability Regime (FAR). The Proposal Paper provides for (amongst other

things) ASIC and APRA to jointly administer the FAR and sets out enhanced penalties for individuals who fail to perform their obligations.

Submissions on the Proposal Paper closed on 14 February 2020 and Westpac made a submission. Westpac is considering the potential implications

of implementing the FAR including, for example, whether it will result in Westpac needing to appoint additional accountable persons. It is unclear

2020 Interim Financial Report69
Directors’ report

due to delays caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, when the exposure draft of the proposed legislation will be released by the Australian Treasury.

ASIC Enforcement Review Taskforce

On 16 April 2018, the Australian Government agreed to implement all of the recommendations made by the ASIC Enforcement Review Taskforce in

its review of the suitability of ASIC’s existing regulatory tools.

Progress continues to be made in implementing these recommendations, including:

•the Financial Sector Reform (Hayne Royal Commission Response–Stronger Regulators (2019 Measures) Act 2020 (Cth) receiving royal assent

on 17 February 2020. The Act implements a number of powers in line with the recommendations, relating to search warrants, access to

telecommunications interception information, licensing and banning orders;

•the Taskforce releasing a report on 2 October 2019, which sets out ASIC’s observations on director and officer oversight of non-financial risk,

how directors and officers of large and complex financial services companies are discharging their duties in relation to oversight and monitoring of

non-financial risk, and ways that governance practices could be improved; and

•an exposure draft of the Financial Sector Reform (Hayne Royal Commission Response – Protecting Consumers (2020 Measures)) Bill 2020 (Cth)

being released on 31 January 2020. If passed, the Bill would reform the breach reporting regime for Australian financial services and credit

licensees. Due to the suspension of Parliament as a result of COVID-19, passage of the Bill has been delayed and it is not certain when it will be

introduced and take effect.

Product design and distribution obligations and product intervention power

On 5 April 2019, the Treasury Laws Amendment (Design and Distribution Obligations and Product Intervention Powers) Act 2019 (Cth) received royal

assent. The Act grants ASIC a product intervention power and introduces a new product design and distribution obligation on issuers and distributors.

The product intervention powers came into force on 6 April 2019, with the design and distribution obligations due to come into effect on 5 April 2021.

ACCC enforcement approach

On 25 February 2020, the ACCC outlined its compliance and enforcement priorities in its annual Compliance and Enforcement Policy refresh. While

competition issues in financial services is no longer specifically mentioned as an enforcement priority, criminal cartel conduct and anti-competitive

conduct remain enduring priorities for the ACCC and there are currently two active cartel proceedings (neither involving Westpac) in the financial

services industry. The ACCC is also currently undertaking market studies into home loan prices and insurance in Northern Australia. The ACCC’s

competition enforcement approach and objectives are supported by increased budget support from the Australian Government announced in

February 2020.

On 27 March 2020, the ACCC announced that while its 2020 Compliance and Enforcement Priorities remain in place, it will refocus its efforts to those

priorities of most relevance to competition and consumer issues arising from the impact of COVID-19.

Review into corporate criminal responsibility regime

On 29 April 2020, the Australian Law Reform Commission delivered the final report to the Attorney-General in relation to its comprehensive review of

Australia’s corporate criminal responsibility regime. The report is yet to be tabled in Parliament. Westpac will consider the findings and

recommendations of the final report once it is publicly available.

General regulatory changes affecting our business

Banking Code of Practice

The new ASIC approved Banking Code of Practice (Code) came into effect on 1 July 2019 for each bank that has subscribed to the Code (including

Westpac). The Code includes a range of new measures including a commitment to take extra care with customers in vulnerable circumstances and to

train staff to help in these circumstances, simplified loan contracts for small business written in plain English, better protection for guarantors and

stronger enforcement of the Code via the independent Banking Code Compliance Committee.

The Code has been further updated with key amendments to implement the recommendations contained in the Royal Commission’s Final Report.

These changes, which have been approved by ASIC and conditionally authorised by the ACCC relate to having a greater focus on customers in

remote areas and those with limited English, not allowing informal overdrafts on basic bank accounts without prior express agreement with the

customer, abolishing dishonour fees and overdrawn fees on basic bank accounts and following AUSTRAC’s guidance on the identification and

verification of persons of Aboriginal or Torres Strait Islander heritage. These updates were effective from 1 March 2020.

Open banking regime

The Treasury Laws Amendment (Consumer Data Right) Act 2019 (Cth) (CDR Act) received royal assent on 12 August 2019. The CDR Act amends

the Competition and Consumer Act 2010 (Cth), the Privacy Act 1988 (Cth) and the Australian Information Commissioner Act 2010 (Cth) to introduce a

consumer data right. The banking sector is the first sector to which the consumer data right will apply.

The consumer data right gives customers in Australia a right to direct that their data (starting with banking data) be shared with accredited third

parties. Data sharing facilitates competition through easier product comparison and switching. This has had significant implications for consumers and

banks.

On 20 December 2019, the ACCC announced that the commencement of Open Banking will be deferred from 1 February 2020 to 1 July 2020.

Westpac will now be required to share credit card, debit card, deposit account and transaction account data from 1 July 2020. Other obligations under

the Open Banking regime that were scheduled to commence on 1 July 2020 will be deferred to 1 November 2020. Westpac will be required to share

data relating to mortgages, personal loans, joint accounts, closed accounts, direct debits and scheduled payments from 1 November 2020. Other

brands in the Westpac Group will be

70 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

required to commence sharing consumer data from 1 February 2021 but will still be required to share product reference data for credit and debit

cards, deposit accounts and transaction accounts from 1 July 2020.

The Competition and Consumer (Consumer Data Right) Rules 2020 (the CDR Rules) commenced on 6 February 2020. This is a key development as

the CDR Rules set out how the consumer data right will operate.

Both the CDR Act and CDR Rules contain new, detailed privacy protections under 13 Privacy Safeguards. The Privacy Safeguards deal with the

disclosure, collection, use, accuracy, storage, security and deletion of consumer data right data. There are also 58 civil penalty provisions under the

CDR Rules. A breach of the Privacy Safeguards or the CDR Rules could attract civil penalties of up to the greater of $10 million, three times any

benefit obtained or 10% of 12 month annual turnover for corporations.

Following discussions with the major banks and key participants on the potential impacts of COVID-19, the ACCC is intending to keep to the 1 July

2020 launch date. Details on how the ACCC intends to manage delays from COVID-19 related impacts are yet to be confirmed. We understand that

the ACCC is considering an exemption process that will provide some flexibility to banks on implementation timing for a defined period of time.

Comprehensive Credit Reporting (CCR)

The National Consumer Credit Protection Amendment (Mandatory Credit Reporting and Other Measures) Bill 2019 (Cth) is currently before the

Senate. The Bill requires the major banks to supply CCR data to credit reporting bodies and outlines how financial hardship cases should be reported.

The Bill has not yet passed and there have been disruptions to the parliamentary schedule as a result of COVID-19. Nevertheless, Westpac is

already participating in CCR on a voluntary basis. We are also working to implement hardship reporting requirements, noting the original compliance

date of April 2021 in the Bill is likely to be amended.

RBA Term Funding Facility

On 19 March 2020, the RBA announced the establishment of a term funding facility (TFF) to provide funding to authorised deposit-taking institutions

(ADIs) through repurchase transactions with the RBA. Each repurchase transaction under the TFF will be for a maximum term of three years at a

fixed interest rate of 25 basis points. Participants in the TFF may access funding up to their funding allowance from 6 April 2020 and, in aggregate,

ADIs will have access to at least $90 billion under the TFF. Westpac will have access to an Initial Allowance of at least $17.9 billion and intends to

utilise the TFF as a source of wholesale funding. On 30 March 2020, APRA announced that it will allow ADIs to include the benefit of the Initial

Allowance in the calculation of the Liquidity Coverage Ratio, Minimum Liquidity Holdings Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio from 31 March 2020, to

the extent they have the necessary unencumbered collateral to access the TFF. For further information see section 2.4.2 (Funding and liquidity risk

management).

Other litigation

ASIC’s responsible lending litigation against Westpac

On 1 March 2017, ASIC commenced Federal Court proceedings against Westpac in relation to certain home loans to consumers entered into

between December 2011 and March 2015, which were automatically approved by Westpac’s systems as part of its broader processes. The

proceedings were heard in May 2019. On 13 August 2019, the Court handed down its judgment in the proceedings, and dismissed ASIC’s case.

ASIC filed an appeal in relation to the decision, which was heard in February 2020. Judgment on this appeal is pending.

ASIC’s outbound scaled advice division proceedings

On 22 December 2016, ASIC commenced Federal Court proceedings against BT Funds Management Limited (BTFM) and Westpac Securities

Administration Limited (WSAL) in relation to a number of superannuation account consolidation campaigns conducted between 2013 and 2016. ASIC

has alleged that in the course of some of these campaigns, customers were provided with personal advice in contravention of a number of

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) provisions, and selected 15 specific customers as the focus of their claim. In December 2018 the primary Court handed

down a judgment in which it held that no personal advice had been provided and that BTFM and WSAL did not contravene the relevant personal

advice provisions although it did make a finding that BTFM and WSAL had each contravened section 912A(1)(a) of the Corporations Act. In February

2019, ASIC filed an appeal against this decision. On 28 October 2019, the Full Federal Court handed down its decision in ASIC’s

favour and made

findings that BTFM and WSAL each provided personal advice on relevant calls made to 14 of the 15 customers and made declarations of

consequential contraventions of the Corporations Act (including section 912A(1)(a)). BTFM and WSAL have applied to the High Court of Australia,

which has granted special leave to appeal and will hear an appeal in relation to the Full Federal Court’s decision. The High Court will set a date for a

hearing of this appeal in due course. If this appeal is unsuccessful, the matter will be remitted to the Federal Court for a hearing on penalties and any

other orders sought by ASIC.

ASIC’s proceedings against Westpac for poor financial advice by a financial planner

On 14 June 2018, ASIC commenced proceedings in the Federal Court against Westpac in relation to alleged poor financial advice provided by a

former financial planner, Mr Sudhir Sinha. Mr Sinha was dismissed by Westpac in November 2014 and subsequently banned by ASIC. Westpac has

proactively initiated remediation to identify and compensate affected customers and has completed remediation activities. ASIC’s proceedings relate

to advice provided by Mr Sinha in respect of four specific customer files. On 19 December 2019, the Federal Court of Australia handed down its

judgment in the proceedings, imposing civil pecuniary penalties on Westpac totalling $9.15 million for contraventions of certain financial advice

provisions in relation to the relevant customer files, together with an order that Westpac pay ASIC’s costs of the litigation, which are still being

determined.

Class action against Westpac Banking Corporation and Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited

On 12 October 2017, a class action was filed in the Federal Court of Australia on behalf of customers who, since February 2011, obtained insurance

issued by Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited (WLIS) on the recommendation of financial advisers

2020 Interim Financial Report71
Directors’ report

employed within the Westpac Group. The plaintiffs have alleged that aspects of the financial advice provided by those advisers breached fiduciary

and statutory duties owed to the advisers’ clients, including the duty to act in the best interests of the client, and that WLIS was knowingly involved in

those alleged breaches. Westpac and WLIS are defending the proceedings. The matter has been set down for an initial trial in May 2021.

Class action in the US relating to BBSW

In August 2016, a class action was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against Westpac and a number of

other Australian and international banks and brokers alleging misconduct in relation to the bank bill swap reference rate. In April 2019, an amended

claim was filed by the Plaintiffs. Westpac is defending the proceedings, which are now moving through the pre-trial stages.

Class action relating to responsible lending

On 21 February 2019, a class action against Westpac was commenced in the Federal Court of Australia. The Applicants filed a Further Amended

Originating Application and Further Amended Statement of Claim on 11 February 2020. The claims allege that Westpac did not comply with its

responsible lending obligations when entering into home loans with the Applicants and group members (as defined in the proceedings). The

allegations in respect of the Applicants and group members include that, during the period from 1 January 2011 to 17 February 2018, Westpac failed

to conduct reasonable inquiries about the customers’ financial situation, requirements and objectives, failed to take reasonable steps to verify the

customer’s financial situation, and failed to conduct compliant assessments of suitability. The Applicants also allege that their loans were unsuitable.

Westpac is defending the proceedings.

Class action relating to cash in super

On 5 September 2019, a class action against BT Funds Management Limited (BTFM) and Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited (WLIS) was

commenced in the Federal Court of Australia in relation to aspects of BTFM’s BT Super for Life cash investment option. The claim follows other

industry class actions as part of Slater and Gordon’s ‘Get your super back’ campaign.

It is alleged in the proceedings that BTFM failed to adhere to a number of obligations under the general law, the relevant trust deed and the

Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993 (Cth), and that WLIS was knowingly concerned with BTFM’s alleged contraventions. The damages

sought by the claim are unspecified. BTFM and WLIS are defending the proceedings.

Class action relating to consumer credit insurance

On 28 February 2020, a class action was commenced against Westpac Banking Corporation and two Westpac subsidiaries in the Federal Court of

Australia in relation to Westpac’s sale of consumer credit insurance (CCI). The claim follows other industry class actions as part of Slater and

Gordon’s ‘Get your insurance back’ campaign.

It is alleged in the proceedings that the Westpac entities failed to adhere to a number of obligations in selling CCI in conjunction with credit cards,

personal loans and flexi loans. The damages sought by the claim are unspecified. The Westpac entities are defending the proceedings. Westpac no

longer sells CCI products.

Regulatory capital transactions

Capital raising

On 8 November 2019, Westpac issued $2 billion of fully paid ordinary shares under a share placement to sophisticated and institutional investors. In

addition, on 11 December 2019, Westpac issued approximately $770 million of fully paid ordinary shares under a share purchase plan.

Adoption of new accounting standards

AASB 16: Leases (AASB 16) replaced AASB 117: Leases from 1 October 2019. AASB 16 requires all leases of greater than 12 months duration to be

presented on balance sheet by the lessee as a right-of-use (ROU) asset and a lease liability. The lease liability recognised in other liabilities on initial

application of the standard was $3.3 billion. The associated ROU assets of $3.2 billion were measured at an amount equal to the lease liability, less

previously recognised accrued lease payments of $0.1 billion. There was no impact on retained earnings.

Further details of the changes under the new standard are included in Note 1 in this 2020 Interim Financial Report.

APRA regulatory changes and other changes affecting capital

APRA announcements on capital

As part of its response to the current economic environment following the COVID-19 pandemic, APRA has made the following announ

cements on

capital:

•Guidance on capital management: In a letter to all ADIs and insurers on 7 April 2020, APRA set out its guidance on capital management during

the period of significant disruption caused by COVID-19. APRA outlined its expectations that discretionary capital distributions should be limited in

the months ahead to ensure that ADIs and insurers instead use buffers and maintain capacity to continue to lend and underwrite insurance. This

includes prudent reductions in dividends, taking into account the uncertain outlook for the operating environment and the need to preserve

capacity to prioritise these critical

72 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

activities. APRA noted that where dividends are approved, this should only be on the basis of robust stress testing results that have been

discussed with APRA and should nevertheless be at a materially reduced level. Westpac took this guidance into consideration when deferring its

decision on the interim dividend, which is discussed further in the ‘Performance Overview’ section of this interim results announcement;

•Adjustment to expectations for bank capital: On 19 March 2020 APRA adjusted its expectations for bank capital during the period of disruption

caused by COVID-19. APRA confirmed that it would not be concerned if banks were not meeting its 10.5% “unquestionably strong” benchmark

for CET1, and that banks may use their current capital buffers provided they remain above the current regulatory requirement (currently at least

8.0% for domestic systemically important banks, including Westpac). APRA has also indicated that they do not envisage reinstating the

unquestionably strong benchmarks for at least 12-months. In light of APRA’s announcement, Westpac has revised its capital management

strategy. As set out further in Section 2.5 of this interim results announcement, during the period of disruption caused by COVID-19, Westpac will

seek to maintain a buffer above the regulatory minimum;

•Amendments to the calculation of RWA for COVID-19 support packages. Where a support package provides an option to defer repayments for a

period of time, for RWA calculation purposes, a bank need not treat the period of the repayment holiday as a period of arrears (provided the

borrower had previously been meeting their repayment obligations). In addition, the Australian Government’s Coronavirus SME Guarantee

Scheme is to be regarded as an eligible guarantee by the Australian Government for RWA calculation purposes. These COVID-19 support

packages have not impacted RWA at 31 March 2020 due to the timing of these packages being offered, however may impact future periods; and

•Deferral of APRA’s implementation of the Basel III capital reforms by a year to January 2023.

APRA’s proposed revisions to subsidiary capital investment treatment

On 15 October 2019, APRA released a discussion paper on proposed changes to APS 111 Capital Adequacy: Measurement of Capital. The key

proposal is in relation to a parent ADI’s treatment of its equity investments in banking and insurance subsidiaries (Level 1). Westpac’s largest

investment in banking and insurance subsidiaries is Westpac New Zealand Limited (WNZL). There is no impact from this proposal on the calculation

of the Group’s reported regulatory capital ratios on a Level 2 basis. On a Level 1 basis, on a proforma basis as at 31 March 2020, it is estimated that

applying APRA’s proposed approach would reduce Westpac’s Level 1 CET1 ratio by approximately 40bps ($1.6 billion). APRA has indicated that the

updated standard will come into effect from 1 January 2021.

Associations with Related Entities

On 20 August 2019, APRA released the finalised prudential standard APS 222: Associations with Related Entities. The revised standard is intended

to strengthen the ability of ADIs to monitor, limit and control risks arising from transactions and other associations with related entities. Key changes

include revisions to the limit for exposure to ADIs from 50% of Total Capital to 25% of Tier 1 capital.

Westpac’s largest exposure to a related entity is WNZL. As at 31 March 2020, Westpac would remain within the revised limits based on the current

level of exposure to WNZL.

On 16 April 2020, APRA announced that as part of its response to COVID-19 APRA is deferring implementation of the revised standard by 12-months

to 1 January 2022.

Additional loss absorbing capacity

On 9 July 2019, APRA announced a requirement for the Australian major banks (including Westpac) to increase their total capital requirements by

three percentage points of RWA as measured under the current capital adequacy framework. This increase in total capital will take full effect from 1

January 2024.

Based on Westpac’s RWA of $444 billion at 31 March 2020, this represents around $13 billion of additional capital over the four year transition period.

The additional capital is expected to be raised through Tier 2 Capital and is likely to be offset by a decrease in other forms of long term wholesale

funding. Westpac has commenced progress towards the new requirements and in the half year ended 31 March 2020 issued a total of $2.2 billion in

Tier 2 capital.

APRA is still targeting an additional four to five percentage points of loss-absorbing capacity. Over the next four years, APRA has stated that it will

consider feasible alternative methods for raising the remaining 1-2 percentage points.

Implementation of new interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) model

Westpac is implementing a new IRRBB model more suited to low interest rates which will need to be approved by APRA. Until the model is finalised

and approved, Westpac has included an IRRBB capital overlay of $500 million. This change reduced Westpac’s Level 2 CET1 capital ratio by 15

basis points, as at 31 March 2020.

APRA Prudential Standard CPS 511: Remuneration

On 23 July 2019, APRA released for consultation a new draft prudential standard and supporting discussion paper on remuneration. It is aimed at

clarifying and strengthening remuneration arrangements in APRA-regulated entities. The new standard will replace existing remuneration

requirements under CPS/SPS 510 Governance. APRA has stated that, in response to the impact of COVID-19, the majority of its planned policy and

supervision initiatives have been suspended. It is therefore unclear when the revised draft of CPS 511 will be released, and when implementation of

the new prudential standard will occur.

2020 Interim Financial Report73
Directors’ report

International developments affecting Westpac

Brexit

The United Kingdom (UK) left the European Union (EU) on 31 January 2020, commencing a transition period until the end of 2020 while the UK and

EU negotiate additional arrangements, with new rules to take effect on 1 January 2021.

As Westpac’s business and operations are based predominantly in Australia and New Zealand, Westpac expects that the direct impact of a new

trading relationship between the UK and EU is unlikely to be material to Westpac. Westpac continues to progress contingency planning and has been

active in dialogue with affected customers.

OTC derivatives reform

International regulatory reforms relating to over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives continue to be implemented across the globe, with a current focus on

initial margin and risk mitigation practices for non-centrally cleared derivatives.

As of 1 September 2019, Westpac became subject to rules requiring the exchange of initial margin on certain non-cleared derivatives with other in-

scope entities. Westpac is required to post and collect collateral on a gross basis. The collateral is held in segregated accounts with third party

custodians. Global initial margin requirements will continue to be introduced in phases, however there has been a 12 month delay to the remaining

commencement dates due to COVID-19. The phases continue until 1 September 2022 with a large number of additional counterparties being brought

into scope.

New Zealand

COVID-19 impacts

In response to COVID-19, a number of laws have been enacted by the New Zealand Government to help reduce the economic impact and it has

implemented a range of material restrictions on businesses, venues, travel and movement. Many of these new measures have impacted WNZL’s

operations.

Also in response to COVID-19, there have been a number of new guidance updates published and regulatory delays announced by New Zealand

regulators, including the Reserve Bank of New Zealand (RBNZ), the Financial Markets Authority (FMA), the Commerce Commission (the

Commission) and the Companies Office. The most significant of these updates or changes for Westpac are described in the relevant paragraphs

below.

Freeze on NZ Bank Dividends

On 2 April 2020, a decision was made by the RBNZ to freeze the distribution of dividends on ordinary shares by all banks in New Zealand during the

period of economic uncertainty caused by COVID-19.

Westpac is well capitalised and at 31 March 2020 had a Level 2 CET1 capital ratio of 10.8% and a Level 1 CET1 capital ratio of 11.1%. Non-payment

of dividends from WNZL only affects Westpac’s Level 1 CET1 capital ratio.

Government relief packages

On 24 March 2020, the New Zealand Government announced mortgage and business finance support schemes for those whose income was

impacted by COVID-19, to be implemented by the Government and retail banks (including WNZL). The schemes include payment deferrals for certain

customers and a Business Finance Guarantee Scheme to provide short-term credit to solvent small and medium-sized firms. On 2 April 2020, the

New Zealand Government announced that it would make temporary changes to companies legislation to provide insolvency relief for business

impacted by COVID-19, including a business debt hibernation scheme.

RBNZ steps to support liquidity and customer lending

On 16 March 2020 the RBNZ announced that it would provide term funding through a Term Auction Facility (TAF) to give banks (including WNZL) the

ability to access term funding, with collateralised loans out to a term of twelve months, in order to alleviate pressures in funding markets as a result of

COVID-19. On 2 April 2020, the RBNZ announced that it would introduce a Term Lending Facility (TLF), to offer loans for a term of up to three years

at low interest rates to ensure a stable source of funding to promote lending to businesses. Access to the funds is linked to banks’ lending under the

Business Finance Guarantee Scheme. Also on 2 April 2020, the RBNZ reduced the Core Funding Ratio for banks (including WNZL) from 75% to

50%. With effect from 1 May 2020, the RBNZ removed loan-to-value restrictions to encourage continued bank lending to customers.

RBNZ - Revised Outsourcing Policy

WNZL is required to comply with RBNZ’s revised Outsourcing Policy (BS11) (Revised Outsourcing Policy) for all new outsourcing arrangements from

1 October 2017 and to maintain a compendium of all outsourcing arrangements from 1 October 2019. Work is underway to implement the other

aspects of the Revised Outsourcing Policy by 30 September 2023 in line with the revised regulatory timeline as a result of COVI

D-19.

As a result of complying with the Revised Outsourcing Policy, the ongoing cost of operating the WNZL business will increase, in addition to the costs

of implementing the changes.

RBNZ Capital Review

On 5 December 2019, the RBNZ announced changes to the capital adequacy framework in New Zealand. The new framework includes the following

key components:

•Setting a Tier 1 capital requirement of 16% of RWA for systemically important banks (including WNZL) and 14% for all other banks;

•Additional Tier 1 capital (‘AT1’) can comprise no more than 2.5% of the 16% Tier 1 capital requirement;

•Eligible Tier 1 capital will comprise common equity and redeemable perpetual preference shares. Existing AT1 instruments will be phased out

over a seven year period;

74 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

•Maintaining the existing Tier 2 capital requirement of 2% of RWA; and

•Recalibrating RWA for internal rating based banks, such as WNZL, such that aggregate RWA will increase to 90% of standardised RWA.

WNZL is already strongly capitalised with a Tier 1 capital ratio of 14.1% at 31 March 2020 based on the current RBNZ rules. On a pro forma basis,

(including the new RWA and capital requirements) at 31 March 2020 and assuming a Tier 1 capital ratio of 16-17%, WNZL would require a further

NZ$2.1-$2.7 billion of Tier 1 capital to meet the new requirements that are fully effective in 2028.

In response to the impacts of COVID-19, and to support credit availability, the RBNZ has delayed the start date of the new capital regime by 12

months to 1 July 2021 and the RBNZ will consider further delays in 2021 if it considers that market conditions warrant it. Banks will be given up to

seven years to comply.

RBNZ - Review under section 95 of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act 1989

In June 2019, in response to a review under section 95 of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act 1989 of WNZL’s compliance with advanced internal

rating based aspects of the RBNZ’s ‘Capital Adequacy Framework (Internal Models Based Approach)’ (BS2B), WNZL presented the RBNZ with a

submission providing an overview of its credit risk rating system and activities undertaken to address compliance issues and enhance risk

management practices.

On 30 October 2019, the RBNZ informed WNZL that it had accepted the submission and measures undertaken by WNZL to achieve satisfactory

compliance with BS2B, and that WNZL would retain its accreditation to use internal models for credit risk in the calculation of its regulatory capital

requirements. With effect from 31 December 2019, the RBNZ removed the requirement imposed on WNZL since 31 December 2017 to maintain

minimum regulatory capital ratios which were two percentage points higher than the ratios applying to other locally incorporated banks.

Review of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act

In November 2017, the New Zealand Government announced it would undertake a review of the Reserve Bank of New Zealand Act 1989 (RBNZ

Review). The RBNZ Review will consist of two phases. The legislation for the recommended Phase 1 came into force on 1 April 2019.

Phase 2 of the RBNZ Review considers the overarching objectives of the RBNZ’s institutional governance and decision- making, the macro-prudential

framework, the current prudential supervision model, trans-Tasman coordination, supervision and enforcement and resolution and crisis

management. In December 2019, the New Zealand Government announced in-principle decisions on Phase 2. Changes include that Reserve Bank

of New Zealand Act 1989 will be replaced with two separate Acts – an ‘Institutional Act’ and a ‘Deposit Takers Act’. Cabinet also confirmed that work

will continue on a cross-agency process to develop an executive accountability regime for banks and insurers. A third round of consultation on the

Phase 2 review is underway with extended timescales due to COVID-19. The submissions due date has been extended to 23 October 2020 with

legislation now expected to be introduced in late 2020 and 2021.

Conduct of Financial Institutions Review

Following the developments and findings of the Financial Services Conduct and Culture Review and the Australian Royal Commission, the Financial

Markets (Conduct of Institutions) Amendment Bill was introduced to Parliament on 11 December 2019. The Bill introduces a conduct licensing regime

for banks, insurers and non-bank deposit takers and their intermediaries in respect of their conduct in relation to retail customers. The regime will

require licensed institutions to comply with a fair conduct principle to treat consumers fairly, and establish, implement and maintain an effective fair

conduct programme. It will also require institutions to comply with regulations that regulate incentives (including a prohibition on volume and value

sales targets). The Bill is currently before the Select Committee.

Reform of Credit Contracts and Consumer Finance Legislation

The Credit Contracts Legislation Amendment Act received royal assent on 19 December 2019. The Act introduces a number of changes to the Credit

Contracts and Consumer Finance Act, including new duties for directors and senior managers and increased penalties and statutory damages. The

Act also introduces stricter requirements around suitability and affordability assessments as well as a cap for interest and fees of ‘high cost’ loans

(being loans with annualised interest exceeding 50%). The Act will come into effect in stages from June 2020. The commencement date for new

duties for directors and senior managers, and new requirements around suitability and affordability assessments, has been delay

ed by at least 6

months and will come into effect no earlier than 1 October 2021.

2020 Interim Financial Report75
Directors’ report

Risk factors

Our business is subject to risks that can adversely impact our financial performance, financial condition and future performance. If any of the following

risks occur, our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition could be materially adversely affected, with the result that

the trading price of our securities could decline and as a security holder you could lose all, or part, of your investment. You should carefully consider

the risks described and the other information in this Interim Results Announcement and in our 2019 Annual Report before investing in our securities.

The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we

currently deem to be immaterial, may also become important factors that affect us.

Risks relating to our business

Outbreaks of communicable diseases or a pandemic like COVID-19 have had, and could in the future have, an adverse effect on the Group

The Group operates a large scale business and as part of the financial services industry delivers critical services which support the economy. The

Group is vulnerable to the impacts of a communicable disease outbreak or a pandemic. The current and ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted,

and will continue to disrupt, numerous industries and global supply chains, while measures to mitigate the severity of the pandemic, such as

restrictions on businesses, venues, transport, movement and public gatherings of people, workplace closures, and the closure of public institutions

such as schools and universities will negatively affect economic activity. We currently expect the COVID-19 pandemic to impact on our financial

performance, among other adverse effects. At this time, however, it is not possible to estimate how long it will take to halt the spread of the virus or

the longer term effects that the COVID-19 pandemic could have on the economy and Westpac’s business. The extent to which the COVID-19

pandemic impacts Westpac’s customers, business, financial performance and financial condition will depend on future developments which are

evolving and highly uncertain.

The significant decrease in economic activity resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic has affected, and will continue, for an unpredictable time, to

affect demand for Westpac’s products and services. We expect that the COVID-19 pandemic will result in increased impairments, defaults and write-

offs, which are likely to be material, due to financial stress caused to Westpac’s customers and counterparties, particularly those in the transport,

manufacturing, education, retail trade, entertainment and hospitality, travel, tourism, agriculture, food and beverage, commercial property,

construction, consulting and financial services sectors. Westpac has increased its provisions for expected credit losses due to the impact of COVID-

19, however, as the full impact of the pandemic is highly uncertain, it is possible that Westpac will need to further increase these provisions in the

future. For more information refer to Note 10 to the financial statements in this 2020 Interim Financial Report.

The current COVID-19 pandemic has also resulted in declining asset values (see ‘Declines in asset markets could adversely affect our operations or

profitability’) and volatility in global markets (see ‘We could suffer losses due to market volatility’ below). Further, adverse economic consequences

may arise depending on how the COVID-19 pandemic progresses, potentially giving rise to a systemic economic shock (further information is set out

below in ‘A systemic shock in relation to the Australian, New Zealand or other financial systems could have adverse consequences for Westpac or its

customers or counterparties that would be difficult to predict and respond to’).

In response to the current COVID-19 pandemic, Westpac has provided support to its customers by implementing a range of initiatives, such as

lowering interest rates on certain products, waiving certain fees and granting deferrals of loan repayments to customers affected by the COVID-19

pandemic. These initiatives together with the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers will likely have a negative impact on the Group’s

financial performance and may see the Group assume a greater level of risk than it would have under ordinary circumstances. In

addition, there is a

risk that Governments or regulators require, or seek to require, banks (including Westpac) to provide further support and accommodation to

customers impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic in the future. This could involve the Group being required to forego interest payments, forgive certain

principal amounts owing on loans as well as limitations being placed on the Group’s ability to foreclose on loans and enforce security. If this were to

occur, there would be a further adverse impact on the Group’s financial performance and level of risk assumed by the Group.

Actions taken by regulators in response to the COVID-19 pandemic have impacted and could in the future impact the Group. As an example,

regulators in some overseas jurisdictions have exercised their powers to prevent banks from declaring dividends or undertaking share buy-backs. In

New Zealand, the RBNZ made the decision to freeze the distribution of dividends on ordinary shares by all banks in New Zealand during the period of

economic uncertainty caused by COVID-19. This prevents Westpac’s subsidiary Westpac New Zealand Limited from paying dividends and has a

negative impact on Westpac’s Level 1 CET1 capital ratio.

It is possible that APRA will take a similar approach in the future and prevent Westpac from declaring dividends to its investors. While APRA has not

yet taken such action, it has written to Australian banks (including Westpac) and outlined its expectation that they limit any dividends and

discretionary capital distributions in the coming months. Further information about actions taken by our regulators in response to COVID-19 is outlined

in ‘Significant Developments’. Further, the impact and potential future impact of an outbreak of a communicable disease or a pandemic (such as the

COVID-19 pandemic) on the Group’s business, financial performance and financial condition may be such that the Group determines (independent of

any regulatory guidance) that it is necessary to suspend or reduce dividend payments and/or other capital distributions.

76 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

Westpac’s business activities and operations have been, and will be, disrupted by communicable disease outbreaks or pandemics (such as the

COVID-19 pandemic). Westpac has been and may in the future be required to close workplaces and suspend providing services through certain

offices, branches, ATMs or other channels. Any outbreak or pandemic may also negatively impact the ability of Westpac’s back-office, support

functions and key suppliers to operate, in turn disrupting Westpac’s business and operations. The COVID-19 pandemic has to date resulted in

offshore support centres and mortgage processing suppliers and other third party contractors being unable to provide services for a period of time. It

has also required the closure of various Westpac and third party contractor support offices for periods of time including those situated in offshore

jurisdictions, and may result in further disruptions to Westpac’s business activities and operations in the future.

During the period when a communicable disease outbreak or pandemic (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) is occurring, Westpac may need to

temporarily adjust its risk appetites, policies or controls so that it can respond to the broader impacts of the pandemic and protect the wellbeing of

staff. These temporary adjustments could have unforeseen consequences and may, depending on the outcome, expose the Group to increased

regulatory oversight and/or regulatory action. Further, to respond to the impacts of an outbreak or pandemic (such as the COVID-19 pandemic)

Westpac has been, and may in the future be, required to take steps or implement new measures in very short periods of time. Taking this type of

action may increase the risk that an operational or compliance breakdown will occur, potentially leading to financial losses, impacts on customer

service or regulatory or legal action.

Outbreaks of communicable diseases or pandemics (such as COVID-19), as with other large scale global events which have had a broad impact on

the operation of economies around the world have had, and may in the future have, a negative impact on the Group’s business, prospects, financial

performance and financial condition. There continues to be significant uncertainties associated with the COVID-19 pandemic, including with respect to

the severity of the disease, the duration of the pandemic, actions that may be taken by governmental authorities and private businesses to attempt to

contain the COVID-19 pandemic or to mitigate its impact and the potential for the COVID-19 pandemic to have longer term and lasting impacts on

Westpac’s customers, business and operations. Westpac continues to monitor the situation and assess further possible implications, which could be

material and adverse, to the Group’s business, prospects, financial performance and financial condition. The COVID-19 pandemic may also have the

effect of heightening other risks described below.

Our businesses are highly regulated and we have been and could be adversely affected by changes in laws, regulations or regulatory

policy

As a financial institution, we are subject to detailed laws and regulations in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding, including

Australia, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, the United States and various jurisdictions in Asia and the Pacific. We are also supervised by a number

of different regulatory and supervisory authorities which have broad administrative powers over our businesses.

The Group’s business, prospects, reputation, financial performance and financial condition has been, and could in the future be affected by changes

to law and regulation, changes to policies and changes in the supervisory activities and expectations of our regulators. The Group is currently

operating in an environment where there is increased scrutiny of the financial services sector and specifically, increased scrutiny of financial services

providers by regulators. In this environment, the Group faces increasing supervision and regulation in the jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain

funding. There has also been an increase in the pace and scope of regulatory change.

Regulatory change has directly and adversely affected the Group’s financial condition and financial position, and this dynamic could continue into the

future. In recent years, laws have been introduced that required Westpac to maintain increased levels of liquidity and hold hig

her levels of, and better

quality, capital and funding. Regulation also affects the way we operate our business. Regulation could require us to change our existing business

models (including by imposing restrictions on the types of businesses we can conduct or the way in which we conduct those businesses) or amend

our corporate structure.

Policy makers and regulators have also developed and implemented a range of regulations that affect how we provide products and services to our

customers. Laws have been introduced that further regulate our ability to provide products and services to certain customers and that require us to

alter our product and service offerings. Our ability to set prices for certain products and services may also be impacted by future regulation.

Regulatory changes have affected, and could in the future, adversely affect one or more of our businesses, restrict our flexibility, require us to incur

substantial costs, impact the profitability of one or more of our business lines, result in the Group being unable to increase or maintain market share

and/or create pressure on our margins and fees, any of which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial

condition.

There are numerous sources of regulatory change that could affect our business. In some cases, changes to regulation are driven by international

bodies, such as the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (BCBS). Regulatory change may also flow from reviews and inquiries commissioned by

Governments or regulators. These reviews and commissions of inquiry may lead to, and in some cases already have led to, substantial regulatory

change or investigations, which could have a material impact on our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.

It is also possible that governments or regulators in jurisdictions in which we operate or obtain funding might revise their application of existing

regulatory policies that apply to, or impact, our business (including by instituting macro-prudential limits on lending). Regulators or governments may

take this action for a variety of reasons, including for reasons relating to national interest and/or systemic stability.

Regulatory changes and the timing of their introduction continue to evolve and we manage our businesses in the context of regulatory uncertainty and

complexity. The nature and impact of future changes are not predictable and are beyond our control. Regulatory compliance and the management of

regulatory change are an important part of our planning processes. We expect that we will continue to invest significantly in compliance and the

management and implementation of regulatory change and, at the same time, significant management attention and resources will be required to

update existing or implement new processes to comply with new regulations (such as obligations to provide certain data and information to

regulators) or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations.

2020 Interim Financial Report77
Directors’ report

The Group’s ability to successfully implement and manage regulatory change has been, and will in the future be, impacted by the current and ongoing

COVID-19 pandemic or similar pandemics or outbreaks of communicable diseases. This has caused (and may in the future cause) significant

disruptions and delays to regulatory change management projects, increasing the risk that the Group will be non-compliant with new regulation at the

time it comes into effect. The Governmental responses to COVID-19 have seen the introduction of a significant body of new legislation, regulations

and orders, the impact of which, together with an uncertain environment, are not necessarily foreseeable and may increase compliance risks. This

body of new legislation, regulations and orders may also result in the Group incurring significant additional costs.

The failure of the Group to appropriately manage and implement regulatory change, including by failing to implement effective processes to comply

with new regulations, has, in some instances, resulted in, and could in the future result in, the Group failing to meet a compliance obligation. Further

information about the consequences of failing to meet a compliance obligation is set out in the section titled ‘Our businesses are highly regulated and

we have been or could be adversely affected by failing to comply with laws, regulations or regulatory policy’ below.

Another consideration in managing regulatory change arises when regulation is introduced in one jurisdiction in which we operate that conflicts with

the way it is introduced in other jurisdictions in which we operate.

For further information about regulatory changes affecting the Group, refer to ‘Significant Developments’ and our 2019 Annual Report (specifically in

the ‘Significant Developments’ section and the sections ‘Critical accounting assumptions and estimates’ and ‘Future developments’ in Note 1 to the

financial statements).

Our businesses are highly regulated and we have been or could be adversely affected by failing to comply with laws, regulations or

regulatory policy

We are responsible for ensuring that we comply with all applicable legal and regulatory requirements and industry codes of practice in the jurisdictions

in which we operate or obtain funding, as well as meeting our ethical standards.

The Group is subject to compliance risk, which is the risk of legal or regulatory sanction or financial or reputational loss, arising from our failure to

abide by the compliance obligations required of us. This risk is exacerbated by the increasing complexity and volume of regulation and can also arise

where we interpret our obligations and rights differently to our regulators or a Court, tribunal or other body. The potential for this to occur is

heightened in circumstances where regulation is new, untested or not accompanied by extensive regulatory guidance or where a Court, tribunal or

other body interprets regulation differently to such regulatory guidance.

The Group employs a compliance management system which is designed to identify, assess and manage compliance risk. While this system is

currently in place, it has not always been, and may not in the future be, effective. Breakdowns have and may occur in this system due, for example, to

flaws in the design of controls or processes. This has resulted in, and may in the future result in, potential breaches of our compliance obligations, as

well as poor customer outcomes. The risk of a breakdown occurring is heightened by the COVID-19 pandemic. The pandemic has resulted in large

numbers of the Group’s staff and the staff of our third party contractors working remotely and these distributed working arrangements may have a

negative impact on the effectiveness of some of the Group’s compliance controls and monitoring processes.

The Group also depends on its employees, contractors, agents, authorised representatives and external service providers to ‘do the right thing’ for it

to meet its compliance obligations. Inappropriate conduct by these individuals, such as neglecting to follow a policy or engaging in misconduct, has

and could result in poor customer outcomes and a failure by the Group to comply with its compliance obligations.

The distributed workforce arrangements employed in response to the COVID-19 pandemic may heighten the risk that policies will not be complied

with, in turn leading to potential compliance breaches. This could occur because of deliberate actions taken by staff or it could occur inadvertently,

with staff not realising how a policy applies in a remote working environment (particularly in relation to the use of technology and the protection of data

and privacy).

The Group’s failure, or suspected failure, to comply with a compliance obligation could lead to a regulator commencing surveillance or an

investigation into the Group. The Group is currently subject to investigations and reviews by regulators (refer to ‘Significant Developments’ and Note

14 to the financial statements in this 2020 Interim Financial Report for more details), with the intensity of these reviews and investigations increasing.

The Group has, and may need to continue, to devote significant business resources and incur substantial costs to respond to these reviews and

investigations, and this may have an adverse effect on Westpac’s business, operations and financial performance.

Depending on the circumstances, regulatory reviews and investigations have in the past and may in the future ultimately result in a regulator taking

administrative or enforcement action against the Group and/or its representatives. Regulators could seek to pursue civil or criminal proceedings,

seeking substantial fines, civil penalties or other enforcement outcomes. In addition, the failure or alleged failure of our competitors to comply with

their obligations has led, and could in the future lead, to increased regulatory scrutiny across the financial services sector.

In many cases, our regulators have very broad powers. For example, under the Banking Act 1959 (Cth), APRA can, in certain circumstances, issue a

direction to us (such as a direction to comply with a prudential requirement, to conduct an audit, to remove a Director, executive officer or employee,

to take remedial action or not to undertake transactions) or disqualify an ‘Accountable Person’ under the Banking and Executive Accountability

Regime.

APRA also has the power to require us to hold additional capital, which they have exercised against the Group. For example, APRA imposed a $500

million overlay to our operational risk capital requirement following the completion of our self-assessment into our frameworks and practices in relation

to governance, culture and accountability. APRA also required us to hold an additional $500 million overlay following the commencement of civil

penalty proceedings by AUSTRAC, citing Westpac’s heightened operational risk profile. If the Group incurs additional capital overlays in the future it

may need to raise additional capital which could have an adverse impact on our business, prospects, financial performance and financial condition.

78 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

The recent political and regulatory environment that the Group is operating in has also seen (and may in the future see) our regulators receive new

powers. As an example, ASIC recently received the power to make orders that prevent issuers of financial products from engaging in certain conduct.

This environment has also seen legislation passed that materially increases the penalties that can be imposed for corporate and financial sector

misconduct. In particular, ASIC can commence civil penalty proceedings and seek significant civil penalties against an Australian Financial Services

licensee (such as Westpac) for failing to do all things necessary to ensure that financial services provided under the licence are provided efficiently,

honestly and fairly. The Group may also face significant penalties for failing to comply with other obligations, such as those provided for under the

recently legislated Consumer Data Right. This trend towards increasingly severe penalties for failing to meet compliance obligations could continue in

the future and be expanded into other areas of regulation that the Group is subject to. Changes may also occur in the oversight approach of

regulators, which could result in a regulator preferring its enforcement powers over a more consultative approach. In recent years, there have been

significant increases in the nature and scale of regulatory investigations, enforcement actions and the quantum of fines issued by global regulators.

This dynamic is apparent, with ASIC previously committing to conducting more enforcement actions against large financial institutions and adopting a

‘why not litigate?’ enforcement policy position.

APRA has publicly committed to a revised approach to enforcement as well. APRA has indicated that it will use enforcement where appropriate to

prevent and address serious prudential risks and hold entities and individuals to account.

The way in which regulators supervise and monitor institutions that they regulate has also changed in recent times. A key example of this is the ‘Close

and Continuous Monitoring’ (CCM) program, which has involved ASIC staff conducting onsite reviews of these institutions, including Westpac.

Westpac has had three onsite reviews completed as part of the CCM program.

While ASIC, APRA and other regulators have indicated that their immediate focus is on responding to the impacts of the current COVID-19 pandemic

and that they may pause or delay certain enforcement, supervisory activities or monitoring activities (including onsite reviews under the CCM

program), the longer term trend towards enhanced supervision and monitoring and greater enforcement activity remains.

It is also possible that there will be a shift in the nature of enforcement proceedings commenced by regulators. As well as conducting more civil

penalty proceedings, our regulators may be more likely to bring criminal proceedings against institutions and/or their representatives in the future.

Alternatively, regulators may elect to make criminal referrals to the Commonwealth Department of Public Prosecutions or other prosecutorial bodies.

The provision of broad new powers to regulators, coupled with the increasingly active supervisory and enforcement approaches adopted by them, has

increased the prospect of adverse regulatory action being brought against the Group. Further, the severity and consequences of that action are now

greater, given the expansion of penalties for corporate and financial sector misconduct.

The current and ongoing COVID-19 pandemic also has the potential to complicate the Group’s dealings with its regulators in a number of ways. In

particular, disruptions to Westpac’s business, operations, third party contractors and suppliers resulting from the pandemic increase the risk that

Westpac will not be able to satisfy prior commitments made to regulators about improving processes and/or addressing outstanding issues,

potentially increasing the prospect of a regulator taking adverse action against the Group.

Regulatory action commenced against the Group has exposed and may in the future expose the Group to an increased risk of litigation brought by

third parties (including through class action proceedings), which may require the Group to pay compensation to third parties and/or undertake further

remediation activities.

Regulatory investigations, inquiries, litigation, fines, penalties, infringement notices, revocation, suspension or variation of conditions of relevant

regulatory licences or other enforcement or administrative action or agreements (such as enforceable undertakings) could, either individually or in

aggregate with other regulatory action, adversely affect our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition. For further

details about regulatory matters that may affect the Group, refer to ‘Significant Developments’.

The failure to comply with financial crime obligations could have an adverse effect on our business and reputation

The Group is subject to anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing (AML/CTF) laws, anti-bribery and corruption laws, economic and trade

sanctions laws and tax transparency laws in the jurisdictions in which it operates. These laws can be complex and, in some circumstances, impose a

diverse range of obligations. As a result, the environment in which the Group operates has heightened operational and compliance risks. For

example, AML/CTF laws require Westpac and other regulated institutions to (amongst other things) undertake applicable customer identification

procedures, conduct ongoing and enhanced due diligence on customers, maintain and comply with an AML/CTF program and undertake ongoing risk

assessments. AML/CTF laws also require Westpac to report certain matters and transactions to regulators (including in relation to International Funds

Transfer Instructions, Threshold Transaction Reports and Suspicious Matter Reports) and ensure that certain information is not disclosed to third

parties in a way that would contravene the ‘tipping off’ provisions in AML/CTF legislation.

In recent years there has been increased focus on compliance with financial crime obligations, with regulators around the globe commencing large-

scale investigations and taking enforcement action where they have identified non-compliance (often seeking significant monetary penalties). Further,

due to the large number of customers that the Group serves, and the large volume of transactions that the Group processes, the undetected failure or

the ineffective implementation, monitoring or remediation of a system, policy, process or control (including in relation to a regulatory reporting

obligation) has, and could in the future result in, a significant number of breaches of AML/CTF obligations. This in turn could lead to significant

monetary penalties.

While the Group has systems, policies, processes and controls in place that are designed to manage its financial crime obligations (including its

reporting obligations), these have not always been, and may not in the future always be effective. This could be the case for a range of reasons,

including, for example, a deficiency in the design of a control or a technology related failure.

2020 Interim Financial Report79
Directors’ report

The Group is currently undertaking a significant multi-year program of work that is required to strengthen areas of control weaknesses in its financial

crime management framework (including in relation to important aspects of its money laundering and terrorism financing risk assessments and

governance) and rectify the management of this risk. For further information, refer to ‘Significant Developments’.

As part of these efforts, Westpac has identified deficiencies in certain systems and controls relevant to its obligation to file TTRs. This has, over a

number of years, resulted in instances where the Group has failed to report TTRs, as well as instances where the Group filed TTRs with incomplete

or inaccurate information.

The Group has self-reported these TTR deficiencies to AUSTRAC and is keeping AUSTRAC apprised of the status of its investigations. To date, this

remediation has involved the late reporting of 17,870 TTRs to AUSTRAC. Additionally, there are multiple TTR reporting scenarios which based on the

preliminary analysis undertaken to date (which has not been finally quantified or resolved), could amount to an estimated 60,000 to 90,000 TTRs that

have not been reported to AUSTRAC.

Although the Group provides updates to AUSTRAC and the Group’s other regulators on its remediation and program update activities, there is no

assurance that AUSTRAC or the Group’s other regulators will agree that its remediation and program update activities will be adequate or effectively

enhance the Group’s compliance programs.

If we fail, or where we have failed, to comply with these financial crime obligations, we could face regulatory enforcement action such as litigation,

significant fines, penalties and the revocation, suspension or variation of licence conditions, such as the civil penalty proceedings brought by

AUSTRAC against Westpac on 20 November 2019 in relation to alleged contraventions of the Anti-Money Laundering and Terrorism Financing Act

2006 (Cth). Further information on the AUSTRAC proceedings and other financial crime matters is set out in ‘Significant Developments’. For

information regarding the provision made for Westpac’s potential penalty in relation to these proceedings, refer to Note 14 to the financial statements

in this 2020 Interim Financial Report.

Non-compliance or alleged non-compliance with our obligations pertaining to the prevention of financial crime and public disclosure have also

resulted in, and could lead to regulatory proceedings or other litigation commenced by third parties, (including Australian, US or other class action

proceedings) and regulatory action in non-Australian jurisdictions in which we operate. Any such litigation or proceeding could cause significant

financial and reputational damage to us. Reputational damage could result in the loss of customers or restrict the Group’s ability to access capital

markets on favourable terms, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, reputation, results of operation and financial

condition. Furthermore, any such material adverse effect could harm the Group’s credit ratings. Previous enforcement action by AUSTRAC against

other institutions has resulted in a range of outcomes, depending on the nature and severity of the relevant conduct and its consequences, including

substantial financial penalties.

Reputational damage could harm our business and prospects

Our ability to attract and retain customers and our prospects could be adversely affected if our reputation is damaged.

Reputation risk is the risk of loss of reputation, stakeholder confidence or public trust and standing. It arises where there are differences between

stakeholders’ current and emerging perceptions, beliefs and expectations and our past, current and planned activities, processes, performance and

behaviours.

There are various potential sources of reputational damage. Westpac’s reputation may be damaged where any of its service levels, products, policies,

processes, practices or behaviours results, or is perceived to result, in a negative outcome for a customer or a class of customers. Other potential

sources of reputational damage include the failure to effectively manage risks in accordance with our risk management frameworks, failure to comply

with legal and regulatory requirements, enforcement or supervisory action taken by regulators, adverse findings from regulatory

reviews (including

Westpac-specific and industry-wide reviews), failure or perceived failure to adequately respond to external community needs, environmental, social

and ethical issues, failure of information security systems, technology failures, security breaches and inadequate record keeping which may prevent

Westpac from demonstrating that a past decision was appropriate at the time it was made.

Westpac may suffer reputational damage where its conduct, practices, behaviours or business activities do not align with the evolving standards and

expectations of the community, our customers, our regulators and/or other stakeholders. As these expectations may exceed the standard required in

order to comply with the law, Westpac may incur reputational damage even where it has met its legal obligations. Our reputation could also be

adversely affected by the actions of the financial services industry in general or from the actions of our competitors, customers, suppliers, joint-

venture partners, strategic partners, other counterparties and accredited data recipients that the Group provides customer data to under Australia’s

‘Open Banking’ regime.

Further, the risk of reputational damage may be heightened by factors such as the increasing use of social media or the increasing prevalence of

interest groups which seek to publicly challenge the Group’s strategy or approach to aspects of its business.

Failure, or perceived failure, to appropriately address issues that could or do give rise to reputational risk have, and could in the future, also impact

the regulatory change agenda, give rise to additional legal risk, subject us to regulatory investigations, regulatory enforcement actions, fines and

penalties or litigation brought by third parties (including class actions), require us to remediate and compensate customers and incur remediation

costs or harm our reputation among customers, investors and the marketplace. This could lead to loss of business which could adversely affect our

business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

80 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

The Royal Commission has led to, and may continue to lead to, regulatory enforcement activity, litigation and changes in laws, regulations

or regulatory policy, and has resulted in, and may continue to result in, ongoing reputational damage to the Group, all of which has and

may continue to have an adverse effect on our business and prospects

The Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Banking, Superannuation and Financial Services Industry investigated (amongst other things) whether

any conduct, practices, behaviours or business activities engaged in by financial services entities amounted to potential misconduct or fell below

community standards and expectations.

These investigations (including the public hearings, submissions, evidence and findings of the Royal Commission) had, and may continue to have, an

adverse impact on the Group’s reputation and potentially the financial performance of the Group’s businesses. In addition, the case studies

considered by the Royal Commission, and the Royal Commission’s findings, have led, and may in the future lead, to regulators commencing

investigations and/or enforcement action against financial institutions (including the Group). This environment has also resulted in an increase in class

actions or other litigation being commenced by the Group’s customers, including in relation to matters raised at the Royal Commission. For further

information about this risk, refer to the section titled ‘We have and could suffer losses due to litigation (including class action proceedings)’ below.

In addition, the recommendations made in the Final Report of the Commission have resulted and will, depending on how its recommendations are

implemented, result in further changes to legislation, and further influence the policies and practices of our regulators. In some instances, this has

already had, and may continue to have in the future, an adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

The Royal Commission has also led to increased political or regulatory scrutiny of the financial industry in New Zealand, and may continue to do so.

We have and could suffer losses due to litigation (including class action proceedings)

The Group (and individual entities within the Group) may, from time to time, be involved in legal proceedings, regulatory actions or arbitration arising

from the conduct of their business and the performance of their legal and regulatory obligations. Proceedings could be commenced against the Group

by a range of potential plaintiffs, such as our customers, shareholders, suppliers and counterparties. These plaintiffs may commence proceedings

individually or they may commence class action proceedings.

In recent years, there has been a substantial increase in the number of class action proceedings brought against financial services companies (and

other organisations more broadly), many of which have resulted in significant monetary settlements. The risk of class action proceedings being

commenced is heightened by findings from regulatory investigations or inquiries (such as the Royal Commission into Misconduct in the Financial

Services Industry), adverse media, an adverse judgment or the settlement of proceedings brought by a regulator. Furthermore, there is a risk that

class action proceedings commenced against a competitor could lead to similar class action proceedings being commenced against the Group.

The growth in third party litigation funding in Australia has also contributed to a recent increase in the number of class actions being commenced in

Australia. This trend may continue in light of recent court judgments which have clarified the courts’ approach to liability and loss on certain types of

class action claims. This clarification may encourage plaintiffs, law firms and funders to bring and maintain class action proceedings, as well as

potentially improve the ability of plaintiffs to establish certain types of class action claims.

From time to time, class action proceedings are commenced against the Group. For further information about class action proceedings that the Group

is currently involved in, refer to Note 14 to the financial statements in this 2020 Interim Financial Report.

Litigation (including class action proceedings) may, either individually or in aggregate, adversely affect the Group’s business, operations, prospects,

reputation or financial condition. This risk is heightened by the recent increases in the severity of penalties for certain breaches of the law. Such

matters are subject to many uncertainties (for example, the outcome may not be able to be predicted accurately). Furthermore, the Group’s ability to

respond to and defend litigation may be adversely affected by inadequate record keeping.

Depending on the outcome of any litigation, the Group may be required to comply with broad court orders, including compliance orders, enforcement

orders or otherwise pay money such as damages, fines, penalties or legal costs.

The Group’s material provisions and contingent liabilities are described in Note 14 to the financial statements in this 2020 Interim Financial Report.

There is a risk that the actual penalty paid following a settlement or determination by a Court in relation to any legal proceedings may be materially

higher or lower than the amount of any provision or that any contingent liabilities may be larger than anticipated. This may occur in a wide range of

situations, for example where the scope of existing litigation against the Group is expanded by the addition of further claims or causes of action.

Further, there is a risk that additional litigation or other contingent liabilities may arise, all of which could adversely affect our business, prospects,

reputation, financial performance or financial condition.

We have suffered and could in the future suffer information security risks, including cyberattacks

The proliferation of new technologies, the increasing use of the internet and telecommunications to conduct financial transactions and the growing

sophistication and activities of attackers (including organised crime and state-sponsored actors) have resulted in increased information security risks

for major financial institutions such as Westpac and our external service providers. The COVID-19 pandemic has exacerbated these risks by requiring

a significant number of Westpac staff and third party contractors to work remotely or from alternative work sites, with these working arrangements

potentially providing additional opportunities for malicious cyber actors to exploit.

2020 Interim Financial Report81
Directors’ report

While Westpac has systems in place to protect against, detect and respond to cyberattacks, these systems have not always been, and may not in the

future always be effective. There can be no assurance that we will not suffer losses from cyberattacks or other information security breaches. The

Group may not be able to anticipate and prevent a cyberattack, or it may not be able to implement effective measures to respond to a cyberattack in

progress. Further, there is a risk that the Group will not be able to rectify or minimise the damage resulting from a cyberattack.

If the Group is subject to a successful cyberattack, technology systems might fail to operate properly or become disabled and it could result in the

unauthorised release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of confidential, proprietary and other information of the Group, its employees,

customers or third parties or otherwise adversely impact network access, business operations or availability of services.

In addition, as cyber threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify or enhance our systems or to

investigate and remediate any vulnerabilities or incidents.

Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of information on our computer systems and networks, and the systems and

networks of external suppliers. Although we implement measures to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of our information, there is a risk

that the computer systems, software and networks on which we rely may be subject to security breaches, unauthorised access, malicious software,

external attacks or internal breaches that could have an adverse impact on our confidential information or that of our customers and counterparties.

Major banks in other jurisdictions have suffered security breaches from sophisticated cyberattacks. Our external service providers, and other parties

that facilitate our business activities and financial platforms and infrastructure (such as clearing houses, payment systems and exchanges) are also

subject to the risk of cyberattacks. Any such security breach could result in the loss of customers and business opportunities, significant disruption to

Westpac’s operations, misappropriation of Westpac’s confidential information and/or that of our customers and damage to Westpac’s computers or

systems and/or those of our customers. Such a security breach could also result in reputational damage, claims for compensation and regulatory

investigations and penalties, which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

Our risk and exposure to such threats remains heightened because of the evolving nature of technology, Westpac’s prominence within the financial

services industry, the prominence of our customers (including those in the government, mining and health sectors), increasing obligations to make

data and information available to external third parties and our plans to continue to improve and expand our internet and mobile banking

infrastructure.

We could suffer losses due to technology failures or our inability to appropriately manage and upgrade our technology

The reliability, integrity and security of our information and technology is crucial in supporting our customers’ banking requirements and meeting our

compliance obligations and our regulators’ expectations.

While the Group has a number of processes in place to provide for and monitor the availability and recovery of our systems, there is a risk that our

information and technology systems might fail to operate properly or become disabled, including as a result of events that are wholly or partially

beyond our control. As an example, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, more Westpac staff and third party contractors are required to work

remotely or from alternative work sites, which may put additional stress on Westpac’s information technology infrastructure and systems. Similarly,

the COVID-19 pandemic and the measures implemented by Governments to mitigate its spread are likely to result in increased demand being placed

on critical national technology and communications infrastructure which the Group relies on. This could adversely impact the reliability of such

infrastructure and increase the risk that our technology systems will not be able to operate properly or will become disabled for a period of time.

If we incur a technology failure we may fail to meet a compliance obligation (such as the obligation to retain records and data

for requisite periods of

time), or our customers may be adversely affected. This could potentially result in reputational damage, remediation costs and a regulator

commencing an investigation and/or taking administrative or enforcement action against us. The overuse or overreliance on legacy or outdated

systems may heighten the risk of a technology failure occurring.

Further, in order to continue to deliver new products and services to customers, comply with our regulatory obligations (such as obligations to report

certain data and information to regulators) and meet the ongoing expectations of our regulators and our customers, we need to regularly renew and

enhance our technology. We are constantly managing technology projects including projects to upgrade our technology platforms, consolidate

technology platforms, simplify and enhance our technology and operations environment, assist us to comply with legal obligations, improve

productivity and provide for a better customer experience. Failure to implement these projects or manage associated change effectively could result in

cost overruns, unrealised productivity, operational instability, failure to meet compliance obligations, reputational damage and/or result in the loss of

market share to competitors. In turn, this could place us at a competitive disadvantage and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial

performance or financial condition.

Adverse credit and capital market conditions or depositor preferences may significantly affect our ability to meet funding and liquidity

needs and may increase our cost of funding

We rely on deposits, and credit and capital markets, to fund our business and as a source of liquidity. Our liquidity and costs of obtaining funding are

related to credit and capital market conditions.

Global credit and capital markets can experience periods of extreme volatility, disruption and decreased liquidity. While there can be extended

periods of stability in these markets, the environment remains unpredictable as evidenced by the Global Financial Crisis and the systemic impacts

from the COVID-19 pandemic. The main risks we face are damage to market confidence, changes to the access and cost of funding and a slowing in

global activity or other impacts on entities with whom we do business.

82 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

As of 31 March 2020, approximately 29% of our total funding originated from domestic and international wholesale markets. Of this, around 68% was

sourced outside Australia and New Zealand. Customer deposits provide around 63% of total funding. Customer deposits held by Westpac are

comprised of both term deposits which can be withdrawn after a certain period of time and at call deposits which can be withdrawn at any time.

A shift in investment preferences could result in deposit withdrawals by customers which could increase our need for funding from other, potentially

less stable, or more expensive, forms of funding.

If market conditions deteriorate due to economic, financial, political or other reasons (including the current and ongoing COVID-19 pandemic), there

may also be a loss of confidence in bank deposits and we could experience unexpected deposit withdrawals. In this situation our funding costs may

be adversely affected and our liquidity and our funding and lending activities may be constrained and our financial solvency threatened.

If our current sources of funding prove to be insufficient, we may be forced to seek alternative financing. The availability of such alternative financing,

and the terms on which it may be available, will depend on a variety of factors, including prevailing market conditions, the availability of credit, our

credit ratings and credit market capacity. Even if available, these alternatives may be more expensive or on unfavourable terms, which could

adversely affect our financial performance, liquidity, capital resources or financial condition. There is no assurance that we will be able to obtain

adequate funding, do so at acceptable prices, or that we will be able to recover any additional costs.

If Westpac is unable to source appropriate funding, we may also be forced to reduce our lending or begin selling liquid securities. Such actions may

adversely impact our business, prospects, liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition. If Westpac is unable to source

appropriate funding for an extended period, or if it can no longer sell liquid securities, there is a risk that Westpac will be unable to pay its debts as

and when they become due and payable.

Westpac enters into collateralised derivative obligations, which may require Westpac to post additional collateral based on movements in market

rates, which has the potential to adversely affect Westpac’s liquidity or ability to use derivative obligations to hedge its interest rate, currency and

other financial instrument risks.

For a more detailed description of liquidity risk, refer to ‘Funding and liquidity risk’ in Note 21 to the financial statements in our 2019 Annual Report.

Sovereign risk may destabilise financial markets adversely

Sovereign risk is the risk that governments will default on their debt obligations, will be unable to refinance their debts as they fall due or will

nationalise parts of their economy including assets of financial institutions such as Westpac. Sovereign defaults could negatively impact the value of

our holdings of high quality liquid assets. There may also be a cascading effect to other markets and countries, the consequences of which, while

difficult to predict, may be similar to or worse than those experienced during the Global Financial Crisis. Such an event could destabilise global

financial markets, adversely affecting our liquidity, financial performance or financial condition.

Failure to maintain credit ratings could adversely affect our cost of funds, liquidity, competitive position and access to capital markets

Credit ratings are independent opinions on our creditworthiness. Our credit ratings can affect the cost and availability of our funding from capital

markets and other funding sources and they may be important to customers or counterparties when evaluating our products and services. Therefore,

maintaining strong credit ratings is important.

The credit ratings assigned to us by rating agencies are based on an evaluation of a number of factors, including our financial strength, the quality of

our governance, structural considerations regarding the Australian financial system and the credit rating of the Australian Sovereign. A credit rating

downgrade could be driven by a downgrade of the Australian Sovereign, the occurrence of one or more of the other risks identified in this section or

by other events including changes to the methodologies used by the rating agencies to determine ratings.

The current and ongoing economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic have affected Westpac’s credit ratings and may continue to do

so in the

future. Credit rating agency Fitch recently downgraded its short-term and long-term ratings for the major Australian banks (including Westpac) by one

notch, to A+ (from AA-) and F1 (from F1+) respectively, citing the significant economic consequences for Westpac’s core markets of Australia and

New Zealand caused by the actions taken by governments to try and slow the spread of COVID-19. Fitch has maintained the rating outlook for the

major Australian banks as “negative”, reflecting the major downside risk to Fitch’s economic outlook in light of the evolving global situation. S&P

Global Ratings also revised its outlook for Westpac’s long-term issuer credit rating to ‘negative’, mirroring a similar change to their outlook for the

Australian Sovereign. As the economic impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic continue, there is a risk that there will be further negative movement in

our credit ratings.

A downgrade or series of downgrades to our credit ratings could have an adverse effect on our cost of funds and related margins, collateral

requirements, liquidity, competitive position and our access to capital markets. The extent and nature of these impacts would depend on various

factors, including the extent of any ratings change, whether our ratings differ among agencies (split ratings) and whether any ratings changes also

impact our competitors or the sector.

2020 Interim Financial Report83
Directors’ report

A systemic shock in relation to the Australian, New Zealand or other financial systems could have adverse consequences for Westpac or

its customers or counterparties that would be difficult to predict and respond to

There is a risk that a major systemic shock could occur that causes an adverse impact on the Australian, New Zealand or other financial systems.

During the past decade the financial services industry and capital markets have been, and may continue to be, adversely affected by market volatility,

global economic conditions, external events, geopolitical instability (such as threats of or actual conflict occurring around the world), and political

developments. In particular, the economic impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic could be significant for the global economy including Australia and

New Zealand.

Any such market and economic disruptions could adversely affect financial institutions such as Westpac because consumer and business spending

may decrease, unemployment may rise and demand for the products and services we provide may decline, thereby reducing our earnings. These

conditions may also affect the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans or our counterparties to meet their obligations, causing us to incur higher

credit losses and affect investors’ willingness to invest in the Group. These events could also result in the undermining of confidence in the financial

system, reducing liquidity, impairing our access to funding and impairing our customers and counterparties and their businesses. If this were to occur,

our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition could be adversely affected.

The nature and consequences of any such event are difficult to predict and there can be no certainty that we could respond effectively to any such

event.

Declines in asset markets could adversely affect our operations or profitability

Recent and future declines in Australian, New Zealand or other asset markets, including equity, residential and commercial property and other asset

markets have adversely affected, and could in the future adversely affect, our operations and profitability.

Declining asset prices also impact our wealth management business. Earnings in our wealth management business are, in part, dependent on asset

values because we typically receive fees based on the value of securities and/or assets held or managed. A decline in asset prices could negatively

impact the earnings of this business.

Declining asset prices could also impact customers and counterparties and the value of security (including residential and commercial property) we

hold against loans and derivatives. This may impact our ability to recover amounts owing to us if customers or counterparties were to default. It may

also affect our level of provisioning which in turn impacts our profitability and financial condition.

Our business is substantially dependent on the Australian and New Zealand economies

Our revenues and earnings are dependent on economic activity and the level of financial services our customers require. In particular, lending is

dependent on various factors including economic growth, business investment, business and consumer sentiment, levels of employment, interest

rates, asset prices and trade flows in the countries in which we operate.

We conduct the majority of our business in Australia and New Zealand and, consequently, our performance is influenced by the level and cyclical

nature of lending in these countries. These factors are in turn impacted by both domestic and international economic conditions, natural disasters and

political events, and in particular, at present, are being impacted by the current and ongoing COVID-19 pandemic (see ‘Outbreaks of communicable

diseases or a pandemic like COVID-19 have had, and could in the future have, an adverse effect on the Group’ above).

A significant decrease in Australian and New Zealand housing valuations and commercial property valuations could adversely impact our home

lending activities because borrowers with loans in excess of their property value show a higher propensity to default. In the event of defaults our

security may be eroded, causing us to incur higher credit losses. The demand for our home lending products may also decline due to adverse

changes in tax legislation (such as changes to tax rates, concessions or deductions), regulatory requirements or other buyer concerns about

decreases in values.

Adverse changes to economic and business conditions in Australia and New Zealand and other countries such as China, India, Japan and the US

could also adversely affect the Australian economy and our customers. In particular, due to the current economic relationship between Australia and

China, particularly in the mining and resources sectors, a slowdown in China’s economic growth, including as the result of the implementation of

tariffs or other protectionist trade measures, could negatively impact the Australian economy. Changes in commodity prices, Chinese government

policies and broader economic conditions could, in turn, result in reduced demand for our products and services and affect the ability of our borrowers

to repay their loans. If this were to occur, it could negatively impact our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

Monetary policy can also significantly affect the Group. Interest rate settings (including low or negative rates), as well as other actions taken by central

banks (such as quantitative easing), may adversely affect our cost of funds, the value of our lending and investments and our margins. Monetary

policies also impact the broader economic conditions of the various jurisdictions that the Group operates or obtains funding in. These policies could

affect demand for our products and services and/or have a negative impact on the Group’s customers and counterparties, potentially increasing the

risk that they will default on their obligations to the Group. All of these factors could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or

financial condition.

84 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

An increase in defaults in credit exposures could adversely affect our liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial

condition

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss where a customer or counterparty fails to meet their financial obligations to Westpac. It is a significant risk and

arises primarily from our lending activities.

We establish provisions for credit impairment based on current information and our expectations. If economic conditions deteriorate outside of our

expectations, some customers and/or counterparties could experience higher levels of financial stress and we may experience a significant increase

in defaults and write-offs, and be required to increase our provisioning. Such events would diminish available capital and could adversely affect our

liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition.

These risks are heightened due to the current COVID-19 pandemic which has negatively impacted economic activity and caused a wide range of

customer segments to experience financial stress. To combat the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic, and in some cases, in response to government

mandates to close businesses, many of Westpac’s customers have ceased or substantially reduced their operations for an indeterminate period of

time. In addition, individuals may have been laid off, be unable to work, or have fewer hours of work as a result of ceased or reduced business

operations. Westpac has received requests for assistance from both businesses and individual customers who have been affected, and Westpac has

implemented a range of initiatives to support them. These initiatives have included granting principal and interest repayment holidays and interest

capitalisation to certain affected customers. These initiatives will likely have a negative impact on the Group’s financial performance and may see the

Group assume a greater level of risk than it would have under ordinary circumstances.

The longer-term impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers and the number and extent of defaults or impairments is uncertain, given the

shape and timing of the recovery, the influence of significant government assistance packages on economic activity and the potential for consumers

to demonstrate changed behaviour even after the COVID-19 pandemic is over. For example, consumers may decrease their discretionary spending

on a permanent or long-term basis meaning certain industries may take longer to recover.

For further information see ‘Outbreaks of communicable diseases or a pandemic like COVID-19 have had, and could in the future have, an adverse

effect on the Group’ above.

Credit risk also arises from certain derivative, clearing and settlement contracts we enter into, and from our dealings with, and holdings of, debt

securities issued by other banks, financial institutions, companies, clearing houses, governments and government bodies, the financial conditions of

which may be affected to varying degrees by economic conditions in global financial markets.

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of credit risk, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section and Note 21 to

the financial statements in our 2019 Annual Report.

We face intense competition in all aspects of our business

The financial services industry is highly competitive. We compete, both domestically and internationally, with a range of firms, including retail and

commercial banks, asset managers, investment banking firms, brokerage firms, other financial service firms and businesses in other industries with

emerging financial services aspirations. This includes specialist competitors that may not be subject to the same capital and regulatory requirements

and therefore may be able to operate more efficiently. Digital technologies are changing consumer behaviour and the competitive environment. The

use of digital channels by customers to conduct their banking continues to rise and emerging competitors are increasingly utilising new technologies

and seeking to disrupt existing business models, including in relation to digital payment services. The Group faces competition from established

providers of financial services as well as from banking businesses developed by non-financial services companies.

The competitive environment may also change as a result of legislative reforms such as ‘Open Banking’, which will stimulate competition, improve

customer choice and likely give rise to increased competition from new and existing industry participants.

If we are unable to compete effectively in the increasingly competitive environment in which our various businesses operate, our market share may

decline. This may adversely affect us by diverting business to our competitors or creating pressure to lower margins and fees.

Increased competition for deposits could also increase our cost of funding and lead us to seek access to other types of funding or reduce lending. We

rely on bank deposits to fund a significant portion of our balance sheet and deposits have been a relatively stable source of funding. We compete with

banks and other financial services firms for such deposits. To the extent that we are not able to successfully compete for deposits, we would be

forced to rely more heavily on other, potentially less stable or more expensive forms of funding, or reduce lending.

We are also dependent on our ability to offer products and services that match evolving customer preferences. If we are not successful in developing

or introducing new products and services or responding or adapting to changes in customer preferences and habits, we may lose customers to our

competitors. This could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

For more detail on how we address competitive pressures refer to ‘Competition’ in Section 1 of our 2019 Annual Report.

2020 Interim Financial Report85
Directors’ report

We could suffer losses due to market volatility

We are exposed to market risk as a consequence of our trading activities in financial markets, our defined benefit plan and through the asset and

liability management of our financial position. This is the risk of an adverse impact on earnings resulting from changes in market factors, such as

foreign exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices, and interest rates including the potential for low or negative interest rates. This includes

interest rate risk in the banking book, such as the risk to interest income from a mismatch between the duration of assets and liabilities that arises in

the normal course of business activities.

Changes in market factors could be driven by a number of developments. As an example, the current and ongoing COVID-19 pandemic has resulted

in and will likely continue to result in significant market volatility. Continuing uncertainty as to the longevity and severity of the threat to public health is

likely to further disrupt markets in the period ahead and could result in adverse consequences to the value of market exposures held by the Group.

Another example of a development that could lead to market volatility is the July 2017 announcement by the (FCA which regulates the London

Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”)), that it would not require panel banks to continue to submit rates for the calculation of the LIBOR benchmark after

2021. Accordingly, the continuation of LIBOR in its current form will not be guaranteed after 2021, and it appears likely that LIBOR will be

discontinued or modified by 2021. Any such developments or future changes in the administration of LIBOR or any other benchmarks could result in

adverse consequences to the return on, value of and market for securities and other instruments whose returns are linked to any such benchmark,

including those securities or other instruments issued by the Group.

If we were to suffer substantial losses due to any market volatility (including changes in the return on, value of or market for, securities or other

instruments) it may adversely affect our business, prospects, liquidity, capital resources, financial performance or financial condition. For a discussion

of our risk management procedures, including the management of market risk, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section in our 2019 Annual Report.

We have and could suffer losses due to operational risks

Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. It also includes,

among other things, legal risk, reputational risk, technology risk, model risk and outsourcing risk, as well as the risk of business disruption due to

external events such as natural disasters, pandemics or outbreaks of communicable diseases (such as the current and ongoing COVID-19 pandemic

- see ‘Outbreaks of communicable diseases or a pandemic like COVID -19 have had, and could in the future have, an adverse effect on the Group’)

environmental hazard, damage to critical utilities, and targeted activism and protest activity. While we have policies, processes and controls in place

to manage these risks, these may not always have been, or continue to be effective.

Ineffective processes and controls have resulted in, and could in the future result in an adverse outcome for Westpac’s customers. For example, a

process breakdown could result in a customer not receiving a product on the terms and conditions, or at the pricing, they agreed to. In addition,

inadequate record keeping may prevent Westpac from demonstrating that a past decision was appropriate at the time it was made or that a particular

action or activity was undertaken. If this was to occur, Westpac may incur significant costs in paying refunds and compensation to customers, as well

as remediating any underlying process breakdown. Failed processes could also result in Westpac incurring losses because it is not able to enforce its

contractual rights. This could arise in circumstances where Westpac did not correctly document its rights or failed to perfect a security interest. These

types of operational failures, may also result in increased regulatory scrutiny and depending on the nature of the failure and its impact, result in a

regulator potentially commencing an investigation and/or taking other enforcement, administrative or supervisory action.

We could incur losses from fraudulent applications for loans or from incorrect or fraudulent payments and settlements, particularly real-time

payments. Fraudulent conduct can also emerge from external parties seeking to access the bank’s systems and customers’ accounts

. If systems,

procedures and protocols for managing fraud fail, or are ineffective, they could lead to losses which could adversely affect our customers, as well as

our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.

Westpac is also exposed to model risk, being the risk of loss arising from errors or inadequacies in data or a model, or in the control and use of a

model.

Westpac is required to retain and access data and documentation for specific retention periods in order to satisfy its compliance obligations. In some

cases, Westpac also retains data to enable it to demonstrate that a past decision was appropriate at the time it was made. Failings in systems,

processes and policies could all adversely affect Westpac’s ability to retain and access data.

In recent times, financial services entities have been increasingly sharing data with third parties, such as suppliers and regulators (both domestic and

offshore), in order to conduct their business activities and meet regulatory obligations. A breakdown in a process or control related to the transfer,

storage or protection of data transferred to a third party, or the failure of a third party to use and handle this data correctly, could result in the Group

failing to meet a compliance obligation (including any relevant privacy obligations) and/or have an adverse impact on our customers and the Group.

Westpac also relies on a number of suppliers, both in Australia and overseas, to provide services to it and its customers. The current and ongoing

COVID-19 pandemic is disrupting the ability for various of Westpac’s suppliers and third party contractors to operate, with these disruptions likely to

continue into the future (for further information see ‘Outbreaks of communicable diseases or a pandemic like COVID -19 have had, and could in the

future have, an adverse effect on the Group’). Failure by these third party contractors and suppliers to deliver services as required (whether due to the

COVID-19 pandemic or for any other reasons) could disrupt Westpac’s ability to provide services and adversely impact Westpac’s operations,

profitability or reputation.

86 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

Another possible source of disruption to the Group is central banks adopting negative interest rates. If this was to occur in the future, the technology

systems used by the Group, its counterparties and/or financial infrastructure providers may fail to operate correctly and this may cause loss or

damage to the Group and/or its counterparties.

Operational risks can impact our reputation and result in financial losses which would adversely affect our financial performance or financial condition.

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, including the management of operational risk, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section in our

2019 Annual Report.

Poor data quality could adversely affect our business and operations

Accurate, complete and reliable data, along with appropriate data governance frameworks and processes, is critical to the effective operation of

Westpac’s business.

Data plays a key role in our provision of products and services to customers, our systems (both customer-facing and back- office), our risk

management frameworks and our decision-making and strategic planning.

In some areas of our business and operations, we are affected by poor data quality. This poor data quality has arisen and could in the future arise in a

number of ways, including through inadequacies in systems, processes and policies, or the ineffective implementation of data management

frameworks and processes.

Poor data quality could lead to failings in customer service, negative risk management outcomes, and deficiencies in credit systems and processes.

These deficiencies in credit systems and processes could, in turn, have a negative impact on Westpac’s decision making in relation to the provision of

credit and the terms on which it is provided.

Poor data can also affect Westpac’s ability to comply with its compliance obligations (including obligations to report certain information to regulators),

which could lead to a regulator taking action against the Group. Westpac also needs accurate data for its financial reporting processes (including the

calculation of its risk-weighted assets).

Due to the importance of data, the Group has and will likely continue to incur substantial costs and devote significant management effort to

remediating data-related deficiencies. Further, the Group’s ongoing efforts to remediate data issues have been complicated and delayed by the

disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic. The failure of the Group to remediate such data issues in a timely way could result in increased

regulatory scrutiny, with regulators potentially exercising their supervisory powers against the Group to require the remediation of these issues.

The consequences and effects arising from poor data quality could have an adverse impact on the Group’s business, operations, prospects, financial

performance and/or financial condition.

Operational risk, technology risk, conduct risk or compliance risk events have required, and could in the future require, Westpac to

undertake customer remediation activity

Westpac relies on a large number of policies, processes, procedures, systems and people to conduct its business. Breakdowns or deficiencies in one

of these areas (arising from one or more operational risk, technology risk, conduct risk or compliance risk events) have resulted, and could in the

future result in, adverse outcomes for customers which Westpac is required to remediate.

These events could require the Group to incur significant remediation costs (which may include compensation payments to customers and costs

associated with correcting the underlying issue) and result in reputational damage.

There are significant challenges and risks involved in customer remediation activities. Westpac’s ability to investigate an adverse customer outcome

that may require remediation could be impeded if the issue is a legacy matter spanning beyond our record retention period, or if our record keeping is

otherwise inadequate. Depending on the nature of the issue, it may be difficult and take significant time to quantify and scope the remediation activity.

Determining how to properly and fairly compensate customers can also be a complicated exercise involving numerous stakeholders, such as the

affected customers, regulators and industry bodies. The Group’s proposed approach to a remediation may be affected by a number

of events, such

as a group of affected customers commencing class action proceedings on behalf of the broader population of affected customers, or a regulator

exercising their powers to require that a particular approach to remediation be taken. These factors could impact the timeframe for completing the

remediation activity, potentially resulting in Westpac failing to execute the remediation in a timely manner. A failure of this type could lead to a

regulator commencing enforcement action against the Group. The ineffective or slow completion of a remediation also exposes the Group to

increased reputational risk, with the Group potentially being criticised and challenged by regulators, affected customers, the media and other

stakeholders, resulting in reputational damage.

The significant challenges and risks involved in scoping and executing remediations in a timely way also create the potential for remediation costs

actually incurred to be higher than those initially estimated by the Group. Further, if a remediation program is delayed (whether due to the impact of

the COVID-19 pandemic or for other reasons) this could result in the Group incurring additional program administration costs above those originally

anticipated and result in the Group paying higher remediation payments to affected customers in order to reflect the impact of the time value of

money.

If the Group cannot effectively scope, quantify or implement a remediation activity in a timely way, there could be a negative impact on our business,

prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.

2020 Interim Financial Report87
Directors’ report

We have and could suffer losses due to conduct risk

Conduct risk is the risk that our provision of services and products results in unsuitable or unfair outcomes for our stakeholders or undermines market

integrity. Conduct risk could occur through the provision of products and services to our customers that do not meet their needs or do not support

market integrity, as well as the poor conduct of our employees, contractors, agents, authorised representatives and external service providers, which

could include deliberate attempts by such individuals to circumvent Westpac’s controls, processes and procedures. This could occur through a failure

to meet professional obligations to specific clients (including fiduciary and suitability requirements), poor product design and implementation, failure to

adequately consider customer needs or selling products and services outside of customer target markets. Conduct risk may also arise where there

has been a failure to adequately provide a product or services that we had agreed to provide a customer.

While we have frameworks, policies, processes and controls that are designed to manage poor conduct outcomes, these policies and processes may

not always have been or continue to be effective. The failure of these policies and processes could result in financial losses (including incurring

substantial remediation costs and litigation by regulators and customers) and reputational damage and this could adversely affect our business,

prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

We could suffer losses and our business has been and could be adversely affected by the failure to adopt and implement effective risk

management

Our risk management framework includes risk management strategies, policies and internal controls involving processes and procedures intended to

identify, monitor and manage risks facing the Group. However, our risk management framework has not always been, or may not in the future prove

to be, effective.

This could be because the design of the framework may be inadequate, which could result in key information not being provided to decision-makers

in the right form and in a timely manner, or because of weaknesses in underlying data. There is also the possibility that key risk management policies,

controls and processes may be ineffective, either due to inadequacies in their design, or because of the poor implementation of these policies,

controls and processes. The potential for failings in the design and implementation of risk processes and controls is heightened if the Group does not

have a sufficient number of appropriately skilled, adequately trained and qualified employees in key positions.

There are also inherent limitations with any risk management framework as there may exist, or emerge in the future, risks that we have not

anticipated or identified and our controls may not be effective.

Risk management frameworks may also prove ineffective because of weaknesses in risk culture, which may result in risks and control weaknesses

not being identified, escalated and acted upon. Further, while the development of appropriate remuneration structures can play an important role in

supporting a sound risk culture, a deficiency in the design or operation of our remuneration structures could have a negative effect, potentially

resulting in staff engaging in excessive risk taking behaviours.

Risk management failings of the type outlined above could adversely affect the Group in numerous ways, with the Group potentially being exposed to

higher levels of risk than expected, which may result in the Group incurring unexpected losses, breaches of compliance obligations and reputational

damage.

As part of the Group’s risk management framework, the Group measures and monitors risks against its risk appetite. Where the Group identifies a

risk as being out-of-appetite, the Group needs to take steps to bring this risk back into appetite in a timely way. However, the Group may not always

be able to achieve this within proposed timeframes. This may occur because, for example, the Group experiences delays in enhancing its information

technology systems to better manage the out-of-appetite risk, or in recruiting sufficient numbers of appropriately trained staff to undertake required

activities. It is also possible that, because of external factors beyond the Group’s control, certain risks may be inherently o

utside of appetite for

periods of time. In addition, the Group is required to periodically review its risk management framework to determine whether it remains appropriate.

If the Group is unable to bring risks back into appetite, or if it is determined that the Group’s risk management framework is no longer appropriate, the

Group may incur unexpected losses and be required to undertake considerable remedial work, including incurring substantial costs. The failure to

remedy this situation could result in increased scrutiny from regulators, who could take supervisory action such as requiring the Group to hold

additional capital or directing the Group to spend money to enhance its risk management systems and controls. The Group has been adversely

affected by weaknesses in risk management systems and controls in the recent past, with APRA requiring Westpac to hold additional capital following

the completion of its Culture, Governance and Accountability self-assessment, as well as requiring Westpac to hold additional capital following the

commencement of civil penalty proceedings by AUSTRAC. Inadequacies in addressing risks or in the Group’s risk management framework could also

result in the Group failing to meet a compliance obligation and/or financial losses.

If any of our governance or risk management processes and procedures prove ineffective or inadequate or are otherwise not appropriately

implemented, we could suffer unexpected losses and reputational damage which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial

performance or financial condition.

For a discussion of our risk management procedures, refer to the ‘Risk management’ section in our 2019 Annual Report.

88 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

The Group’s failure to recruit and retain key executives, employees and Directors may have adverse effects on our business

Key executives, employees and Directors play an integral role in the operation of Westpac’s business and its pursuit of its strategic objectives. The

unexpected departure of an individual in a key role, or the Group’s failure to recruit and retain appropriately skilled and qualified persons into these

roles, could each have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial condition.

Climate change may have adverse effects on our business

We, our customers, external suppliers and communities in which we operate, may be adversely affected by the physical risks of climate change,

including increases in temperatures, sea levels, and the frequency and severity of adverse climatic events including fires, storms, floods and

droughts. These effects, whether acute or chronic in nature, may directly impact us and our customers through reputational damage, environmental

factors, insurance risk and business disruption and may have an adverse impact on financial performance (including through an increase in defaults

in credit exposures).

Initiatives to mitigate or respond to adverse impacts of climate change (transition risks) may impact market and asset prices, economic activity, and

customer behaviour, particularly in geographic locations and industry sectors adversely affected by these changes. Further, the failure or perceived

failure to manage climate change appropriately may increase the risk that third parties commence litigation against the Group, with this type of

climate-related litigation recently becoming more common.

Failure to effectively manage and disclose these risks could adversely affect our business, prospects, reputation, financial performance or financial

condition.

We could suffer losses due to environmental factors

We and our customers operate businesses and hold assets in a diverse range of geographic locations. Any significant environmental change or

external event (including fire, storm, flood, earthquake, outbreaks or pandemics of communicable diseases such as the current and ongoing COVID-

19 pandemic – see ‘Outbreaks of communicable diseases or a pandemic like COVID-19 have had, and could in the future have, an adverse effect on

the Group’, civil unrest or terrorism) in any of these locations has the potential to disrupt business activities, impact on our operations, damage

property and otherwise affect the value of assets held in the affected locations and our ability to recover amounts owing to us. In addition, such an

event could have an adverse impact on economic activity, consumer and investor confidence, or the levels of volatility in financial markets, all of

which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial performance or financial condition.

We could suffer losses due to insurance risk

We have exposure to insurance risk in our life insurance, general insurance and lenders mortgage insurance businesses, which may adversely affect

our business, operations or financial condition.

Insurance risk is the risk in our licensed regulated insurance entities of lapses being greater than expected, or the costs of claims being greater than

expected due to a failure in product design, underwriting, reinsurance arrangements or an increase in the severity and/or frequency of insured events.

As an example, the current and ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and related economic impacts may lead to increased insurance claims, as well as

potentially impact new business, lapses, and capital coverage for the Group’s insurance entities.

In the life insurance business, risk arises primarily through mortality (death) and morbidity (illness and injury) risks, the costs of claims relating to

those risks being greater than was anticipated when pricing those risks and policy lapses (including through an unexpected or sustained increase in

the rate of policy lapses).

In the general insurance business, insurance risk arises mainly through environmental factors (including storms, floods and bushfires) and other

calamities, such as earthquakes and tsunamis, as well as general variability in home and contents insurance claim amounts. The frequency and

severity of external events such as natural disasters is difficult to predict and it is possible that the amounts we reserve fo

r potential losses from

existing events, such as those arising from natural disaster events, may not be adequate to cover actual claims that may arise.

In the lenders mortgage insurance business, insurance risk arises primarily from unexpected downturns in economic conditions leading to higher

levels of mortgage defaults from unemployment or other economic factors.

If our reinsurance arrangements are ineffective, this could lead to greater risk, and more losses than anticipated. There is also a risk that we will not

be able to renew an expiring reinsurance arrangement on similar terms, including in relation to the cost, duration and amount of reinsurance cover

provided under that arrangement.

Changes in critical accounting estimates and judgements could expose the Group to losses

The Group is required to make estimates, assumptions and judgements when applying accounting policies and preparing its financial statements,

particularly in connection with the calculation of provisions (including those related to remediations or credit losses) and the determination of the fair

value of financial instruments. A change in a critical accounting estimate, assumption and/or judgement resulting from new information or from

changes in circumstances or experience could result in the Group incurring losses greater than those anticipated or provided for. This risk is currently

heightened by the COVID-19 pandemic due to the unpredictable nature of the pandemic and uncertainty about the extent of its impact. In particular, it

is possible that the Group will incur credit losses greater than its existing provisions for expected credit losses and that these provisions may need to

be revised upward in the future. For further information, refer to Note 10 to the financial statements in this 2020 Interim Financial Report.

If the Group’s actual and expected credit losses exceed those currently provided for, or if any of its other accounting judgements change in the future,

there could be an adverse effect on the Group’s financial performance, financial condition and reputation. The Group’s financial performance and

financial condition may also be impacted by changes to accounting standards or to generally accepted accounting principles.

2020 Interim Financial Report89
Directors’ report

We could suffer losses due to impairment of capitalised software, goodwill and other intangible assets that may adversely affect our

business, operations or financial condition

In certain circumstances Westpac may be exposed to a reduction in the value of intangible assets. As at our balance date Westpac carried goodwill

principally related to its investments in Australia, other intangible assets principally relating to assets recognised on acquisition of subsidiaries and

capitalised software balances.

Westpac is required to assess the recoverability of the goodwill and other intangible asset balances on at least an annual basis or wherever an

indicator of impairment exists. For this purpose, Westpac uses a discounted cash flow calculation. Changes in the methodology or assumptions upon

which the calculation is based, together with changes in expected future cash flows, could materially impact this assessment, resulting in the potential

write-off of part or all of the intangible assets.

In the event that an asset is no longer in use, or its value has been reduced or that its estimated useful life has declined, an impairment will be

recorded, adversely impacting the Group’s financial condition. The estimates and assumptions used in assessing the useful life of an asset can be

affected by a range of factors including changes in strategy and the rate of external changes in technology and regulatory requirements.

We could suffer losses if we fail to syndicate or sell down underwritten securities

As a financial intermediary, we underwrite listed and unlisted debt and equity securities. Underwriting activities include the development of solutions

for corporate and institutional customers who need capital and investor customers who have an appetite for certain investment products. We may

guarantee the pricing and placement of these facilities. We could suffer losses if we fail to syndicate or sell down our risk to other market participants.

This risk is more pronounced in times of heightened market volatility, such as is currently being experienced globally during the COVID-19 pandemic.

Certain strategic decisions may have adverse effects on our business

Westpac, at times, evaluates and may implement strategic decisions and objectives including diversification, innovation, divestment or business

expansion initiatives.

The expansion or integration of a new business, or entry into a new business, can be complex and costly and may require Westpac to comply with

additional local or foreign regulatory requirements which may carry additional risks.

Westpac also acquires and invests in businesses owned and operated by external parties. These transactions involve a number of risks for the

Group. For example, Westpac may incur financial losses if a business it invests in does not perform as anticipated or subsequently proves to be

overvalued at the time that the transaction was entered into.

In addition, we may be unable to successfully divest businesses or assets. These activities may, for a variety of reasons, not deliver the anticipated

positive business results and could have a negative impact on our business, prospects, reputation, engagement with regulators, financial

performance or financial condition.

Electing not to pursue a course of action can have an adverse effect on the Group. If Westpac fails to appropriately respond to changes in the

business environment it operates in (including changes related to economic, geopolitical, regulatory, technological, environmental, social and

competitive factors) this could have a range of adverse effects on the Group’s business, such as being unable to increase or maintain market share

as well as creating pressure on margins and fees, any of which could have a negative impact on the Group’s business, prospects, reputation,

financial performance or financial condition.

Rounding of amounts

ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191 applies to Westpac and in accordance with that Legislative

Instrument all amounts have been rounded to the nearest million dollars unless otherwise stated.

90 2020 Interim Financial Report
Directors’ report

Auditor’s independence declaration

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

As lead auditor for the review of Westpac Banking Corporation for the half-year ended 31 March 2020, I declare that to the best of my knowledge

and belief, there have been:

(a) no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the review; and

(b) no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the review.

This declaration is in respect of Westpac Banking Corporation and the entities it controlled during the period.

Lona MathisSydney

Partner4 May 2020

PricewaterhouseCoopers

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757

One International Towers Sydney, Watermans Quay, Barangaroo, GPO BOX 2650, SYDNEY NSW 2001

T: +61 2 8266 0000, F: +61 2 8266 9999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation.

2020 Interim Financial Report91
Directors’ report

Responsibility statement

The Directors of Westpac Banking Corporation confirm that to the best of their knowledge:

(i) the interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and are in compliance with IAS 34

Interim Financial Reporting issued by the International Accounting Standards Board; and

(ii) the Directors’ Report includes a fair review of the information required by DTR 4.2.7 R of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the

United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority.

Signed in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors.

John McFarlanePeter King

ChairmanManaging Director and

Chief Executive Officer

Sydney, Australia

4 May 2020

92 2020 Interim Financial Report
Consolidated financial statements

4.2Consolidated income statement

Westpac Banking Corporation and its controlled entities

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$mNote

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Interest income:

Calculated using the effective interest rate method314,41215,90016,618(9)(13)

Other3272354350(23)(22)

Total interest income14,68416,25416,968(10)(13)

Interest expense3(5,684)(7,610)(8,705)(25)(35)

Net interest income9,0008,6448,26349

Net fee income4755829826(9)(9)

Net wealth management and insurance income4465703326(34)43

Trading income4460492437(7)5

Other income4(76)2127largelarge

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment

charges10,60410,6709,979(1)6

Operating expenses5(6,181)(5,015)(5,091)2321

Impairment charges10(2,238)(461)(333)largelarge

Profit before income tax2,1855,1944,555(58)(52)

Income tax expense6(994)(1,580)(1,379)(37)(28)

Net profit for the period1,1913,6143,176(67)(63)

Net profit attributable to non-controlling interests (NCI)(1)(3)(3)(67)(67)

Net profit attributable to owners of Westpac Banking Corporation

(WBC)1,1903,6113,173(67)(62)

Earnings per share (cents)

Basic733.2104.192.3(68)(64)

Diluted733.299.989.5(67)(63)

The above consolidated income statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

2020 Interim Financial Report93
Consolidated financial statements

4.3Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Westpac Banking Corporation and its controlled entities

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Net profit for the period1,1913,6143,176(67)(63)

Other comprehensive income

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Gains/(losses) recognised in equity on:

Debt securities measured at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI)(143)(111)6529large

Cash flow hedging instruments145(11)(192)largelarge

Transferred to income statement:

Debt securities measured at FVOCI(28)(4)(25)large12

Cash flow hedging instruments12811780960

Foreign currency translation reserve--(10)-(100)

Loss allowance on debt securities measured at FVOCI1----

Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations (net of associated hedges)26512755109large

Income tax on items taken to or transferred from equity:

Debt securities measured at FVOCI5034(14)47large

Cash flow hedging instruments(80)(31)33158large

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

Gains/(losses) on equity securities measured at FVOCI(18)101largelarge

Own credit adjustment on financial liabilities designated at fair value (net of tax)344(8)(2)largelarge

Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation54(125)(151)largelarge

Other comprehensive income for the period (net of tax)718(2)(160)

largelarge

Total comprehensive income for the period1,9093,6123,016(47)(37)

Attributable to:

Owners of WBC1,9053,6083,012(47)(37)

NCI444 - -

Total comprehensive income for the period1,9093,6123,016(47)(37)

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

94 2020 Interim Financial Report
Consolidated financial statements

4.4Consolidated balance sheet

Westpac Banking Corporation and its controlled entities

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$mNote

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Assets

Cash and balances with central banks45,81520,05919,486128135

Collateral paid5,3395,9306,103(10)(13)

Trading securities and financial assets measured at fair value through

income statement (FVIS)26,28031,78129,307(17)(10)

Derivative financial instruments56,66129,85921,76590160

Investments securities85,78973,40168,5361725

Loans9719,678714,770714,29711

Other financial assets5,8495,3676,4449(9)

Current tax assets--72-(100)

Life insurance assets2,5749,3679,374(73)(73)

Investment in associates101129115(22)(12)

Property and equipment4,1701,1551,200largelarge

Deferred tax assets2,6232,0481,7232852

Intangible assets11,94311,95311,850-1

Other assets84080779046

Total assets967,662906,626891,06279

Liabilities

Collateral received12,7283,2871,889largelarge

Deposits and other borrowings12582,920563,247555,00735

Other financial liabilities33,99629,21529,0131617

Derivative financial instruments48,08929,09623,38465106

Debt issues185,835181,457188,7592(2)

Current tax liabilities31163-(81)-

Life insurance liabilities6047,3777,503(92)(92)

Provisions144,6693,1692,7644769

Deferred tax liabilities4544-2-

Other liabilities5,2922,2382,072136155

Total liabilities excluding loan capital874,209819,293810,39178

Loan capital25,80721,82616,7361854

Total liabilities900,016841,119827,12779

Net assets67,64665,50763,93536

Shareholders’ equity

Share capital:

Ordinary share capital1540,50337,50836,351811

Treasury shares and Restricted Share Plan (RSP) treasury shares15(586)(553)(557)65

Reserves151,6881,3111,1412948

Retained profits25,98527,18826,949(4)(4)

Total equity attributable to owners of WBC67,59065,45463,88436

NCI565351610

Total shareholders’ equity and NCI67,64665,50763,93536

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

2020 Interim Financial Report95
Consolidated financial statements

4.5Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Westpac Banking Corporation and its controlled entities

$m

Share

Capital

(Note 15)

Reserves

(Note 15)

Retained

profits

Total equity

attributable

to owners of

WBCNCI

Total

shareholders’

equity and

NCI

Balance as at 30 September 201835,5611,07727,88364,5215264,573

Impact on adoption of new accounting standards-2(727)(725)-(725)

Balance as at 1 October 201835,5611,07927,15663,7965263,848

Net profit for the period--3,1733,17333,176

Net other comprehensive income for the period-(8)(153)(161)1(160)

Total comprehensive income for the period-(8)3,0203,01243,016

Transactions in capacity as equity holders:

Dividends on ordinary shares

1

--(3,227)(3,227)-(3,227)

Dividend reinvestment plan330--330-330

Other equity movements:

Share-based payment arrangements-70-70-70

Purchase of shares (net of issue costs)(31)--(31)-(31)

Net (acquisition)/disposal of treasury shares(66)--(66)-(66)

Other----(5)(5)

Total contributions and distributions23370(3,227)(2,924)(5)(2,929)

Balance as at 31 March 201935,7941,14126,94963,8845163,935

Net profit for the period--3,6113,61133,614

Net other comprehensive income for the period-130(133)(3)1(2)

Total comprehensive income for the period-1303,4783,60843,612

Transactions in capacity as equity holders:

Dividends on ordinary shares

1

--(3,239)(3,239)-(3,239)

Dividend reinvestment plan1,159--1,159-1,159

Other equity movements:

Share-based payment arrangements-38-38-38

Purchase of shares (net of issue costs)(2)--(2)-(2)

Net (acquisition)/disposal of treasury shares4--4-4

Other-2 -2(2) -

Total contributions and distributions1,16140(3,239)(2,038)(2)(2,040)

Balance as at 30 September 201936,9551,31127,18865,4545365,507

Net profit for the period--1,1901,19011,191

Net other comprehensive income for the period-3173987153718

Total comprehensive income for the period

-3171,5881,90541,909

Transactions in capacity as equity holders:

Share issuances2,751--2,751-2,751

Dividends on ordinary shares

1

--(2,791) (2,791) -(2,791)

Dividend reinvestment plan273--273-273

Other equity movements:

Share-based payment arrangements-60-60-60

Purchase of shares (net of issue costs)(29) --(29) -(29)

Net (acquisition)/disposal of treasury shares(33) --(33) -(33)

Other----(1) (1)

Total contributions and distributions

2,96260(2,791) 231(1) 230

Balance as at 31 March 2020

39,9171,68825,98567,5905667,646

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

1.First Half 2020 reflects the 2019 final dividend of 80 cents per share ($2,791 million) (Second Half 2019: 2019 interim dividend of 94 cents per share ($3,239 million) and First Half

2019: 2018 final dividend of 94 cents per share ($3,227 million)), all fully franked at 30%.

96 2020 Interim Financial Report
Consolidated financial statements

4.6Consolidated cash flow statement

Westpac Banking Corporation and its controlled entities

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$mNote

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Cash flows from operating activities

Interest received14,63716,38916,704(11)(12)

Interest paid(6,183)(7,709)(8,777)(20)(30)

Dividends received excluding life business124(50)(75)

Other non-interest income received1,9471,5682,29724(15)

Operating expenses paid(4,250)(4,127)(4,953)3(14)

Income tax paid excluding life business(1,762)(1,529)(1,877)15(6)

Life business:

Receipts from policyholders and customers1,1331,1541,035(2)

9

Interest and other items of similar nature1124large175

Dividends received18250251(64)large

Payments to policyholders and suppliers(1,189)(1,407)(843)(15) 41

Income tax paid(1)(44)(50)(98)(98)

Cash flows from operating activities before changes in operating

assets and liabilities4,5264,8013,595(6)26

Net (increase)/decrease in:

Collateral paid877371(1,218)136large

Trading securities and financial assets measured at FVIS8,114(2,203)(5,426)largelarge

Derivative financial instruments4,9664,9372,668186

Loans(694)(2,399)(1,789)(71)(61)

Other financial assets1570(234)(100)large

Life insurance assets and liabilities(143)(130)(4)10large

Other assets69(15)2largelarge

Net increase/(decrease) in:

Collateral received8,9001,324(317)largelarge

Deposits and other borrowings12,9088,685(7,572)49large

Other financial liabilities2,6274541,009large160

Other liabilities83(8)167large

Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities1642,15916,398(9,294)157large

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds from investment securities14,9846,79612,97212016

Purchase of investment securities(25,568)(10,143)(19,384)15232

Proceeds/(payments) from disposal of controlled entities, net of cash

disposed--(1)-(100)

Proceeds from disposal of associates-144(100)(100)

Purchase of associates(2)(9)(16)(78)(88)

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment2310651(78)(55)

Purchase of property and equipment(57)(188)(92)(70)(38)

Purchase of intangible assets(427)(511)(395)(16)8

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities(11,047)(3,948)(6,821)18062

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from debt issues (net of issue costs)27,06322,19139,29322(31)

Redemption of debt issues(36,224)(36,585)(26,728)(1)36

Payments for the principal portion of lease liabilities(284)----

Issue of loan capital (net of issue costs)2,2254,245690(48)large

Redemption of loan capital(251)(11)(1,651)large(85)

Proceeds from issuances of shares2,751----

Purchase of shares on exercise of employee options and rights(4)(2)(4)100-

Shares purchased for delivery of employee share plan(25)-(27)-(7)

Purchase of RSP treasury shares(44)(3)(66)large(33)

Net sale/(purchase) of other treasury shares117-57-

Payment of dividends(2,518)(2,080)(2,897)21(13)

Dividends paid to NCI(1)-(5)-(80)

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities(7,301)(12,238)8,605(40)large

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and balances with central banks23,811212(7,510)largelarge

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and balances with central banks1,945361208largelarge

Cash and balances with central banks as at beginning of the period20,05919,48626,7883(25)

Cash and balances with central banks as at end of the period45,81520,05919,486128135

The above consolidated cash flow statement should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

2020 Interim Financial Report97
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

4.7Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 1. Financial statements preparation

1

This general purpose Interim Financial Report for the half year ended 31 March 2020 has been prepared in accordance with Australian Accounting

Standard AASB 134 Interim Financial Reporting and the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) and is also compliant with International Accounting Standard

IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting.

The Interim Financial Report does not include all the notes of the type normally included in an annual financial report. Accordingly, this Interim

Financial Report is to be read in conjunction with the Annual Financial Report for the year ended 30 September 2019 and any relevant public

announcements made by Westpac during the interim reporting period in accordance with the continuous disclosure requirements of the Corporations

Act 2001 (Cth) and the ASX Listing Rules.

The Interim Financial Report complies with current Australian Accounting Standards (AAS) as they relate to interim financial reports.

The Interim Financial Report was authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 4 May 2020.

All amounts have been rounded in accordance with ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, to the

nearest million dollars, unless otherwise stated.

Comparative revisions

Comparative information has been revised where appropriate to enhance comparability.

Critical accounting assumptions and estimates

In preparing the Interim Financial Report, the application of the Group’s accounting policies requires the use of judgement, assumptions and

estimates.

The areas of judgement, assumptions and estimates in the Interim Financial Report, including the key sources of estimation uncertainty, are

consistent with those in the Annual Financial Report for the year ended 30 September 2019 except for as noted below:

Goodwill

As at 31 March 2020, the carrying value of the net assets of the Group was more than its market capitalisation which is an indicator of impairment. As

a result, an impairment test was performed which determined that goodwill is recoverable, and no impairment should be recognised.

We have reassessed the base assumptions and revised them where we consider it necessary in order to provide a reasonable estimate of the value-

in-use of the business units and Group in the current environment. We have revised the assumptions used at 30 September 2019 as reported in our

Annual Report from a zero growth rate beyond 2 year forecasts to a 2% growth rate beyond 3.5 year forecasts.

Given the uncertainty of a rapidly changing economic environment, market sentiment, and regulatory and industry responses, the forecasts are likely

to change. This will continue to be reviewed and a further impairment test will be performed at year end.

Provisions for expected credit losses (ECL)

Details on specific judgements in relation to the impact of COVID-19 on the calculation of provisions for ECL are included in Note 10.

Compliance, regulation and remediation provisions

Details on specific judgements in relation to material compliance, regulation and remediation provisions are included in Note 14.

Amendments to Accounting Standards effective this period

AASB 16 Leases (AASB 16) was adopted by the Group on 1 October 2019. AASB 16 requires all operating leases of greater than 12 months duration

be presented on balance sheet by the lessee as a right-of-use (ROU) asset and lease liability. There are no significant changes to lessor accounting.

The Group adopted the standard using the simplified approach to transition with no restatement of comparative information and no effect on retained

earnings.

The lease liabilities are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted at the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate at 1

October 2019. On transition to the new standard, the lease liability recognised in other liabilities was $3.3 billion. The associated ROU assets of $3.2

billion were measured at an amount equal to the lease liability, less previously recognised accrued lease payments of $0.1 billion. The ROU assets

are recognised in property and equipment.

All leases on balance sheet give rise to a combination of interest expense on the lease liability and depreciation of the ROU asset. Interest expense is

recognised in net interest income on an effective yield basis. Depreciation expense is recognised in operating expenses on a straight-line basis over

the lease term.

Extension options are included in a number of lease contracts. The extension options are only included in the lease term if the lease is reasonably

certain to be extended, which is assessed by the Group at the lease commencement date. The assessment is reviewed if a significant event or

significant change in circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and is within the control of the Group.

The Group used the incremental borrowing rate based on the remaining maturity of leases at the date of transition as the discount rate when

determining present value. The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied was 2.1%.

Operating lease commitments disclosed under AASB 117 Leases as at 30 September 2019 were $3.7 billion compared to the lease liabilities of $3.3

billion recognised under AASB 16 as at 1 October 2019. The difference is principally due to the discounting of the contractual lease payments under

AASB 16.

98 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 1. Financial statements preparation (continued)

AASB Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments (Interpretation 23) was adopted by the Group on 1 October 2019. Interpretation 23

clarifies the recognition and measurement criteria in AASB 112 Income Taxes (AASB 112) where there is uncertainty over income tax treatments, and

requires an assessment of each uncertain tax position as to whether it is probable that a taxation authority will accept the position.

Where it is not considered probable, the effect of the uncertainty will be reflected in determining the relevant taxable profit or loss, tax bases, unused

tax losses and unused tax credits or tax rates. The amount will be determined as either the single most likely amount or the sum of the probability

weighted amounts in a range of possible outcomes, whichever better predicts the resolution of the uncertainty. Judgements will be reassessed as and

when new facts and circumstances are presented.

Interpretation 23 did not have a material impact on the Group.

AASB 2019-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Interest rate benchmark reform (AASB 2019-3) was early adopted, as permitted by

the standard, by the Group on 1 October 2019.

AASB 2019-3 makes amendments to AASB 9, AASB 139 and AASB 7 which allows the Group to apply certain exceptions to the standard hedging

requirements in respect of hedge relationships that are impacted by a market wide interest rate benchmark reform. Specifically the exceptions allow

the Group to:

•Assume that the interest rate benchmark on which the hedged cash flows are based is not altered as a result of the reform when determining

whether a forecast transaction is highly probable;

•Assume that interest rate benchmark of the hedged item / instrument are not altered for the life of the hedge when assessing whether a hedge is

expected to continue to be highly effective;

•A hedge relationship impacted by uncertainty arising from benchmark interest rate reform is not required to pass the 80%-125% effectiveness

test, however any actual ineffectiveness must be recorded in the Income Statement; and

•The determination of a designated component of an exposure in portfolio hedges is only required to be made the first time that component is

designated, and not when the portfolio is de-designated and re-designated.

The exceptions allowed by the amendments are being applied to the Group’s LIBOR linked hedge relationships that mature after the LIBOR

discontinuance date of 31 December 2021. The Group’s LIBOR transition project has commenced focusing on identification of exposures and internal

processes that will be affected by the changes.

A key assumption made when performing hedge accounting at the reporting date is that both the hedged item and instrument will be amended from

existing LIBOR linked floating rates to new alternative reference rates (ARRs) on the same date. Where actual differences between those dates arise

hedge ineffectiveness will be recorded in the income statement.

On 9 April 2020, the IASB issued an exposure draft for Interest Rate Benchmark Reform - Phase 2 which considers the issues that will affect financial

reporting when an existing benchmark interest rate is replaced by an ARR. The Group continues to monitor these developments and the expected

impact.

The table below summarises the exposures Westpac currently has in hedging relationships maturing after 31 December 2021 which will be impacted

by the IBOR reform and the quantum of those risks. The extent of the risk exposure also reflects the notional amounts of related hedging instruments.

Notional hedged exposure

Benchmark(A$bn)

US LIBOR53

GBP LIBOR2

CHF LIBOR2

JPY LIBOR2

Future developments in accounting standards

The following new standards and interpretations which may have a material impact on the Group have been issued but are not yet effective, and

unless otherwise stated, have not been early adopted by the Group.

AASB 17 Insurance Contracts was issued on 19 July 2017 and will be effective for the 30 September 2022 year end unless early adopted. This will

replace AASB 4 Insurance Contracts, AASB 1023 General Insurance Contracts and AASB 1038 Life Insurance Contracts. The main changes under

the standard are:

•the scope of the standard may result in some contracts that are currently “unbundled”, i.e. accounted for separately as insurance and investment

contracts being required to be “bundled” and accounted for as an insurance contract;

•portfolios of contracts (with similar risks which are managed together) will be required to be disaggregated to a more granular level by both the

age of a contract and the likelihood of the contract being onerous in order to determine the recognition of profit over the contract period (i.e. the

contractual service margin). The contractual service margin uses a different basis to recognise profit to the current Margin on Services approach

for life insurance and therefore the pattern of profit recognition is likely to differ;

•risk adjustments, which reflect uncertainties in the amount and timing of future cash flows, are required for both general and life insurance

contracts rather than just general insurance contracts under the current accounting standards;

2020 Interim Financial Report99
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 1. Financial statements preparation (continued)

•the contract boundary, which is the period over which profit is recognised, differs and is determined based on the ability to compel the policyholder

to pay premiums or the substantive obligation to provide coverage/services. For some general insurance contracts (e.g. some lender mortgage

insurance and reinsurance contracts) this may result in the contract boundary being longer. For life insurance, in particular term renewable

contracts, the contract boundary is expected to be shorter. Both will be impacted by different patterns of profit recognition compared to the current

standards;

•a narrower definition of what acquisition costs may be deferred;

•an election to recognise changes in assumptions regarding discount rate in other comprehensive income rather than in profit and loss;

•an election to recognise changes in the fair value of assets supporting policy liabilities in other comprehensive income rather than through profit

and loss;

•reinsurance contracts and the associated liability are to be determined separately to the gross contract liability and may have different contract

boundaries; and

•additional disclosure requirements.

The standard is expected to result in a reduction in the level of deferred acquisition costs, however the quantum of this and the profit and loss impacts

to the Group are not yet practicable to determine.

On 26 June 2019, the IASB issued an exposure draft proposing a number of amendments to the insurance contracts standard. These amendments

were approved by the IASB, with some minor modifications, on 17 March 2020. These amendments include:

•deferral of acquisition costs for anticipated renewals outside of the initial contract boundary;

•further clarity on the contractual service margin;

•ability to recognise a gain in the P&L for reinsurance contracts, to offset losses from onerous contracts on initial recognition; and

•additional transitional provisions.

In addition, the effective date of the standard will be deferred by two years to be applicable to the Group for the 30 September 2024 financial year.

A revised Conceptual Framework (Framework) was issued in May 2019. This will be effective for the Group for the 30 September 2021 financial year.

The revised Framework includes new definitions and recognition criteria for assets, liabilities, income and expenses and other relevant financial

reporting concepts. The changes are not expected to have a material impact on the Group.

Other amendments to existing standards that are not yet effective are not expected to have a material impact to the Group.

Note 2. Segment reporting

Operating segments are presented on a basis consistent with information provided internally to Westpac’s key decision makers and reflects the

management of the business, rather than the legal structure of the Group.

Internally, Westpac uses ‘cash earnings’ in assessing the financial performance of its divisions. Management believes this allows the Group to:

•more effectively assess current year performance against prior years;

•compare performance across business divisions; and

•compare performance across peer companies.

Cash earnings is viewed as a measure of the level of profit that is generated by ongoing operations and is therefore considered in assessing

distributions, including dividends. Cash earnings is neither a measure of cash flow nor net profit determined on a cash accounting basis, as it includes

both cash and non-cash adjustments to statutory net profit.

To determine cash earnings, three categories of adjustments are made to statutory results:

•material items that key decision makers at Westpac believe do not reflect ongoing operations;

•some items that are not considered when dividends are recommended, such as the amortisation of intangibles, impact of Treasury shares and

economic hedging impacts; and

•accounting reclassifications between individual line items that do not impact statutory results.

Reportable operating segments

The operating segments are defined by the customers they service and the services they provide:

•Consumer:

–is responsible for sales and service of banking and financial products and services to consumer customers in Australia;

–is also responsible for the Group’s Australian insurance business, which covers the manufacture and distribution of life, general and lenders

mortgage insurance; and

–operates under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne, RAMS and BT brands.

100 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)

•Business:

–is responsible for sales and service of banking and financial products and services for SME and commercial business customers in Australia. SME and

commercial business customers typically have facilities up to approximately $200 million;

–is responsible for Private Wealth, serving the banking needs of high net worth customers across the banking brands;

–is responsible for the manufacture and distribution of investments (including margin lending and equities broking), superannuation and retirement products as

well as wealth administration platforms; and

–operates under the Westpac, St.George, BankSA, Bank of Melbourne and BT brands.

•Westpac Institutional Bank (WIB):

–is responsible for delivering a broad range of financial products and services to commercial, corporate, institutional and government customers with

connections to Australia and New Zealand;

–services include financing, transactional banking, financial and debt capital markets;

–customers are supported throughout Australia, as well as via branches and subsidiaries located in New Zealand, US, UK and Asia; and

–is also responsible for Westpac Pacific, providing a range of banking services in Fiji and Papua New Guinea.

•Westpac New Zealand:

–responsible for sales and service of banking, wealth and insurance products to customers in New Zealand;

–customer base includes consumer, business and institutional customers; and

–operates under the Westpac brand for banking products, the Westpac Life brand for life insurance products and the BT brand for wealth products.

•Group Businesses include:

–Treasury, which is responsible for the management of the Group’s balance sheet including wholesale funding, capital and management of liquidity. Treasury

also manages the interest rate and foreign exchange risks inherent in the balance sheet, including managing the mismatch between Group assets and

liabilities. Treasury’s earnings are primarily sourced from managing the Group’s balance sheet and interest rate risk (excluding Westpac New Zealand) within

set risk limits;


Group Technology

1

, which comprises functions for the Australian businesses, is responsible for technology strategy and architecture, infrastructure and

operations, applications development and business integration;


Core Support

2

, which comprises functions performed centrally, including Australian banking operations, property services, strategy, finance, risk, compliance,

legal, human resources, and customer and corporate relations;

–Following the Group’s decision to restructure the Wealth division and to exit its Advice business in 2019, the remaining Advice activities (including associated

remediation) and support functions have been transferred to Group Businesses; and

–Group Businesses also includes earnings on capital not allocated to divisions, for certain intra-group transactions that facilitate presentation of performance

of the Group’s operating segments, earnings from non-core asset sales, earnings and costs associated with the Group’s fintech investments, and certain

other head office items such as centrally held provisions.

Revisions to segment results

In 2020, Westpac implemented a change to the presentation of its divisional financial information. The change has no impact on the Group’s overall results or balance

sheet with impacts on divisional results and balance sheets only. Comparative divisional financial information has been restated for this change.

The change realigned divisional earnings and balance sheet disclosures for the Consumer and Business divisions for customer migrations following a refinement to

Westpac’s definition of a small to medium size enterprise customer. The change is aimed at providing a more tailored service to the customers, by aligning them to the

division that is best able to meet their needs. The change moves approximately 49,000 customers from the Business to Consumer division.

1.Costs are fully allocated to other divisions in the Group.

2.Costs are partially allocated to other divisions in the Group, with costs attributed to enterprise activity retained in Group Businesses.

2020 Interim Financial Report101
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)

The tables present the segment results on a cash earnings basis for the Group: 1

Half Year March 2020

Westpac

Westpac

New

InstitutionalZealandGroup

$mConsumerBusinessBank(A$)BusinessesGroup

Net interest income4,1772,4386559404568,666

Net fee income27227228367(139)755

Net wealth management and insurance income(13)382-7834481

Trading income486230118-429

Other income6(10)194(9)10

Net operating income before operating expenses and

impairment charges4,4903,1441,2581,10734210,341

Operating expenses(2,024)(1,468)(654)(516)(1,498)(6,160)

Impairment (charges)/benefits(448)(805)(315)(200)(470)(2,238)

Profit before income tax2,018871289391(1,626)1,943

Income tax expense(608)(267)(113)(110)149(949)

Net profit attributable to NCI--(1)--(1)

Cash earnings for the period1,410604175281(1,477)993

Net cash earnings adjustments-(63)-11249197

Net profit attributable to owners of WBC1,410541175292(1,228)1,190

Balance sheet

Loans388,820166,21280,41684,778(548)719,678

Deposits and other borrowings210,775146,952112,47870,72541,990582,920

Half Year Sept 2019

WestpacWestpac New

InstitutionalZealandGroup

$mConsumerBusinessBank(A$)BusinessesGroup

Net interest income4,0942,5387009153178,564

Net fee income29623329188(79)829

Net wealth management and insurance income231455-96(82)700

Trading income495233812(8)443

Other income8(19)(19)(7)5316

Net operating income before operating expenses and

impairment charges4,6783,2591,3101,10420110,552

Operating expenses(1,901)(1,460)(631)(486)(512)(4,990)

Impairment (charges)/benefits(317)(194)(31)2457(461)

Profit before income tax2,4601,605648642(254)5,101

Income tax expense(737)(483)(176)(181)32(1,545)

Net profit attributable to NCI--(2)-(1)(3)

Cash earnings for the period1,7231,122470461(223)3,553

Net cash earnings adjustments-(40)-49458

Net profit attributable to owners of WBC1,7231,082470465(129)3,611

Balance sheet

Loans392,149169,43275,35378,005(169)714,770

Deposits and other borrowings210,625146,531101,26260,80144,028563,247

102 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 2. Segment reporting (continued)

Half Year March 2019

$mConsumerBusiness

Westpac

Institutional

Bank

Westpac New

Zealand

(A$)

Group

BusinessesGroup

Net interest income3,9152,4877439452998,389

Net fee income30923431975(111)826

Net wealth management and insurance income194444-81(396)323

Trading income445435725(16)464

Other income71465321101

Net operating income before operating expenses and impairment

charges4,4693,2331,4251,179(203)10,103

Operating expenses(1,867)(1,394)(653)(453)(674)(5,041)

Impairment (charges)/benefits(272)(70)(15)(14)38(333)

Profit before income tax2,3301,769757712(839)4,729

Income tax expense(694)(531)(210)(188)193(1,430)

Net profit attributable to NCI--(3)--(3)

Cash earnings for the period1,6361,238544524(646)3,296

Net cash earnings adjustments-(5)-(5)(113)(123)

Net profit attributable to owners of WBC1,6361,233544519(759)3,173

Balance sheet

Loans390,846168,58076,48578,608(222)714,297

Deposits and other borrowings207,179141,25895,69062,37448,506555,007

Reconciliation of cash earnings to reported results

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Cash earnings9933,5533,296(72)(70)

Fair value (gain)/loss on economic hedges21990(125)143large

Ineffective hedges2415560large

Adjustments related to Pendal(63)(40)(5)58large

Treasury shares17(7)2largelarge

Total cash earnings adjustment (post-tax)19758(123)

largelarge

Net profit attributable to owners of WBC1,1903,6113,173(67)(62)

2020 Interim Financial Report103
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 3. Net interest income

1

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

MarchSeptMarchMar 20 -Mar 20 -

$m202020192019Sept 19Mar 19

Interest income

Calculated using the effective interest rate method

Cash and balances with central banks114141193(19)(41)

Collateral paid6999102(30)(32)

Investment securities881961958(8)(8)

Loans13,33614,67915,350(9)(13)

Other financial assets122015(40)(20)

Total interest income calculated using the effective interest rate method14,41215,90016,618(9)(13)

Other

Net ineffectiveness on qualifying hedges3521767large

Trading securities and financial assets measured at FVIS234328334(29)(30)

Loans359(40)(67)

Total other272354350(23)(22)

Total interest income14,68416,25416,968(10)(13)

Interest expense

Calculated using the effective interest rate method

Collateral received(19)(37)(20)(49)(5)

Deposits and other borrowings(2,860)(3,843)(4,124)(26)(31)

Debt issues(1,829)(2,407)(2,299)(24)(20)

Loan capital(430)(390)(386)1011

Other financial liabilities(87)(131)(143)(34)(39)

Total interest expense calculated using the effective interest rate method(5,225)(6,808)(6,972)(23)(25)

Other

Deposits and other borrowings(295)(427)(551)(31)(46)

Trading liabilities

2

177(27)(888)largelarge

Debt issues(68)(110)(53)(38)28

Bank Levy(196)(198)(193)(1)2

Other interest expense

3

(77)(40)(48)9360

Total other(459)(802)(1,733)(43)(74)

Total interest expense(5,684)(7,610)(8,705)(25)(35)

Net interest income9,0008,6448,26349

1.Interest income includes items relating to estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, recognised as a reduction of interest income of $132 million (Second

Half 2019: $146 million; First Half 2019: $226 million).

2.Includes net impact of Treasury balance sheet management activities.

3.Included in other interest expense for 31 March 2020 is $32 million interest expense on lease liabilities due to the adoption of AASB 16 by the Group from 1 October 2019.

Comparatives have not been restated. Refer to Note 1 for further details.

104 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 4. Non-interest income

1

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Net fee income

Facility fees3723553755(1)

Transactions fees582601624(3)(7)

Other non-risk fee income(86)(17)(59)large46

Fee income868939940(8)(8)

Credit card loyalty programs(62)(58)(63)7(2)

Transaction fee related expenses(51)(52)(51)(2)-

Fee expenses(113)(110)(114)3(1)

Net fee income755829826(9)(9)

Net wealth management and insurance income

Wealth management income384308(32)25large

Life insurance premium income688736707(7)(3)

General insurance and lenders mortgage insurance (LMI) net premium earned24724224023

Life insurance investment and other income

2

(4)38326largelarge

General insurance and LMI investment and other income242725(11)(4)

Total insurance premium, investment and other income9551,388998(31)(4)

Life insurance claims and changes in life insurance liabilities(574)(852)(414)(33)39

General insurance and LMI claims and other expenses(300)(141)(226)11333

Total insurance claims, changes in insurance liabilities and other expenses(874)(993)(640)(12)37

Net wealth management and insurance income465703326(34)43

Trading income460492437(7)5

Other income

Dividends received from other entities124(50)(75)

Net gain/(loss) on sale of associates--38-(100)

Net gain/(loss) on disposal of assets2592(97)-

Net gain/(loss) on derivatives held for risk management purposes

3

(23)17(28)large(18)

Net gain/(loss) on financial instruments measured at fair value(92)(83)4411large

Net gain/(loss) on disposal of controlled entities--3-(100)

Rental income on operating leases293438(15)(24)

Share of associates’ net profit/(loss)(14)(13)(10)840

Other21(14)36large(42)

Total other income(76)2127largelarge

Total non-interest income1,6042,0261,716(21)(7)

1. Non-interest income includes estimated customer refunds, payments, associated costs and litigation, recognised as a reduction of non-risk fee income, wealth management income

and other income of $129 million (Second Half 2019: $235 million; First Half 2019: $625 million). Refer to Note 14 for further details.

2. Includes policyholder tax recoveries.

3. Income from derivatives held for risk management purposes reflects the impact of economic hedges of foreign currency capital and earnings.

2020 Interim Financial Report105
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 5. Operating expenses

1

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

MarchSeptMarchMar 20 -Mar 20 -

$m202020192019Sept 19Mar 19

Staff expenses

Employee remuneration, entitlements and on-costs2,1552,0812,2394(4)

Superannuation expense207184194137

Share-based payments475157(8)(18)

Restructuring costs3577155(55)(77)

Total staff expenses2,4442,3932,6452(8)

Occupancy expenses

Operating lease rentals64315343(80)(81)

Depreciation of property and equipment

2

388113109largelarge

Other626974(10)(16)

Total occupancy expenses5144975263(2)

Technology expenses

Amortisation and impairment of software assets

3

4683853342240

Depreciation and impairment of IT equipment

2

125616810584

Technology services348405405(14)(14)

Software maintenance and licences19318618544

Telecommunications99981091(9)

Data processing444538(2)16

Total technology expenses1,2771,1801,139812

Other expenses

Professional and processing services600607453(1)32

Amortisation and impairment of intangible assets and deferred expenditure345(25)(40)

Postage and stationery839287(10)(5)

Advertising1221161295(5)

Non-lending losses96967(9)largelarge

Other expenses1695911618646

Total other expenses1,946945781106149

Total operating expenses6,1815,0155,0912321

1.Operating expenses include estimated costs associated with AUSTRAC proceedings including a provision for a potential penalty of $900 million and customer refunds, payments,

associated costs and litigation of $302 million (Second Half 2019: $112 million; First Half 2019: $84 million). Refer to Note 14.

2.These balances include depreciation of right-of-use assets for the half year ended 31 March 2020 of $317 million due to the adoption of AASB 16 by the Group from 1 October 2019.

Comparatives have not been restated. Refer to Note 1 for further details.

3.Impairment of software assets was $75 million (Second Half 2019: $9 million; First Half 2019: $16 million).

106 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 6. Income tax

The income tax expense is reconciled to the profit before income tax as follows:

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year% Mov’t

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Profit before income tax2,1855,1944,555(58)(52)

Tax at the Australian company tax rate of 30%6561,5581,367(58)(52)

The effect of amounts which are not deductible/(assessable) in calculating taxable

income:

Hybrid capital distributions303141(3)(27)

Life insurance:

Tax adjustment on policyholder earnings(24)8-large-

Adjustment for life business tax rates1(1)-large-

Dividend adjustments--(1)-(100)

Other non-assessable items(1)(1)(13)-(92)

Other non-deductible items29575largelarge

Adjustment for overseas tax rates10(16)(16)largelarge

Income tax (over)/under provided in prior periods-(5)(5)(100)(100)

Other items27(1)1largelarge

Total income tax expense9941,5801,379(37)(28)

Effective income tax rate45.49%30.42%30.27%largelarge

Note 7. Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue during

the period, adjusted for treasury shares. Diluted EPS is calculated by adjusting the basic EPS by assuming all dilutive potential ordinary shares are converted.

Half Year March 2020Half Year Sept 2019Half Year March 2019

$mBasicDilutedBasicDilutedBasicDiluted

Net profit attributable to shareholders1,1901,1903,6113,6113,1733,173

Adjustment for RSP dividends

1

(2)(2)(4)(4)(2)(2)

Adjustment for potential dilution:

Distributions to convertible loan capital holders

2

---136-154

Adjusted net profit attributable to shareholders1,1881,1883,6073,7433,1713,325

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue3,5793,5793,4703,4703,4423,442

Treasury shares (including RSP share rights)

1

(5)(5)(6)(6)(6)(6)

Adjustment for potential dilution:

Share-based payments-1-1-1

Convertible loan capital

2

---283-278

Adjusted weighted average number of ordinary shares3,5743,5753,4643,7483,4363,715

Earnings per ordinary share (cents)33.233.2104.199.992.389.5

1.Some RSP share rights have not vested and are not ordinary shares but do receive dividends. These RSP dividends are deducted to show the profit attributable to ordinary

shareholders. RSP share rights were antidilutive for all periods presented.

2.The Group has issued convertible loan capital which may convert into ordinary shares in the future. These convertible loan capital instruments were dilutive for the half year

September 2019 and half year March 2019. Diluted EPS for these periods were therefore calculated as if the instruments had been converted at the beginning of the respective

period or, if later, the instruments’ issue date. For Half Year March 2020, these instruments were antidilutive.

2020 Interim Financial Report107
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 8. Average balance sheet and interest rates

Half Year March 2020Half Year Sept 2019Half Year March 2019

AverageAverageAverageAverageAverageAverage

balanceInterestratebalanceInterestratebalanceInterestrate

$m$m%$m$m%$m$m%

Assets

Interest earning assets

Collateral paid13,126691.111,368991.710,2751022.0

Trading securities and financial assets

measured at FVIS27,2372341.730,1743282.227,9683342.4

Investment securities72,3528812.467,2509612.960,3059583.2

Loans and other receivables

1

700,25613,5003.9694,37314,8664.3696,11215,5744.5

Total interest earning assets and interest

income812,97114,6843.6803,16516,2544.0794,66016,9684.3

Non-interest earning assets

Derivative financial instruments30,61727,81824,090

Life insurance assets6,83110,0269,192

All other assets

2

61,94561,24459,212

Total non-interest earning assets99,39399,08892,494

Total assets912,364902,253887,154

Liabilities

Interest bearing liabilities

Collateral received6,579190.64,849371.52,378201.7

Deposits and other borrowings512,5223,1551.2508,1124,2701.7505,4594,6751.9

Loan capital22,1824303.918,4193904.217,9423864.3

Other interest bearing liabilities

3

201,2852,0802.1207,7792,9132.8203,6003,6243.6

Total interest bearing liabilities and interest

expense742,5685,6841.5739,1597,6102.1729,3798,7052.4

Non-interest bearing liabilities

Deposits and other borrowings52,82349,76548,772

Derivative financial instruments30,27927,57425,556

Life insurance liabilities5,6118,0187,286

All other liabilities

4

13,40513,61112,761

Total non-interest bearing liabilities102,11898,96894,375

Total liabilities844,686838,127823,754

Shareholders’ equity67,62564,07863,348

NCI534852

Total equity67,67864,12663,400

Total liabilities and equity912,364902,253887,154

Loans and other receivables

1

Australia587,52811,4013.9589,00712,6574.3589,84913,2744.5

New Zealand83,8411,7384.180,0741,7994.578,4321,8514.7

Other overseas28,8873612.525,2924103.227,8314493.2

Deposits and other borrowings

Australia426,0212,3331.1426,8783,3251.6424,7153,6981.7

New Zealand56,4645161.855,0386012.254,4006342.3

Other overseas30,0373062.026,1963442.626,3443432.6

1.Loans and other receivables are net of Stage 3 provisions, where interest income is determined based on their carrying value. Stage 1 and 2 provisions are not included in the

average interest earning assets balance, as interest income is determined based on the gross value of loans and other receivables.

2.Includes property and equipment, intangible assets, deferred tax assets, non-interest bearing loans relating to mortgage offset accounts and all other non-interest earning financial

assets.

3.Includes net impact of Treasury balance sheet management activities and the Bank Levy.

4.Includes other financial liabilities, provisions, current and deferred tax liabilities and other liabilities.

108 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 9. Loans

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$m

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Australia

Housing445,663449,201447,164(1)-

Personal19,85421,24722,463(7)(12)

Business155,322152,360152,42422

Total Australia620,839622,808622,051--

New Zealand

Housing52,03747,73147,499910

Personal1,6101,7091,855(6)(13)

Business32,02129,28529,99097

Total New Zealand85,66878,72579,34498

Total other overseas18,36116,84516,539911

Total loans724,868718,378717,93411

Provisions for expected credit losses (ECL) on loans (Note 10)(5,190)(3,608)(3,637)4443

Total net loans

1,2

719,678714,770714,29711

Note 10. Provisions for expected credit losses

Loans and credit commitments

The following table shows the provision for ECL on loans and credit commitments by stage:

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$m

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Performing - Stage 11,1818849163429

Performing - Stage 22,8781,6741,7117268

Non performing - Stage 31,7071,3551,3582626

Total provision for ECL on loans and credit commitments5,7663,9133,9854745

Presented as:

Provision for ECL on loans (Note 9)5,1903,6083,6374443

Provision for ECL on credit commitments (Note 14)5763053488966

Total provision for ECL on loans and credit commitments5,7663,9133,9854745

Of which:

Individually assessed provisions6064124334740

Collectively assessed provisions5,1603,5013,5524745

Total provision for ECL on loans and credit commitments5,7663,9133,9854745

1.Total net loans include securitised loans of $9,029 million as at 31 March 2020 (30 September 2019: $7,737 million; 31 March 2019: $8,901 million). The level of securitised loans

excludes loans where Westpac is the holder of related debt securities.

2.Total net loans include assets pledged for the covered bond programs of $39,348 million as at 31 March 2020 (30 September 2019: $38,832 million; 31 March 2019: $37,548 million).

2020 Interim Financial Report109
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 10. Provisions for expected credit losses (continued)

Movement in provision for ECL on loans and credit commitments

ConsolidatedPerforming

Non-

performing

Collectively

assessed

Individually

assessed

$mStage 1Stage 2Stage 3provisionsprovisionsTotal

Balance as at 30 September 2018---2,6314223,053

Restatement for adoption of AASB 98771,8841,272(2,631)(422)980

Balance as at 1 October 20188771,8841,272--4,033

Transfers to Stage 1701(678)(23)---

Transfers to Stage 2(123)469(346)---

Transfers to Stage 3(3)(290)293---

Business activity during the period87(25)(217)--(155)

Net remeasurement of provision for ECL(628)342844--558

Write-offs--(499)--(499)

Exchange rate and other adjustments5934--48

Balance as at 31 March 20199161,7111,358--3,985

Transfers to Stage 1757(726)(31)---

Transfers to Stage 2(119)487(368)---

Transfers to Stage 3(2)(331)333---

Business activity during the period926(113)--(15)

Net remeasurement of provision for ECL(757)532803--578

Write-offs--(655)--(655)

Exchange rate and other adjustments(3)(5)28--20

Balance as at 30 September 20198841,6741,355--3,913

Transfers to Stage 1600(583)(17)---

Transfers to Stage 2(131)466(335)---

Transfers to Stage 3(2)(334)336---

Business activity during the period120114(50)--184

Net remeasurement of provision for ECL(297)1,527911--2,141

Write-offs--(537)--(537)

Exchange rate and other adjustments71444--65

Balance as at 31 March 20201,1812,8781,707--5,766

The following table provides further details of the provision for ECL by class and stage:

Performing

Non-

performing

$mStage 1Stage 2Stage 3Total

Housing1543245701,048

Personal2565352541,045

Business5068525341,892

Balance as at 31 March 20199161,7111,3583,985

Housing1633545911,108

Personal268459248975

Business4538615161,830

Balance as at 30 September 20198841,6741,3553,913

Housing1955445831,322

Personal2675623191,148

Business7191,7728053,296

Balance as at 31 March 20201,1812,8781,7075,766

110 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 10. Provisions for expected credit losses (continued)

Impact of COVID-19 on the provision for ECL for the half year ending 31 March 2020

COVID-19 has had a significant impact on global and domestic economies and, as such, many of the Group’s customers.

The current and prospective rapid deterioration in the economy due to COVID-19 has resulted in a significant increase in the provision for ECL.

The following table attributes the net remeasurement of provision for ECL for the period.

$mConsolidated

Modelled provision for ECL using updated economic inputs / weightings1,135

COVID-19 overlay446

Impact of COVID-19 on the provision for ECL as at 31 March 20201,581

Other net movements560

Total net remeasurement of the provision for ECL for the half year ending 31 March 20202,141

Details of these changes, which are based on reasonable and supportable information up to the date of this report are provided below.

Modelled provision for ECL

The modelled provision for ECL is a probability weighted estimate based on three scenarios which together are representative of the Group’s view of

the forward-looking distribution of potential loss outcomes. The increase in provisions as a result of changes in modelled ECL are reflected through

the “net remeasurement of provision for ECL” line in the “movement in provision for ECL on loans and credit commitments” table. Of the $2,141

million, total remeasurement in provisions, $1,135 million relates to updates made to the modelling inputs to address the COVID-19 impacts on the

Group’s customers. “Other net movements” includes changes in modelling inputs and portfolio changes not related to COVID-19 including migration

from stage 2 (performing) to stage 3 (non performing).

The base case scenario uses current Westpac Economics forecasts and reflects the latest available macroeconomic view which shows a

deterioration in the short term, with a subsequent recovery. The latest view considers both the economic and societal impacts of COVID-19, the

Australian Government stimulus measures implemented to cushion the impacts, including the JobKeeper package and the New Zealand Government

stimulus package. The Westpac Australian Economics forecast assumes the following:

•a short-term contraction in annual GDP of 8.2% in June 2020 quarter improving to a contraction of 5% over the remainder of 2020 and a recovery

to positive growth of 4% over 2021, moderating to growth of 2.7% in the year to June 2022;

•a rapid decline in the commercial property price index incorporating a significant peak to trough fall from first quarter 2020 to first quarter 2021,

returning to positive growth in first quarter 2022;

•a decline of 10%-15% in residential property prices over 2020 with a further fall of approximately 5% in 2021. By June 2021 house property prices

are assumed to stabilise; and

•a short-term increase in the unemployment rate to 9%, reducing to 7% by the end of 2020.

The downside scenario is a more severe scenario with expected credit losses higher than those under the current base case scenario. The more

severe loss outcome for the downside is generated under a recession scenario in which the combination of negative GDP growth, declines in

commercial and residential property prices and an increase in the unemployment rate simultaneously impact expected credit losses across all

portfolios from the reporting date. The assumptions in this scenario and relativities to the base case scenario will be monitored having regard to the

emerging economic conditions and updated where necessary. The upside scenario represents a modest improvement to the base case.

2020 Interim Financial Report111
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 10. Provisions for expected credit losses (continued)

The following sensitivity table shows the reported provision for ECL based on the probability weighted scenarios and what the provisions for ECL

would be assuming a 100% weighting is applied to the base case scenario and to the downside scenario (with all other assumptions, including

customer risk grades, held constant).

$mConsolidated

Reported probability-weighted ECL5,766

100% base ECL4,476

100% downside ECL7,902

The following table indicates the weightings applied by the Group at 31 March 2020, 30 September 2019 and 31 March 2019:

Macroeconomic scenario weightings (%)31 March 202030 Sept 201931 March 2019

Upside51010

Base5562.565

Downside4027.525

The increase in weighting to the downside scenario since 30 September 2019 reflects the significant risk regarding the economic assumptions used in

the base case. In particular, the current base case economic forecast indicates a relatively short and sharp economic impact followed by a

subsequent recovery. There is a risk that the economic impacts of COVID-19 could be deeper or more prolonged which would result in higher credit

losses than those modelled under the base case.

The COVID-19 pandemic is leading to material structural shifts in the behaviour of the economy and customers, and unprecedented actions by banks,

governments and regulators in response. ECL models are expected to be subject to a higher than usual level of uncertainty during this period. In this

environment there is a heightened need for the application of judgement in order to reflect these evolving relationships and risks.

This judgement has been applied in the form of the revision to scenario weightings and a COVID-19 overlay.

COVID-19 overlay

While the impacts on the broad economy are included in the assumptions used in the economic scenarios and the weightings applied to these

scenarios, these general economy wide impacts will not reflect the specific impact on individual customers. As the full impacts of the COVID-19

pandemic were yet to be felt at the balance date, the Group is yet to see the anticipated increase in delinquencies, downgrades and defaults. As

these likely future downgrades are not currently captured in the modelled outcome, the Group has specifically considered the likely industry specific

and retail customer impacts and raised a $446 million overlay in addition to the modelled provision.

The COVID-19 overlay reflects that the ECL model does not yet fully capture loans and credit commitments for which there has been a significant

increase in credit risk as a result of COVID-19, as we have not yet observed any significant impact to customer credit ratings. We expect that the

treatment of these loans and credit commitments will evolve as the situation unfolds and more data is available to model or understand the credit

risk/loss implications from the COVID-19 pandemic and the mitigating impact of government stimulus packages. Over time we expect this overlay to

reduce as the impact will be better reflected in the modelled outcome.

We note that while deferral of payments by customers in hardship arrangements is generally treated as an indication of a significant increase in credit

risk (SICR), the deferral of payments under the current COVID-19 support packages for mortgages and business loans has not, in isolation, been

treated as an indication of SICR. These packages are available to customers who have had income losses as a result of COVID-19 and who

otherwise had up to date payment status prior to the onset of COVID-19. The relief packages allow for a deferral of payments for a short term. During

this period, the deferred interest will be capitalised and the deferred principal along with the capitalised interest, will be repaid over the remaining term

of the loan. These packages have been designed to provide short-term cash flow support while the most significant COVID-19 restrictions are in

place. As these are expected to be short-term in nature there is an expectation that most customers making use of the arrangements will

subsequently return to normal trading or employment arrangements. Accordingly, at this stage, we do not consider that customers making use of the

packages have necessarily experienced a significant increase in credit risk as this assessment is based on changes in lifetime probability of default.

This is consistent with the ‘IFRS 9 and COVID-19’ guidance issued by the IASB on 27 March 2020.

The Group will reassess this treatment as the situation evolves and the longer-term impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic become clearer. Beyond the

specific COVID-19 support packages it is likely that some customers will move into general hardship arrangements and will thus be treated as having

experienced a SICR.

As an alternative to treating all customers who are making use of the COVID-19 support packages as having experienced a significant increase in

credit risk, the Group has considered the likely impacts at a portfolio level and raised a provision for lifetime ECL for our business and retail segments

where a SICR has likely occurred as described below.

112 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 10. Provisions for expected credit losses (continued)

Business lending (including institutional)

Industry segments have been rated as high, medium or low risk based on the likely economic impact of COVID-19 on that industry based on

judgement. The Group has assessed that the most severely impacted customers are those in industries impacted by social distancing, travel, supply

chain disruption, and industries adjacent to these. The high impacted industries include transport, manufacturing, retail trade, entertainment and

hospitality, travel, tourism, food and beverage. The most significant second order impacts are on commercial real estate and construction.

In determining which exposures in high and medium rated industries should be included in determining the ECL overlay we have considered factors

such as whether exposures are investment or non-investment risk grade, potential to raise capital or attract additional funding and capacity to take

other measures to support their businesses. We considered the increase in provisions that would arise if we were to increase the modelled provisions

for these customers to the expected lifetime ECL (stage 2) in significantly stressed macroeconomic conditions using current customer risk grades. For

the medium rated industries, a similar comparison was performed to consider the increase in a 12-month ECL (stage 1) in moderately stressed

macroeconomic conditions. We then applied judgement to estimate the necessary increase in provisions.

Based on this judgement we have identified $54.1 billion of high rated business portfolio exposures on which a lifetime ECL overlay has been

determined. This has resulted in a $257 million overlay for high rated industries which is included in stage 2 provisions. A $41 million overlay for

medium rated industries is included in stage 1 provisions.

The judgements and assumptions used in estimating the overlays will be reviewed and refined as the COVID-19 pandemic evolves. We expect the

overlay to be reduced as we observe customer risk grade migration through the portfolio.

Retail lending

The structural increase in long term unemployment is expected to result in longer term increases in stage 2 balances and losses. A portfolio level

increase in the stage 2 population of 2% for Australian retail and 2.5% for New Zealand retail (representing the expected medium-term increase in

unemployment) is assumed to derive this overlay. This approach assumes that the Group’s customer base is representative of the wider community

and reflects that whilst individual customer impacts are not yet reflected in customer credit scores there has been a SICR for a proportion of the

portfolio.

We have identified $11.5 billion of retail exposures on which a lifetime ECL overlay has been determined. This has resulted in a $57 million overlay

which is included in stage 2 provisions.

It is important to note that the $65.6 billion of exposures for business and retail portfolios referred to in determining the ECL overlay are still

performing. While some of these exposures may experience a credit deterioration in the future others will not.

In addition to the above items, we also considered whether other modelled outcomes reflect expected future losses in the current climate. A further

overlay of $91 million has been raised on retail portfolios to adjust modelled provisions on the basis that the models do not currently capture expected

impacts of COVID-19 on collections and auto finance asset prices or expected changes to the traditional delinquency trends in personal lending in the

current circumstances.

2020 Interim Financial Report113
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 10. Provisions for expected credit losses (continued)

Investment Securities – debt securities

The following tables reconcile the provision for ECL on debt securities.

$m

Debt

securities at

FVOCI

1

Debt

securities at

amortised

cost

Total debt

securities

Balance as at 30 September 2018---

Restatement for adoption of AASB 92911

Balance as at 1 October 20182911

Stage 1 - change in the provision during the period-11

Balance as at 31 March 201921012

Stage 1 - change in the provision during the period-(1)(1)

Balance as at 30 September 20192911

Stage 1 - change in the provision during the period11011

Stage 2 - change in the provision during the period-33

Balance as at 31 March 202032225

Reconciliation of impairment charges

Half YearHalf YearHalf Year

$m

March

2020

Sept

2019

March

2019

Provisions raised

Net changes in provisions2,338562404

Recoveries(100)(101)(71)

Impairment charges2,238461333

of which relates to:

Loans and credit commitments2,224462332

Debt securities at FVOCI

1

1--

Debt securities at amortised cost13(1)1

Impairment charges2,238461333

Note 11. Credit Quality

The loans and credit commitments balance in stage 3 (non-performing) is represented by those loans and credit commitments which are in default. A

default occurs when Westpac considered that the customer is unlikely to repay its credit obligations in full, irrespective of recourse by the Group to

actions such as realising security, or the customer is more than 90 days past due on any material credit obligation. This definition of default is aligned

to the APRA regulatory definition of default. These can be disaggregated into impaired loans and credit commitments (which is where the customer is

unlikely to pay its credit obligations in full including restructured loans) and items 90 days past due, or otherwise in default but not impaired.

Impaired loans and credit commitments include:

•housing and business loans with insufficient security to cover the principal and interest payments owing (aligned to an impaired internal credit risk

grade);

•personal loans which are greater than 90 days past due; and

•restructured loans (the original contractual terms have been modified to provide for concessions for a customer facing financial difficulties).

1.Impairment on debt securities at FVOCI is recognised in the income statement with a corresponding amount in other comprehensive income (refer to Note 15). There is no reduction

of the carrying value of the debt securities which remains at fair value.

114 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 11. Credit quality (continued)

Items 90 days past due, or otherwise in default but not impaired include:


currently 90 days or more past due but well secured

1

;

•assets that were, but are no longer 90 days past due but are yet to satisfactorily demonstrate sustained improvement to allow reclassification; and

•other assets in default and not impaired, including those where an order for bankruptcy or similar legal action has been taken (e.g. appointment of

an Administrator or Receiver).

Further detail of these balances is as follows:

Impaired loans and credit commitments

AustraliaNew ZealandOther OverseasTotal

As atAs atAs atAs atAs atAs atAs atAs atAs atAs atAs atAs at

313031313031313031313031

MarchSeptMarchMarchSeptMarchMarchSeptMarchMarchSeptMarch

$m202020192019202020192019202020192019202020192019

Housing and

Business:

Gross

amount1,2671,2151,2041756210525950111,7011,3271,320

Impairment

provisions

2

(530)(491)(513)(73)(26)(40)(161)(17)(5)(764)(534)(558)

Net737724691102366598336937793762

Personal

Gross

amount40238437933201911-436405398

Impairment

provisions

3

(285)(233)(215)(26)(15)(17)---(311)(248)(232)

Net11715116475211 -125157166

Restructured

Gross

amount141612-1216333173131

Impairment

provisions

2

(3)(6)(6)-(3)(3)(1)(1)(1)(4)(10)(10)

Net1110 6 - 913 2 2 2132121

Total impaired

exposures:

Gross

amount1,6831,6151,5952089414026354142,1541,7631,749

Impairment

provisions

2,4

(818)(730)(734)(99)(44)(60)(162)(18)(6)(1,079)(792)(800)

Net86588586110950801013681,075971949

Items 90 days past due, or otherwise in default, but not impaired

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$m

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Australia4,9654,6844,295616

New Zealand38934019214103

Other overseas556435(14)57

Total

4

5,4095,0884,522620

1.The estimated net realisable value of security to which the Group has recourse is sufficient to cover all principal and interest.

2.Includes individually assessed provisions and collectively assessed provisions on impaired exposures.

3.Includes collectively assessed provisions on impaired exposures.

4.The impairment provision of $1,079 million for impaired exposures (30 September 2019: $792m; 31 March 2019: $800m) and the impairment provision of $628 million for items 90

days past due, or otherwise in default and not impaired (30 September 2019: $563m; 31 March 2019: $558m) equates to the stage 3 provisions for ECL on loans and credit

commitments of $1,707 million (30 September 2019: $1,355 million; 31 March 2019: $1,358 million).

2020 Interim Financial Report115
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 12. Deposits and other borrowings

As atAs atAs at% Mov’t

$m

31 March

2020

30 Sept

2019

31 March

2019

Mar 20 -

Sept 19

Mar 20 -

Mar 19

Australia

Certificates of deposit21,02926,25931,123(20)(32)

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call44,55743,34142,69034

Other interest bearing at call274,071247,161222,7331123

Other interest bearing term141,933158,564168,313(10)(16)

Total Australia481,590475,325464,85914

New Zealand

Certificates of deposit3,4521,058858largelarge

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call9,5266,3686,1105056

Other interest bearing at call25,82222,29123,4881610

Other interest bearing term31,92531,08431,9183-

Total New Zealand70,72560,80162,3741613

Other overseas

Certificates of deposit14,63811,41411,3832829

Non-interest bearing, repayable at call1,0078248002226

Other interest bearing at call1,8341,6101,3231439

Other interest bearing term13,12613,27314,268(1)(8)

Total other overseas30,60527,12127,7741310

Total deposits and other borrowings582,920563,247555,00735

116 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 13. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities

Fair Valuation Control Framework

The Group uses a Fair Valuation Control Framework where the fair value is either determined or validated by a function independent of the

transaction. This framework formalises the policies and procedures used to achieve compliance with relevant accounting, industry and regulatory

standards. The framework includes specific controls relating to:

•the revaluation of financial instruments;

•independent price verification;

•fair value adjustments; and

•financial reporting.

A key element of the framework is the Revaluation Committee, comprising senior valuation specialists from within the Group. The Revaluation

Committee reviews the application of the agreed policies and procedures to assess that a fair value measurement basis has been applied.

The method of determining fair value differs depending on the information available.

Fair value hierarchy

A financial instrument’s categorisation within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value

measurement.

The Group categorises all fair value instruments according to the hierarchy described below.

Valuation techniques

The Group applies market accepted valuation techniques in determining the fair valuation of over the counter (OTC) derivatives. This includes credit

valuation adjustments (CVA) and funding valuation adjustments (FVA), which incorporate credit risk and funding costs and benefits that arise in

relation to uncollateralised derivative positions, respectively.

The specific valuation techniques, the observability of the inputs used in valuation models and the subsequent classification for each significant

product category are outlined as follows:

Level 1 instruments

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets based on recent unadjusted quoted prices. These prices are based on actual arm’s

length basis transactions.

The valuations of Level 1 instruments require little or no management judgement.

InstrumentBalance sheet categoryIncludesValuation

Exchange traded productsDerivativesExchange traded interest rate futures

and options and commodity, energy

and carbon futures

Foreign exchange productsDerivativesFX spot and futures contracts

Equity productsDerivatives

Trading securities and financial assets

measured at FVIS

Other financial liabilities

Listed equities and equity indicesAll these instruments are traded in liquid, active markets

where prices are readily observable. No modelling or

assumptions are used in the valuation.

Non-asset backed debt instrumentsTrading securities and financial assets

measured at FVIS

Investment securities

Other financial liabilities

Australian Commonwealth and New

Zealand government bonds

Life insurance assets and liabilitiesLife insurance assets

Life insurance liabilities

Listed equities, exchange traded

derivatives and short sale of listed

equities within controlled managed

investment schemes

2020 Interim Financial Report117
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 13. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

Level 2 instruments

The fair value for financial instruments that are not actively traded are determined using valuation techniques which maximise the use of observable

market prices. Valuation techniques include:

•the use of market standard discounting methodologies;

•option pricing models; and

•other valuation techniques widely used and accepted by market participants.

InstrumentBalance sheet categoryIncludesValuation

Interest rate productsDerivativesInterest rate and inflation swaps,

swaptions, caps, floors, collars and

other non-vanilla interest rate

derivatives

Industry standard valuation models are used to calculate

the expected future value of payments by product, which

is discounted back to a present value. The model’s

interest rate inputs are benchmark interest rates and

active broker quoted interest rates in the swap, bond

and future markets. Interest rate volatilities are sourced

from brokers and consensus data providers. If

consensus prices are not available, these are classified

as Level 3 instruments.

Foreign exchange productsDerivativesFX swap, FX forward contracts, FX

options and other non-vanilla FX

derivatives

Derived from market observable inputs or consensus

pricing providers using industry standard models.

Other credit productsDerivativesSingle Name and Index credit default

swaps (CDS)

Valued using an industry standard model that

incorporates the credit spread as its principal input.

Credit spreads are obtained from consensus data

providers. If consensus prices are not available, these

are classified as Level 3 instruments.

Commodity productsDerivativesCommodity, energy and carbon

derivatives

Valued using industry standard models.

The models calculate the expected future value of

deliveries and payments and discount them back to a

present value. The model inputs include forward curves,

volatilities implied from market observable inputs,

discount curves and underlying spot and futures prices.

The significant inputs are market observable or available

through a consensus data service. If consensus prices

are not available, these are classified as Level 3

instruments.

Equity productsDerivativesExchange traded equity options, OTC

equity options and equity warrants

Due to low liquidity exchange traded options are Level 2.

Valued using industry standard models based on

observable parameters such as stock prices, dividends,

volatilities and interest rates.

Asset backed debt instrumentsTrading securities and financial assets

measured at FVIS

Investment securities

Australian residential mortgage backed

securities (RMBS) denominated in

Australian dollar and other asset

backed securities (ABS)

Valued using an industry approach to value floating rate

debt with prepayment features. Australian RMBS are

valued using prices sourced from a consensus data

provider. If consensus prices are not available these are

classified as Level 3 instruments.

Non-asset backed debt instrumentsTrading securities and financial assets

measured at FVIS

Investment securities

Other financial liabilities

State and other government bonds,

corporate bonds and commercial paper

Repurchase agreements and reverse

repurchase agreements over non-asset

backed debt securities

Valued using observable market prices, which are

sourced from independent pricing services, broker

quotes or inter-dealer prices.

Loans at fair valueLoansFixed rate bills and syndicated loansDiscounted cash flow approach, using a discount rate

which reflects the terms of the instrument and the timing

of cash flows, adjusted for creditworthiness, or expected

sale amount.

Certificates of depositDeposits and other borrowingsCertificates of depositDiscounted cash flow using market rates offered for

deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Debt issues at fair valueDebt issuesDebt issuesDiscounted cash flows, using a discount rate which

reflects the terms of the instrument and the timing of

cash flows adjusted for market observable changes in

Westpac’s implied credit worthiness.

Life insurance assets and liabilitiesLife insurance assets

Life insurance liabilities

Corporate bonds, over the counter

derivatives, units in unlisted unit trusts,

life insurance contract liabilities, life

investment contract liabilities and

external liabilities of managed

investment schemes controlled by

statutory life funds

Valued using observable market prices or other widely

used and accepted valuation techniques utilising

observable market input.

118 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 13. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

Level 3 instruments

Financial instruments valued where at least one input that could have a significant effect on the instrument’s valuation is not based on observable

market data due to illiquidity or complexity of the product. These inputs are generally derived and extrapolated from other relevant market data and

calibrated against current market trends and historical transactions.

These valuations are calculated using a high degree of management judgement.

InstrumentBalance sheet categoryIncludesValuation

Debt instrumentsTrading securities and financial assets

measured at FVIS

Investment securities

Certain asset backed debt

instruments, offshore non-asset

backed debt instruments and debt

securities issued via private

placement

These securities are evaluated by an independent pricing service or

based on third party revaluations. Due to their illiquidity and/or complexity

these are classified as Level 3 assets.

Equity investmentsTrading securities and Financial assets

measured at FVIS

Investment securities

Strategic equity investmentsValued using valuation techniques appropriate to the investment,

including the use of recent arm’s length transactions where available,

discounted cash flow approach, reference to the net assets of the entity

or to the most recent fund unit pricing.

Due to their illiquidity, complexity and/or use of unobservable inputs into

valuation models, they are classified as Level 3 assets.

2020 Interim Financial Report119
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 13. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

The following tables summarise the attribution of financial instruments measured at fair value to the fair value hierarchy: 1

As at 31 March 2020

$mLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Trading securities and financial assets measured at FVIS5,25220,80822026,280

Derivative financial instruments1756,6202456,661

Investment securities15,32069,20615284,678

Loans-24622268

Life insurance assets6001,974-2,574

Total financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

21,189148,854418

170,461

Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Deposits and other borrowings-38,794-38,794

Other financial liabilities26110,239-10,500

Derivative financial instruments1448,0314448,089

Debt issues-6,295-6,295

Life insurance liabilities-604-604

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

275103,96344

104,282

As at 30 Sept 2019

$mLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Trading securities and financial assets measured at FVIS10,44021,12122031,781

Derivative financial instruments729,8282429,859

Investment securities11,16361,28413472,581

Loans-23921260

Life insurance assets1,0978,270-9,367

Total financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis22,707120,742399143,848

Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Deposits and other borrowings-38,413-38,413

Other financial liabilities2625,108-5,370

Derivative financial instruments829,0592929,096

Debt issues-5,819-5,819

Life insurance liabilities-7,377-7,377

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis27085,7762986,075

As at 31 March 2019

$mLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total

Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Trading securities and financial assets measured at FVIS10,03919,03723129,307

Derivative financial instruments1021,7352021,765

Investment securities10,79656,81611267,724

Loans-39419413

Life insurance assets1,2558,119-9,374

Total financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis22,100106,101382128,583

Financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis

Deposits and other borrowings-43,119-43,119

Other financial liabilities2114,715-4,926

Derivative financial instruments1023,3443023,384

Debt issues-3,934-3,934

Life insurance liabilities-7,503-7,503

Total financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis22182,6153082,866

120 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 13. Fair values of financial assets and liabilities (continued)

Reconciliation of non-market observables

The following table summarises the changes in financial instruments measured at fair value derived from non-market observable valuation techniques

(Level 3):

Half Year March 2020

$m

Trading

securities

and financial

assets

measured at

FVIS

Investment

SecuritiesOther

1

Total Level 3

assetsDerivatives

Total Level 3

liabilities

Balance as at beginning of period220134453992929

Gains/(losses) on assets and (gains)/losses on liabilities recognised in:

Income statements(3)-1071010

Other comprehensive income-(18)-(18)--

Acquisitions and issues53695066

Disposals and settlements(9)-(18)(27)(1)(1)

Foreign currency translation impacts7--7--

Balance as at end of period220152464184444

Unrealised gains/(losses) recognised in the income statement for financial

instrument held as at end of period(4)-1410(16)(16)

Transfers into and out of Level 3 have occurred due to changes in observability in the significant inputs into the valuation models used to determine

the fair value of the related financial instruments. Transfers in and transfers out are reported using the end of period fair values. No transfers in or

transfers out have occurred during the period.

Significant unobservable inputs

Sensitivities to reasonably possible changes in non-market observable valuation assumptions would not have a material impact on the Group’s

reported results.

Day one profit or loss

The closing balance of unrecognised day one profit for the period was $3 million (30 September 2019: $3 million profit; 31 March 2019: $4 million).

Financial instruments not measured at fair value

The following table summarises the estimated fair value of financial instruments not measured at fair value for the Group:

As at 31 March 2020As at 30 Sept 2019As at 31 March 2019

$m

Carrying

amount

Fair

value

Carrying

amount

Fair

value

Carrying

amount

Fair

value

Financial assets not measured at fair value

Cash and balances with central banks45,81545,81520,05920,05919,48619,486

Collateral paid5,3395,3395,9305,9306,1036,103

Investment securities1,1111,111820820812812

Loans719,410721,740714,510716,130713,884714,341

Other financial assets5,8495,8495,3675,3676,4446,444

Total financial assets not measured at fair value777,524779,854746,686748,306746,729747,186

Financial liabilities not measured at fair value

Collateral received12,72812,7283,2873,2871,8891,889

Deposits and other borrowings544,126544,506524,834525,516511,888512,544

Other financial liabilities23,49623,49623,84523,84524,08724,087

Debt issues

2

179,540175,610175,638176,838184,825185,423

Loan capital25,80723,63621,82622,07616,73616,655

Total financial liabilities not measured at fair value785,697779,976749,430751,562739,425740,598

A detailed description of how fair value is derived for financial instruments not measured at fair value is disclosed in Note 22 of the 2019 Annual

Report.

1.Other is comprised of derivative financial assets and certain loans.

2.The estimated fair value of debt issues includes the impact of changes in Westpac’s credit spreads since origination.

2020 Interim Financial Report121
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 14. Provisions, contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments

Provisions are recognised for present obligations arising from past events where a payment (or other economic transfer) is likely to be necessary to

settle the obligation and can be reliably estimated. Provisions raised by the Group are set out in the table in the “Provisions” section below. Where it is

not probable there will be an outflow of economic resources or where a liability cannot be reliably estimated a contingent liability may exist.

Provisions

Half Year March 2020

$m

Long service

leave

Annual leave

and other

employee

benefits

Litigation and

non-lending

losses

Provision for

impairment

on credit

commitments

Lease

restoration

obligations

Restructuring

provisions

Compliance,

regulation

and

remediation

provisionsTotal

Balance as at beginning of

period45661438305241601,5723,169

Additions37447920271200176392,531

Utilisation(24)(619)(22)-(7)(67)(215)(954)

Reversal of unutilised provisions-(8)(2)-(1)-(76)(87)

Other112(3)----10

Balance as at end of period4704469315762161101,9204,669

Litigation and non-lending loss provisions

A provision for a potential penalty in relation to the AUSTRAC civil proceedings.

On 20 November 2019, AUSTRAC commenced civil proceedings in the Federal Court of Australia against Westpac in relation to alleged

contraventions of the Anti-Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth). These proceedings relate to non-reporting of a large

number of International Funds Transfer Instructions (IFTIs), alleged failings in relation to record keeping and the passing on of certain data required in

IFTIs, failure to comply with correspondent banking obligations, AML/CTF Program failures and contraventions of ongoing customer due diligence.

AUSTRAC has alleged over 23 million contraventions of the AML/CTF Act.

In 1H20, AUSTRAC and Westpac took part in a Court ordered mediation on a confidential and without prejudice basis. While discussions continue,

the Court has ordered a timetable for the next steps in the proceedings being the filing of a Statement of Agreed Facts and Admissions by 8 May

2020, the filing of Westpac’s Defence by 15 May 2020 and the filing of AUSTRAC’s Reply to the Defence by 5 June 2020. The outcome of the

proceedings will be determined by the Federal Court, having regard to established legal principles including in relation to the setting of civil penalties.

In the prior periods FY18 and FY19, the AUSTRAC matter was disclosed as a contingent liability as Westpac was unable to determine a reliable

measurement of the liability. At balance date, Westpac has considered the available information and has made a provision of $900 million for a

potential penalty in relation to the AUSTRAC civil proceedings. The provision has been recognised in circumstances where there remains

considerable uncertainty on the approach the Court might take in assessing the appropriate penalty and where there remains a prospect that

Westpac and AUSTRAC could agree a penalty which could be recommended to the Court on a joint basis (which the Court would have regard to but

not be obliged to accept). The Court’s decision on an appropriate penalty will involve balancing many different competing and complex factors and the

exercise of discretion. The actual penalty paid by Westpac following either a settlement and joint submission on a penalty, or a hearing, and in each

case as determined by the Court, may be materially higher or lower than the provision. The timing of any penalty paid by Westpac is uncertain.

Compliance, regulation and remediation provisions

Provisions for the Half Year 2020 in respect of compliance, regulation and remediation include:

•estimated customer refunds associated with certain ongoing advice service fees charged by the Group’s salaried financial planners;

•estimated customer refunds associated with certain ongoing advice service fees charged by authorised representatives of the Group’s wholly

owned subsidiaries Securitor Financial Group (Securitor) Limited and Magnitude Group Pty Ltd (Magnitude);

•refunds for certain Consumer and Business customers that had interest only loans that did not automatically switch, when required, to principal

and interest loans; and

•refunds to certain business customers who were provided with business loans where they should have been provided with loans covered by the

National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 (Cth).

122 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 14. Provisions, contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

Certain compliance, regulation and remediation provisions are described further as follows:

Estimated customer refunds associated with certain ongoing advice service fees charged by the Group’s salaried financial planners

At balance date, Westpac has a provision of $204 million for customer refunds associated with certain ongoing advice service fees charged by the

Group’s salaried financial planners during the period 2008 to 2018. At balance date, Westpac has paid a cumulative total of $72 million to customers.

A number of estimates and judgements continue to be applied in measuring the provision at 1H20.

These include:

•Total fees received by the Group in respect of salaried financial planners in the period 2008 to 2018 were approximately $634 million; and

•The proportion of total fees that are estimated to be refunded is 27%. The key assumption in this estimate relates to the nature and extent of

records to evidence that services were provided for the 2016-2018 cohort.

The provision includes estimated interest and estimated program costs.

Ongoing advice service fees charged by authorised representatives of Securitor and Magnitude

At balance date, Westpac has a provision of $586 million relating to estimated customer remediation costs (including interest on refunded fees and

additional costs to run the remediation program) where customers of authorised representatives of the Group’s wholly owned subsidiaries Securitor

and Magnitude paid ongoing advice service fees to those representatives and where it is not clear that the services were provided. The ongoing

advice service fees were charged during the period from 2008 to 2018. At balance date, Westpac has not commenced payment to customers and has

utilised $26.3 million of provisions in relation to project costs. A number of estimates and judgements continue to be applied in measuring the

provision at 1H20.

They include:

•Total fees received by authorised representatives from their customers in the period 2008 to 2018 were approximately $880 million; and

•The proportion of fees that are estimated to be refundable under the current proposed remediation methodology is 33%. The key assumptions in

this estimate include:

–The basis for refunding customers of the authorised representatives; and

–The nature, extent and availability of records to evidence that service was provided.

It is possible that the final outcome could be below or above the provision, if the actual outcome differs from the assumptions used in estimating the

provision. Remediation processes may change over time as further facts emerge and such changes could result in a change to the final exposure.

Restructuring provisions

During FY19, the Group realigned its major BT businesses into the Consumer and Business divisions and exited the provision of personal financial

advice by Westpac Group salaried financial planners and authorised representatives.

The Group now has a referral model for financial advice and continues to carry a provision for remaining separation and redundancy costs.

Lease restoration obligations

The addition to the lease restoration provision reflects a reassessment of the cost of making good leasehold premises at the end of the Group’s

property leases. The increase in the expected make-good cost has been treated as an addition to the cost of associated leasehold improvements and

is being depreciated over the remaining life of those assets.

Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain future events and present obligations where the

transfer of economic resources is not probable or cannot be reliably measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised on the balance sheet but are

disclosed unless the outflow of economic resource is remote.

Regulatory actions

Regulators, statutory authorities and other bodies routinely conduct investigations, reviews and inquiries involving the financial services sector, both in

Australia and overseas. These investigations and reviews may consider a range of subject matter, and in Australia, a number of investigations and

reviews have recently considered, and continue to consider, potential misconduct in credit and financial services.

Domestic regulators such as ASIC, APRA, ACCC, AUSTRAC, the OAIC, the ATO and the Fair Work Ombudsman, as well as certain international

regulators such as the Reserve Bank of New Zealand, Financial Markets Authority in New Zealand, Hong Kong Monetary Authority, Monetary

Authority of Singapore and National Futures Association are also currently conducting investigations, reviews and inquiries (some of which are

industry-wide) that involve or may involve the Group in the future. These investigations, reviews and inquiries are separately considering a range of

matters, including ongoing advice services fees (including the process of charging such fees), responsible lending, residential mortgages, credit

portfolio management, compliance with superannuation laws, privacy and information governance, the provision of financial advice, competition law

conduct, anti-money laundering and counter-terrorism financing processes and procedures, and financial markets conduct (including trading activity).

2020 Interim Financial Report123
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 14. Provisions, contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

Westpac has also received various notices and requests for information from regulators as part of both industry wide and Westpac-specific

investigations, reviews and inquiries.

These investigations, reviews and inquiries, which may be conducted by a regulator, and in some cases also by an external third party retained either

by the regulator or by the Group (including where a matter has been self-identified by the Group), may result in litigation (including class action

proceedings against the Group), fines, infringement notices, enforceable undertakings, imposition of additional capital requirements, civil or criminal

penalties, revocation, suspension or variation of conditions of relevant regulatory licences or other enforcement or administrative action being taken

by regulators or other parties. Where possible, an assessment of the likely cost to the Group of these investigations, reviews and inquiries, together

with any actions that may be taken, has been made on a case-by-case basis for the purpose of the financial statements but cannot always be reliably

estimated, in some cases due to the investigation, review or inquiry being at an early stage.

Ongoing advice services

One regulatory action currently underway involves an investigation by ASIC into ongoing advice services provided by the Group’s salaried financial

planners and by authorised representatives of the Group’s wholly owned subsidiaries Securitor and Magnitude.

ASIC commenced its investigation in 2019 and is examining a range of matters, including whether Westpac had appropriate systems and processes

in place to ensure that customers received the advice services that they had paid for. The Group is continuing to remediate affected customers and

has raised provisions in respect of refunds and other amounts payable to customers of authorised representatives of Securitor and Magnitude and to

customers of the Group’s salaried financial planners. Further information on these provisions Westpac has made is set out in the ‘Provisions’ section

above.

ASIC’s investigation relates to the period between 2013 and 2019. ASIC has issued notices to which the Group has responded.

ASIC has not given the Group any indication of what action it will take following the conclusion of this investigation. Any action ASIC may take could

potentially involve the commencement of Court proceedings and, if contraventions are established, result in the Group being required to pay a

significant financial penalty. However, no provision has yet been made in relation to any financial penalty that might arise in the event that ASIC were

to elect to pursue enforcement proceedings, as any potential future liability of that kind cannot be reliably estimated at this time.

Consumer credit insurance

ASIC is also currently conducting an investigation into Westpac’s past sales practices in relation to Consumer Credit Insurance (CCI). This

investigation follows ASIC’s industry-wide review of CCI sales practices between the period 2011 and 2018. ASIC has issued notices to which the

Group has responded.

Westpac ceased selling CCI products in branch and contact centre channels in November 2018, and ceased online sales in June 2019. ASIC’s

investigation is a separate matter to the Federal Court class action proceedings commenced against Westpac and two subsidiaries by Slater &

Gordon in connection with its ‘Get your insurance back campaign’. Further information about this class action proceeding is set out in the ‘Litigation’

section below.

ASIC has not given the Group any indication of what action it will take following the conclusion of this investigation. Any action ASIC may take could

potentially involve the commencement of Court proceedings and, if contraventions are established, result in the Group being required to pay a

significant financial penalty. However, no provision has yet been made in relation to any financial penalty that might arise in the event that ASIC were

to elect to pursue enforcement proceedings, as any potential future liability of that kind cannot be reliably estimated at this time.

Interest only loans

Another regulatory action currently underway involves ASIC investigating the Group in connection with certain mortgage loans where, due to

operational errors, the Group did not switch the customers’ repayments to principal and interest at the expiry of the contractual interest-only period.

Westpac announced in December 2017 that it would be remediating customers affected by the error. Westpac has raised a provision for this

customer remediation activity (see the ‘Provisions’ section above for more details).

ASIC has issued notices to which the Group has responded. ASIC has not given the Group any indication of what action it will take following the

conclusion of this investigation. Any action ASIC may take could potentially involve the commencement of Court proceedings and, if contraventions

are established, result in the Group being required to pay a significant financial penalty. However, no provision has yet been made in relation to any

financial penalty that might arise in the event that ASIC were to elect to pursue enforcement proceedings, as any potential future liability of that kind

cannot be reliably estimated at this time.

Threshold Transaction Reporting

Westpac has identified deficiencies in certain systems and controls relevant to its obligation to file threshold transaction reports (TTRs) under the Anti-

Money Laundering and Counter-Terrorism Financing Act 2006 (Cth). This has, over a number of years, resulted in instances where the Group has

failed to report TTRs, as well as instances where the Group filed TTRs with incomplete or inaccurate information.

The Group has self-reported these TTR deficiencies to AUSTRAC and is keeping AUSTRAC apprised of the status of its investigations. To date, the

remediation has involved the late reporting of 17,870 TTRs to AUSTRAC. Additionally, there are multiple TTR reporting scenarios which based on the

preliminary analysis undertaken to date (which has not been finally quantified or resolved), could amount to an estimated 60,000 to 90,000 TTRs that

have not been reported to AUSTRAC.

The potential outcomes of these matters remain uncertain and accordingly, no provision has been recognised.

124 2020 Interim Financial Report
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 14. Provisions, contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

Litigation

There are ongoing Court proceedings, claims and possible claims for and against the Group. Contingent liabilities exist in respect of actual and

potential claims and proceedings, including those listed below. An assessment of the Group’s likely loss has been made on a case-by-case basis for

the purpose of the financial statements but cannot always be reliably estimated, including in relation to those listed below.

•In August 2016, a class action was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York against Westpac and a number of

other Australian and international banks and brokers alleging misconduct in relation to the bank bill swap reference rate. In April 2019, an

amended claim was filed by the Plaintiffs. Westpac is defending the proceedings, which are now moving through the pre-trial stages. A provision

has been recognised for anticipated costs of further steps in the proceedings, including discovery.

•On 22 December 2016, ASIC commenced Federal Court proceedings against BT Funds Management Limited (BTFM) and Westpac Securities

Administration Limited (WSAL) in relation to a number of superannuation account consolidation campaigns conducted between 2013 and 2016.

ASIC has alleged that in the course of some of these campaigns, customers were provided with personal advice in contravention of a number of

Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) provisions, and selected 15 specific customers as the focus of their claim. In December 2018 the primary Court

handed down a judgment in which it held that no personal advice had been provided and that BTFM and WSAL did not contravene the relevant

personal advice provisions although it did make a finding that BTFM and WSAL had each contravened section 912A(1)(a) of the Corporations

Act. In February 2019, ASIC filed an appeal against this decision. On 28 October 2019, the Full Federal Court handed down its decision in ASIC’s

favour and made findings that BTFM and WSAL each provided personal advice on relevant calls made to 14 of the 15 customers and made

declarations of consequential contraventions of the Corporations Act (including section 912A(1)(a)). BTFM and WSAL have applied to the High

Court of Australia, which has granted special leave to appeal and will hear an appeal in relation to the Full Federal Court’s decision. The High

Court will set a date for a hearing of this appeal in due course. If this appeal is unsuccessful, the matter will be remitted to the Federal Court for a

hearing on penalties and any other orders sought by ASIC. No provision has been recognised in relation to this matter.

•On 1 March 2017, ASIC commenced litigation in relation to certain Westpac home loans to consumers (including certain interest only loans)

alleging contraventions of the National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 (Cth). The proceedings were heard in May 2019. On 13 August

2019, the Court handed down its judgment in the proceedings, and dismissed ASIC’s case. ASIC filed an appeal in relation to the decision, which

was heard in February 2020. Judgment on this appeal is pending. No provision has been recognised in relation to this matter.

•On 12 October 2017, a class action against Westpac and Westpac Life Insurance Services Limited (WLIS) was filed in the Federal Court of

Australia. The class action was filed on behalf of customers who, since February 2011, obtained insurance issued by WLIS on the

recommendation of financial advisers employed within the Westpac Group. The plaintiffs have alleged that aspects of the financial advice

provided by those advisers breached fiduciary and statutory duties owed to the advisers’ clients, including the duty to act in the best interests of

the client, and that WLIS was knowingly involved in those alleged breaches. Westpac and WLIS are defending the proceedings. The matter has

been set down for an initial trial in May 2021. No provision has been recognised in relation to this matter.

•On 21 February 2019, a class action against Westpac was commenced in the Federal Court of Australia in relation to Westpac’s responsible

lending obligations. The Applicants filed a Further Amended Originating Application and Further Amended Statement of Claim on 11 February

2020. The claims allege that Westpac did not comply with its responsible lending obligations when entering into home loans with the Applicants

and group members (as defined in the proceedings). The allegations in respect of the Applicants and group members include that, during the

period from 1 January 2011 to 17 February 2018, Westpac failed to conduct reasonable inquiries about the customers’ financial situation,

requirements and objectives, failed to take reasonable steps to verify the customer’s financial situation, and failed to conduct compliant

assessments of suitability. The Applicants also allege that their loans were unsuitable. Westpac is defending the proceedings. No provision has

been recognised in relation to this matter.

•On 5 September 2019, a class action against BTFM and WLIS was commenced in the Federal Court of Australia in relation to aspects of BTFM’s

BT Super for Life cash investment option. The claim follows other industry class actions as part of Slater and Gordon’s ‘Get your super back’

campaign. It is alleged in the proceedings that BTFM failed to adhere to a number of obligations under the general law, the relevant trust deed

and the Superannuation Industry (Supervision) Act 1993 (Cth), and that WLIS was knowingly concerned with BTFM’s alleged contraventions. The

damages sought by the claim are unspecified. BTFM and WLIS are defending the proceedings. No provision has been recognised in relation to

this matter.

•Westpac has been served with two shareholder class actions filed by Phi Finney McDonald and Johnson Winter & Slattery in Australia relating to

market disclosure issues connected to Westpac’s monitoring of financial crime over the relevant period and matters which are the subject of the

recent AUSTRAC proceedings. The claims are brought on behalf of certain shareholders who acquired an interest in Westpac securities between

16 December 2013 and 19 November 2019. On 31 January 2020, a US class action was filed against Westpac and our current and former CEO

by Rosen Law Firm on behalf of purchasers of Westpac securities between 11 November 2015 and 19 November 2019. That claim also relates to

market disclosure issues connected to Westpac’s monitoring of financial crime over the relevant period and matters which are the subject of the

recent AUSTRAC proceedings. The three respective class actions largely overlap in terms of subject matter and do not identify the amount of any

damages sought, however, given the time period in question in each of the relevant proceedings, and the nature of the claims it is likely that the

damages sought from the applicants in those proceedings will be significant. Westpac is defending these class actions and no provision has been

recognised in relation to those potential exposures.

2020 Interim Financial Report125
Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Note 14. Provisions, contingent liabilities, contingent assets and credit commitments (continued)

•On 28 February 2020, a class action was commenced against Westpac Banking Corporation and two Westpac subsidiaries in the Federal Court

of Australia in relation to Westpac’s sale of consumer credit insurance (CCI). The claim follows other industry class actions as part of Slater and

Gordon’s ‘Get your insurance back’ campaign. It is alleged in the proceedings that the Westpac entities failed to adhere to a number of

obligations in selling CCI in conjunction with credit cards, personal loans and flexi loans. The damages sought by the claim are unspecified. The

Westpac entities are defending the proceedings. Westpac no longer sells CCI products. No provision has been recognised in relation to this

matter.

Internal reviews and remediation

As in prior periods, Westpac is con

[TRUNCATED]

Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.